ML100550505: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Created page by program invented by StriderTol
 
StriderTol Bot change
 
(3 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 2: Line 2:
| number = ML100550505
| number = ML100550505
| issue date = 02/02/2010
| issue date = 02/02/2010
| title = Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 2, Developmental Revision B - Technical Specifications Bases B 3.4 - Reactor Coolant System
| title = Developmental Revision B - Technical Specifications Bases B 3.4 - Reactor Coolant System
| author name =  
| author name =  
| author affiliation = Tennessee Valley Authority
| author affiliation = Tennessee Valley Authority
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1     (continued)
{{#Wiki_filter:RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-1 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-1 (developmental)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.1 RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) Limits  
B 3.4.1 RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) Limits BASES BACKGROUND These Bases address requirements for maintaining RCS pressure, temperature, and flow rate within limits assumed in the safety analyses.
The safety analyses (Ref. 1) of normal operating conditions and anticipated operational occurrences assume initial conditions within the normal steady state envelope. The limits placed on RCS pressure, temperature, and flow rate ensure that the minimum departure from nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR) will be met for each of the transients analyzed.
The RCS pressure limit is consistent with operation within the nominal operational envelope. Pressurizer pressure indications are averaged to come up with a value for comparison to the limit. A lower pressure will cause the reactor core to approach DNB limits.
The RCS coolant average temperature limit is consistent with full power operation within the nominal operational envelope. Indications of temperature are averaged to determine a value for comparison to the limit. A higher average temperature will cause the core to approach DNB limits.
The RCS flow rate normally remains constant during an operational fuel cycle with all pumps running. The minimum RCS flow limit corresponds to that assumed for DNB analyses. Flow rate indications are averaged to come up with a value for comparison to the limit. A lower RCS flow will cause the core to approach DNB limits.
Operation for significant periods of time outside these DNB limits increases the likelihood of a fuel cladding failure in a DNB limited event.


BASES BACKGROUND These Bases address requirements for maintaining RCS pressure, temperature, and flow rate within limits assumed in the safety analyses. 
RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
The safety analyses (Ref. 1) of normal operating conditions and
 
anticipated operational occurrences assume initial conditions within the
 
normal steady state envelope. The limits placed on RCS pressure, temperature, and flow rate ensure that the minimum departure from
 
nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR) will be met for each of the transients
 
analyzed.
 
The RCS pressure limit is consistent with operation within the nominal
 
operational envelope. Pressurizer pressure indications are averaged to
 
come up with a value for comparison to the limit. A lower pressure will
 
cause the reactor core to approach DNB limits.
 
The RCS coolant average temperature limit is consistent with full power
 
operation within the nominal operational envelope. Indications of
 
temperature are averaged to determine a value for comparison to the
 
limit. A higher average temperature will cause the core to approach DNB
 
limits.
 
The RCS flow rate normally remains constant during an operational fuel
 
cycle with all pumps running. The minimum RCS flow limit corresponds
 
to that assumed for DNB analyses. Flow rate indications are averaged to
 
come up with a value for comparison to the limit. A lower RCS flow will
 
cause the core to approach DNB limits.
 
Operation for significant periods of time outside these DNB limits
 
increases the likelihood of a fuel cladding failure in a DNB limited event.
 
RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES (continued)  
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-2 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-2 (developmental)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The requirements of this LCO represent the initial conditions for DNB  
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The requirements of this LCO represent the initial conditions for DNB limited transients analyzed in the plant safety analyses (Ref. 1). The safety analyses have shown that transients initiated from the limits of this LCO will result in meeting the DNBR criterion. This is the acceptance limit for the RCS DNB parameters. Changes to the unit that could impact these parameters must be assessed for their impact on the DNBR criteria. The transients analyzed for include loss of coolant flow events and dropped or stuck rod events. A key assumption for the analysis of these events is that the core power distribution is within the limits of LCO 3.1.7, Control Bank Insertion Limits; LCO 3.2.3, AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD); and LCO 3.2.4, QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR).
 
The pressurizer pressure limit of 2214 psig and the RCS average temperature limit of 593.2°F correspond to analytical limits of 2185 psig and 594.2°F used in the safety analyses, with allowance for measurement uncertainty.
limited transients analyzed in the plant safety analyses (Ref. 1). The  
The RCS DNB parameters satisfy Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.
 
LCO This LCO specifies limits on the monitored process variables - pressurizer pressure, RCS average temperature, and RCS total flow rate - to ensure the core operates within the limits assumed in the safety analyses.
safety analyses have shown that transients initiated from the limits of this  
Operating within these limits will result in meeting the DNBR criterion in the event of a DNB limited transient.
 
RCS total flow rate contains a measurement error of 1.6% (process computer) or 1.8% (control board indication) based on performing a precision heat balance and using the result to calibrate the RCS flow rate indicators. Potential fouling of the feedwater venturi, which might not be detected, could bias the result from the precision heat balance in a nonconservative manner. Therefore, a penalty of 0.1% for undetected fouling of the feedwater venturi raises the nominal flow measurement allowance to 1.7% (process computer) or 1.9% (control board indication).
LCO will result in meeting the DNBR criterion. This is the acceptance  
Any fouling that might bias the flow rate measurement greater than 0.1%
 
can be detected by monitoring and trending various plant performance parameters. If detected, either the effect of the fouling shall be quantified and compensated for in the RCS flow rate measurement or the venturi shall be cleaned to eliminate the fouling. The LCO numerical values for pressure, temperature, and flow rate are given for the measurement location and have been adjusted for instrument error.
limit for the RCS DNB parameters. Changes to the unit that could impact  
 
these parameters must be assessed for their impact on the DNBR  
 
criteria. The transients analyzed for include loss of coolant flow events  
 
and dropped or stuck rod events. A key assumption for the analysis of  
 
these events is that the core power distribution is within the limits of LCO 3.1.7, "Control Bank Insertion Limits;" LCO 3.2.3, "AXIAL FLUX  
 
DIFFERENCE (AFD);" and LCO 3.2.4, "QUADRANT POWER TILT  
 
RATIO (QPTR)."
 
The pressurizer pressure limit of 2214 psig and the RCS average  
 
temperature limit of 593.2°F correspond to analytical limits of 2185 psig  
 
and 594.2°F used in the safety analyses, with allowance for measurement  
 
uncertainty.  
 
The RCS DNB parameters satisfy Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy  
 
Statement.  
 
LCO This LCO specifies limits on the monitored process variables - pressurizer pressure, RCS average temperature, and RCS total flow rate - to ensure  
 
the core operates within the limits assumed in the safety analyses.
 
Operating within these limits will result in meeting the DNBR criterion in  
 
the event of a DNB limited transient.  
 
RCS total flow rate contains a measurement error of 1.6% (process  
 
computer) or 1.8% (control board indication) based on performing a  
 
precision heat balance and using the result to calibrate the RCS flow rate  


indicators. Potential fouling of the feedwater venturi, which might not be
RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES (continued)
 
detected, could bias the result from the precision heat balance in a
 
nonconservative manner. Therefore, a penalty of 0.1% for undetected fouling of the feedwater venturi raises the nominal flow measurement
 
allowance to 1.7% (process computer) or 1.9% (control board indication).
 
Any fouling that might bias the flow rate measurement greater than 0.1%
 
can be detected by monitoring and trending various plant performance
 
parameters. If detected, either the effect of the fouling shall be quantified
 
and compensated for in the RCS flow rate measurement or the venturi
 
shall be cleaned to eliminate the fouling. The LCO numerical values for
 
pressure, temperature, and flow rate are given for the measurement
 
location and have been adjusted for instrument error.
RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-3 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-3 (developmental)
B APPLICABILITY In MODE 1, the limits on pressurizer pressure, RCS coolant average temperature, and RCS flow rate must be maintained during steady state  
B APPLICABILITY In MODE 1, the limits on pressurizer pressure, RCS coolant average temperature, and RCS flow rate must be maintained during steady state operation in order to ensure DNBR criteria will be met in the event of an unplanned loss of forced coolant flow or other DNB limited transient. In all other MODES, the power level is low enough that DNB is not a concern.
A Note has been added to indicate the limit on pressurizer pressure is not applicable during short term operational transients such as a THERMAL POWER ramp increase > 5% RTP per minute or a THERMAL POWER step increase > 10% RTP. These conditions represent short term perturbations where actions to control pressure variations might be counterproductive. Also, since they represent transients initiated from power levels < 100% RTP, an increased DNBR margin exists to offset the temporary pressure variations.
Another set of limits on DNB related parameters is provided in SL 2.1.1, Reactor Core SLs. Those limits are less restrictive than the limits of this LCO, but violation of a Safety Limit (SL) merits a stricter, more severe Required Action. Should a violation of this LCO occur, the operator must check whether or not an SL may have been exceeded.
ACTIONS A.1 RCS pressure and RCS average temperature are controllable and measurable parameters. With one or both of these parameters not within LCO limits, action must be taken to restore parameter(s).


operation in order to ensure DNBR criteria will be met in the event of an
RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES (continued)
 
unplanned loss of forced coolant flow or other DNB limited transient. In
 
all other MODES, the power level is low enough that DNB is not a
 
concern.
 
A Note has been added to indicate the limit on pressurizer pressure is not
 
applicable during short term operational transients such as a THERMAL
 
POWER ramp increase > 5% RTP per minute or a THERMAL POWER
 
step increase > 10% RTP. These conditions represent short term
 
perturbations where actions to control pressure variations might be
 
counterproductive. Also, since they represent transients initiated from
 
power levels < 100% RTP, an increased DNBR margin exists to offset the
 
temporary pressure variations.
 
Another set of limits on DNB related parameters is provided in SL 2.1.1, "Reactor Core SLs."  Those limits are less restrictive than the limits of this
 
LCO, but violation of a Safety Limit (SL) merits a stricter, more severe
 
Required Action. Should a violation of this LCO occur, the operator must
 
check whether or not an SL may have been exceeded.
 
ACTIONS A.1
 
RCS pressure and RCS average temperature are controllable and
 
measurable parameters. With one or both of these parameters not within
 
LCO limits, action must be taken to restore parameter(s).
 
RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-4 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-4 (developmental)
A ACTIONS A.1 (continued)
A ACTIONS A.1 (continued)
RCS total flow rate is not a controllable parameter and is not expected to  
RCS total flow rate is not a controllable parameter and is not expected to vary during steady state operation. If the indicated RCS total flow rate is below the LCO limit, power must be reduced, as required by Required Action B.1, to restore DNB margin and eliminate the potential for violation of the accident analysis bounds.
 
The 2-hour Completion Time for restoration of the parameters provides sufficient time to adjust plant parameters, to determine the cause for the off normal condition, and to restore the readings within limits, and is based on plant operating experience.
vary during steady state operation. If the indicated RCS total flow rate is  
B.1 If Required Action A.1 is not met within the associated Completion Time, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply.
 
To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 2 within 6 hours. In MODE 2, the reduced power condition eliminates the potential for violation of the accident analysis bounds. The Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable to reach the required plant conditions in an orderly manner.
below the LCO limit, power must be reduced, as required by Required  
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.1.1
 
* Since Required Action A.1 allows a Completion Time of 2 hours to restore parameters that are not within limits, the 12-hour Surveillance Frequency for verifying that the pressurizer pressure is sufficient to ensure the pressure can be restored to a normal operation, steady state condition following load changes and other expected transient operations. The 12-hour interval has been shown by operating practice to be sufficient to regularly assess for potential degradation and to verify operation is within safety analysis assumptions.
Action B.1, to restore DNB margin and eliminate the potential for violation  
 
of the accident analysis bounds.  
 
The 2-hour Completion Time for restoration of the parameters provides  


sufficient time to adjust plant parameters, to determine the cause for the
RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-5 (developmental)
 
off normal condition, and to restore the readings within limits, and is
 
based on plant operating experience.
 
B.1 If Required Action A.1 is not met within the associated Completion Time, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. 
 
To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 2
 
within 6 hours. In MODE 2, the reduced power condition eliminates the
 
potential for violation of the accident analysis bounds. The Completion
 
Time of 6 hours is reasonable to reach the required plant conditions in an
 
orderly manner.
 
SURVEILLANCE
 
REQUIREMENTS SR  3.4.1.1
* Since Required Action A.1 allows a Completion Time of 2 hours to restore
 
parameters that are not within limits, the 12-hour Surveillance Frequency
 
for verifying that the pressurizer pressure is sufficient to ensure the
 
pressure can be restored to a normal operation, steady state condition
 
following load changes and other expected transient operations. The 12-
 
hour interval has been shown by operating practice to be sufficient to
 
regularly assess for potential degradation and to verify operation is within
 
safety analysis assumptions.
 
RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES   Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-5 (developmental)
B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.4.1.2
SR 3.4.1.2
* Since Required Action A.1 allows a Completion Time of 2 hours to restore  
* Since Required Action A.1 allows a Completion Time of 2 hours to restore parameters that are not within limits, the 12-hour Surveillance Frequency for verifying RCS average temperature is sufficient to ensure the temperature can be restored to a normal operation, steady state condition following load changes and other expected transient operations. The 12 hour interval has been shown by operating practice to be sufficient to regularly assess for potential degradation and to verify operation is within safety analysis assumptions.
 
SR 3.4.1.3
parameters that are not within limits, the 12-hour Surveillance Frequency  
* The 12 hour Surveillance Frequency to verify the RCS total flow rate is performed using the installed flow instrumentation. The 12 hour interval has been shown by operating practice to be sufficient to regularly assess potential degradation and to verify operation within safety analysis assumptions.
 
SR 3.4.1.4
for verifying RCS average temperature is sufficient to ensure the  
* Measurement of RCS total flow rate by performance of a precision calorimetric heat balance once every 18 months allows the installed RCS flow instrumentation to be calibrated and verifies the actual RCS flow rate is greater than or equal to the minimum required RCS flow rate.
 
The Frequency of 18 months reflects the importance of verifying flow after a refueling outage when the core has been altered, which may have caused an alteration of flow resistance.
temperature can be restored to a normal operation, steady state condition  
This SR is modified by a Note that allows entry into MODE 1, without having performed the SR, and placement of the unit in the best condition for performing the SR. The Note states that the SR is not required to be performed until 24 hours after 90% RTP. This exception is appropriate since the heat balance method requires the plant to be at a minimum of 90% RTP to obtain the stated RCS flow accuracies. The Surveillance shall be performed within 24 hours after reaching 90% RTP.
 
*Note:
following load changes and other expected transient operations. The  
The accuracy of the instruments used for monitoring RCS pressure, temperature and flow rate is discussed in this Bases section under LCO.
 
12 hour interval has been shown by operating practice to be sufficient to  
 
regularly assess for potential degradation and to verify operation is within  


safety analysis assumptions.  
RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-6 (developmental)
B REFERENCES
: 1.
Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, Accident Analysis, Section 15.2, Condition II - Faults of Moderate Frequency, and Section 15.3.4, Complete Loss Of Forced Reactor Coolant Flow.  


SR  3.4.1.3
RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality B 3.4.2 (continued)
* The 12 hour Surveillance Frequency to verify the RCS total flow rate is
 
performed using the installed flow instrumentation. The 12 hour interval
 
has been shown by operating practice to be sufficient to regularly assess
 
potential degradation and to verify operation within safety analysis
 
assumptions.
 
SR  3.4.1.4
* Measurement of RCS total flow rate by performance of a precision
 
calorimetric heat balance once every 18 months allows the installed RCS flow instrumentation to be calibrated and verifies the actual RCS flow rate
 
is greater than or equal to the minimum required RCS flow rate.
 
The Frequency of 18 months reflects the importance of verifying flow after
 
a refueling outage when the core has been altered, which may have
 
caused an alteration of flow resistance.
 
This SR is modified by a Note that allows entry into MODE 1, without
 
having performed the SR, and placement of the unit in the best condition
 
for performing the SR. The Note states that the SR is not required to be
 
performed until 24 hours after  90% RTP. This exception is appropriate since the heat balance method requires the plant to be at a minimum of 90% RTP to obtain the stated RCS flow accuracies. The Surveillance
 
shall be performed within 24 hours after reaching 90% RTP.
*Note:  The accuracy of the instruments used for monitoring RCS pressure, temperature and flow rate is discussed in this Bases
 
section under LCO.
RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES    Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-6 (developmental)
B REFERENCES 1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analysis," Section 15.2, "Condition II - Faults of Moderate Frequency," and Section 15.3.4, "Complete Loss Of Forced Reactor Coolant Flow."
 
RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality B 3.4.2     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-7 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-7 (developmental)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.2 RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality  
B 3.4.2 RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality BASES BACKGROUND This LCO is based upon meeting several major considerations before the reactor can be made critical and while the reactor is critical.
 
BASES BACKGROUND This LCO is based upon meeting several major considerations before the reactor can be made critical and while the reactor is critical.  
 
The first consideration is moderator temperature coefficient (MTC),
The first consideration is moderator temperature coefficient (MTC),
LCO 3.1.4, "Moderator Temperature Coefficient (MTC)." In the transient  
LCO 3.1.4, "Moderator Temperature Coefficient (MTC)." In the transient and accident analyses, the MTC is assumed to be in a range from slightly positive to negative, and the operating temperature is assumed to be within the nominal operating envelope while the reactor is critical. The LCO on minimum temperature for criticality helps ensure the plant is operated consistent with these assumptions.
The second consideration is the protective instrumentation. Because certain protective instrumentation (e.g., excore neutron detectors) can be affected by moderator temperature, a temperature value within the nominal operating envelope is chosen to ensure proper indication and response while the reactor is critical.
The third consideration is the pressurizer operating characteristics. The transient and accident analyses assume that the pressurizer is within its normal startup and operating range (i.e., saturated conditions and steam bubble present). It is also assumed that the RCS temperature is within its normal expected range for startup and power operation. Since the density of the water, and hence the response of the pressurizer to transients, depends upon the initial temperature of the moderator, a minimum value for moderator temperature within the nominal operating envelope is chosen.
The fourth consideration is that the reactor vessel is above its minimum nil ductility reference temperature when the reactor is critical.


and accident analyses, the MTC is assumed to be in a range from slightly
RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality B 3.4.2 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
positive to negative, and the operating temperature is assumed to be
 
within the nominal operating envelope while the reactor is critical. The
 
LCO on minimum temperature for criticality helps ensure the plant is
 
operated consistent with these assumptions.
 
The second consideration is the protective instrumentation. Because
 
certain protective instrumentation (e.g., excore neutron detectors) can be
 
affected by moderator temperature, a temperature value within the
 
nominal operating envelope is chosen to ensure proper indication and
 
response while the reactor is critical.
 
The third consideration is the pressurizer operating characteristics. The
 
transient and accident analyses assume that the pressurizer is within its
 
normal startup and operating range (i.e., saturated conditions and steam
 
bubble present). It is also assumed that the RCS temperature is within its
 
normal expected range for startup and power operation. Since the
 
density of the water, and hence the response of the pressurizer to
 
transients, depends upon the initial temperature of the moderator, a
 
minimum value for moderator temperature within the nominal operating
 
envelope is chosen.
 
The fourth consideration is that the reactor vessel is above its minimum
 
nil ductility reference temperature when the reactor is critical.
 
RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality B 3.4.2 BASES (continued)  
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-8 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-8 (developmental)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Although the RCS minimum temperature for criticality is not itself an initial  
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Although the RCS minimum temperature for criticality is not itself an initial condition assumed in Design Basis Accidents (DBAs), the closely aligned temperature for hot zero power (HZP) is a process variable that is an initial condition of DBAs, such as the rod cluster control assembly (RCCA) withdrawal, RCCA ejection, and main steam line break accidents performed at zero power that either assumes the failure of, or presents a challenge to, the integrity of a fission product barrier.
 
All low power safety analyses assume initial RCS loop temperatures the HZP temperature of 557&deg;F (Ref. 1). The minimum temperature for criticality limitation provides a small band, 6&deg;F, for critical operation below HZP. This band allows critical operation below HZP during plant startup and does not adversely affect any safety analyses since the MTC is not significantly affected by the small temperature difference between HZP and the minimum temperature for criticality.
condition assumed in Design Basis Accidents (DBAs), the closely aligned  
The RCS minimum temperature for criticality satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.
 
LCO Compliance with the LCO ensures that the reactor will not be made or maintained critical (keff 1.0) at a temperature less than a small band below the HZP temperature, which is assumed in the safety analysis.
temperature for hot zero power (HZP) is a process variable that is an  
Failure to meet the requirements of this LCO may produce initial conditions inconsistent with the initial conditions assumed in the safety analysis.
 
APPLICABILITY In MODE 1 and MODE 2, with keff 1.0, LCO 3.4.2 is applicable since the reactor can only be critical (keff 1.0) in these MODES.
initial condition of DBAs, such as the rod cluster control assembly (RCCA)  
 
withdrawal, RCCA ejection, and main steam line break accidents  
 
performed at zero power that either assumes the failure of, or presents a  
 
challenge to, the integrity of a fission product barrier.  
 
All low power safety analyses assume initial RCS loop temperatures the HZP temperature of 557 F (Ref. 1). The minimum temperature for criticality limitation provides a small band, 6 F, for critical operation below HZP. This band allows critical operation below HZP during plant  
 
startup and does not adversely affect any safety analyses since the MTC  
 
is not significantly affected by t he small temperature difference between  
 
HZP and the minimum temperature for criticality.  
 
The RCS minimum temperature for criticality satisfies Criterion 2 of the  
 
NRC Policy Statement.  
 
LCO Compliance with the LCO ensures that the reactor will not be made or maintained critical (k eff  1.0) at a temperature less than a small band below the HZP temperature, which is assumed in the safety analysis.
 
Failure to meet the requirements of this LCO may produce initial  
 
conditions inconsistent with the initial conditions assumed in the safety  
 
analysis.  
 
APPLICABILITY In MODE 1 and MODE 2, with k eff  1.0, LCO 3.4.2 is applicable since the reactor can only be critical (k eff  1.0) in these MODES.  
 
The special test exception of LCO 3.1.10, "PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions  
The special test exception of LCO 3.1.10, "PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions  
- MODE 2," permits PHYSICS TESTS to be performed at 5% RTP with RCS loop average temperatures slightly lower than normally allowed so that fundamental nuclear characteristics of the core can be verified. In order for nuclear characteristics to be accurately measured, it may be necessary to operate outside the normal restrictions of this LCO. For example, to measure the MTC at beginning of cycle, it is necessary to allow RCS loop average temperatures to fall below Tno load, which may cause RCS loop average temperatures to fall below the temperature limit of this LCO.


- MODE 2," permits PHYSICS TESTS to be performed at  5% RTP with RCS loop average temperatures slightly lower than normally allowed so
RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality B 3.4.2 BASES (continued)
 
that fundamental nuclear characteristics of the core can be verified. In
 
order for nuclear characteristics to be accurately measured, it may be
 
necessary to operate outside the normal restrictions of this LCO. For
 
example, to measure the MTC at beginning of cycle, it is necessary to
 
allow RCS loop average temperatures to fall below T no load , which may cause RCS loop average temperatures to fall below the temperature limit
 
of this LCO.
RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality B 3.4.2 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-9 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-9 (developmental)
B ACTIONS A.1 If the parameters that are outside the limit cannot be restored, the plant  
B ACTIONS A.1 If the parameters that are outside the limit cannot be restored, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3 within 30 minutes. Rapid reactor shutdown can be readily and practically achieved within a 30-minute period. The allowed time is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3 in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
 
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.2.1 RCS loop average temperature is required to be verified at or above 551&deg;F (value does not account for instrument error) every 30 minutes when the Tavg - Tref deviation alarm is not reset and any RCS loop Tavg <
must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To  
561&deg;F.
 
achieve this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3 within  
 
30 minutes. Rapid reactor shutdown can be readily and practically  
 
achieved within a 30-minute period. The allowed time is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3 in an orderly manner  
 
and without challenging plant systems.  
 
SURVEILLANCE  
 
REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.2.1
 
RCS loop average temperature is required to be verified at or above  
 
551 F (value does not account for instrument error) every 30 minutes when the Tavg - T ref deviation alarm is not reset and any RCS loop Tavg < 561 F.
The Note modifies the SR. When any RCS loop average temperature is  
The Note modifies the SR. When any RCS loop average temperature is  
< 561&deg;F and the Tavg - Tref deviation alarm is alarming, RCS loop average temperatures could fall below the LCO requirement without additional warning. The SR to verify RCS loop average temperatures every 30 minutes is frequent enough to prevent the inadvertent violation of the LCO.
REFERENCES
: 1.
Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analysis."


< 561 F and the Tavg - T ref deviation alarm is alarming, RCS loop average temperatures could fall below the LCO requirement without additional
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 (continued)
 
warning. The SR to verify RCS loop average temperatures every
 
30 minutes is frequent enough to prevent the inadvertent violation of the
 
LCO.
REFERENCES 1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analysis."
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-10 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-10 (developmental)
B B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.3 RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits  
B 3.4.3 RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits BASES BACKGROUND All components of the RCS are designed to withstand effects of cyclic loads due to system pressure and temperature changes. These loads are introduced by startup (heatup) and shutdown (cooldown) operations, power transients, and reactor trips. This LCO limits the pressure and temperature changes during RCS heatup and cooldown, within the design assumptions and the stress limits for cyclic operation.
 
The PTLR contains P/T limit curves for heatup, cooldown, inservice leak and hydrostatic (ISLH) testing, and data for the maximum rate of change of reactor coolant temperature (Ref. 1).
BASES  
Each P/T limit curve defines an acceptable region for normal operation.
 
The usual use of the curves is operational guidance during heatup or cooldown maneuvering, when pressure and temperature indications are monitored and compared to the applicable curve to determine that operation is within the allowable region.
BACKGROUND All components of the RCS are designed to withstand effects of cyclic loads due to system pressure and temperature changes. These loads  
The LCO establishes operating limits that provide a margin to brittle failure of the reactor vessel and piping of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB). The vessel is the component most subject to brittle failure, and the LCO limits apply mainly to the vessel. The limits do not apply to the pressurizer, which has different design characteristics and operating functions.
 
10 CFR 50, Appendix G (Ref. 2), requires the establishment of P/T limits for specific material fracture toughness requirements of the RCPB materials. Reference 2 requires an adequate margin to brittle failure during normal operation, anticipated operational occurrences, and system hydrostatic tests. It mandates the use of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Code, Section XI, Appendix G (Ref. 3).
are introduced by startup (heatup) and shutdown (cooldown) operations, power transients, and reactor trips. This LCO limits the pressure and  
The neutron embrittlement effect on the material toughness is reflected by increasing the nil ductility reference temperature (RTNDT) as exposure to neutron fluence increases.
 
temperature changes during RCS heatup and cooldown, within the design  
 
assumptions and the stress limits for cyclic operation.  
 
The PTLR contains P/T limit curves for heatup, cooldown, inservice leak  
 
and hydrostatic (ISLH) testing, and data for the maximum rate of change  
 
of reactor coolant temperature (Ref. 1).  
 
Each P/T limit curve defines an acceptable region for normal operation.
 
The usual use of the curves is operational guidance during heatup or  
 
cooldown maneuvering, when pressure and temperature indications are  
 
monitored and compared to the applicable curve to determine that  


operation is within the allowable region.
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)
 
The LCO establishes operating limits that provide a margin to brittle
 
failure of the reactor vessel and piping of the reactor coolant pressure
 
boundary (RCPB). The vessel is the component most subject to brittle
 
failure, and the LCO limits apply mainly to the vessel. The limits do not
 
apply to the pressurizer, which has different design characteristics and
 
operating functions.
 
10 CFR 50, Appendix G (Ref. 2), requires the establishment of P/T limits
 
for specific material fracture toughness requirements of the RCPB
 
materials. Reference 2 requires an adequate margin to brittle failure
 
during normal operation, anticipated operational occurrences, and system
 
hydrostatic tests. It mandates the use of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Code, Section XI, Appendix G (Ref. 3).
 
The neutron embrittlement effect on the material toughness is reflected by
 
increasing the nil ductility reference temperature (RT NDT) as exposure to neutron fluence increases.
 
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-11 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-11 (developmental)
A BACKGROUND (continued)
A BACKGROUND (continued)
The actual shift in the RT NDT of the vessel material will be established periodically by removing and evaluating the irradiated reactor vessel material specimens, in accordance with ASTM E 185 (Ref. 4) and  
The actual shift in the RTNDT of the vessel material will be established periodically by removing and evaluating the irradiated reactor vessel material specimens, in accordance with ASTM E 185 (Ref. 4) and Appendix H of 10 CFR 50 (Ref. 5). The operating P/T limit curves will be adjusted, as necessary, based on the evaluation findings and the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.99 (Ref. 6).
 
The P/T limit curves are composite curves established by superimposing limits derived from stress analyses of those portions of the reactor vessel and head that are the most restrictive. At any specific pressure, temperature, and temperature rate of change, one location within the reactor vessel will dictate the most restrictive limit. Across the span of the P/T limit curves, different locations are more restrictive, and, thus, the curves are composites of the most restrictive regions.
Appendix H of 10 CFR 50 (Ref. 5). The operating P/T limit curves will be  
The heatup curve represents a different set of restrictions than the cooldown curve because the directions of the thermal gradients through the vessel wall are reversed. The thermal gradient reversal alters the location of the tensile stress between the outer and inner walls.
 
The criticality limit curve includes the Reference 2 requirement that it be 40&deg;F above the heatup curve or the cooldown curve, and not less than the minimum permissible temperature for ISLH testing. However, the criticality curve is not operationally limiting; a more restrictive limit exists in LCO 3.4.2, "RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality."
adjusted, as necessary, based on the evaluation findings and the  
The consequence of violating the LCO limits is that the RCS has been operated under conditions that can result in brittle failure of the RCPB, possibly leading to a nonisolable leak or loss of coolant accident. In the event these limits are exceeded, an evaluation must be performed to determine the effect on the structural integrity of the RCPB components.
 
The ASME Code, Section XI, Appendix E (Ref. 7), provides a recommended methodology for evaluating an operating event that causes an excursion outside the limits.  
recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.99 (Ref. 6).  
 
The P/T limit curves are composite curves established by superimposing limits derived from stress analyses of those portions of the reactor vessel  
 
and head that are the most restrictive. At any specific pressure, temperature, and temperature rate of change, one location within the  
 
reactor vessel will dictate the most restrictive limit. Across the span of the  
 
P/T limit curves, different locations are more restrictive, and, thus, the  
 
curves are composites of the most restrictive regions.  
 
The heatup curve represents a different set of restrictions than the  
 
cooldown curve because the directions of the thermal gradients through  
 
the vessel wall are reversed. The thermal gradient reversal alters the  
 
location of the tensile stress between the outer and inner walls.  


The criticality limit curve includes the Reference 2 requirement that it be 40 F above the heatup curve or the cooldown curve, and not less than the minimum permissible temperature for ISLH testing. However, the
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
criticality curve is not operationally limit ing; a more restrictive limit exists in LCO 3.4.2, "RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality."
 
The consequence of violating the LCO limits is that the RCS has been
 
operated under conditions that can result in brittle failure of the RCPB, possibly leading to a nonisolable leak or loss of coolant accident. In the
 
event these limits are exceeded, an evaluation must be performed to
 
determine the effect on the structural integrity of the RCPB components.
The ASME Code, Section XI, Appendix E (Ref. 7), provides a
 
recommended methodology for evaluating an operating event that causes
 
an excursion outside the limits.
 
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)  
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-12 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-12 (developmental)
B APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The P/T limits are not derived from Design Basis Accident (DBA)  
B APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The P/T limits are not derived from Design Basis Accident (DBA) analyses. They are prescribed during normal operation to avoid encountering pressure, temperature, and temperature rate of change conditions that might cause undetected flaws to propagate and cause nonductile failure of the RCPB, an unanalyzed condition. Reference 8 establishes the methodology for determining the P/T limits. Although the P/T limits are not derived from any DBA, the P/T limits are acceptance limits since they preclude operation in an unanalyzed condition.
RCS P/T limits satisfy Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.
LCO The two elements of this LCO are:
: a.
The limit curves for heatup, cooldown, and ISLH testing; and
: b.
Limits on the rate of change of temperature.
The LCO limits apply to all components of the RCS, except the pressurizer. These limits define allowable operating regions and permit a large number of operating cycles while providing a wide margin to nonductile failure.
The limits for the rate of change of temperature control and the thermal gradient through the vessel wall are used as inputs for calculating the heatup, cooldown, and ISLH testing P/T limit curves. Thus, the LCO for the rate of change of temperature restricts stresses caused by thermal gradients and also ensures the validity of the P/T limit curves.
Violating the LCO limits places the reactor vessel outside of the bounds of the stress analyses and can increase stresses in other RCPB components. The consequences depend on several factors, as follow:
: a.
The severity of the departure from the allowable operating P/T regime or the severity of the rate of change of temperature;
: b.
The length of time the limits were violated (longer violations allow the temperature gradient in the thick vessel walls to become more pronounced); and
: c.
The existences, sizes, and orientations of flaws in the vessel material.


analyses. They are prescribed during normal operation to avoid
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
encountering pressure, temperature, and temperature rate of change
 
conditions that might cause undetected flaws to propagate and cause
 
nonductile failure of the RCPB, an unanalyzed condition. Reference 8 establishes the methodology for determining the P/T limits. Although the
 
P/T limits are not derived from any DBA, the P/T limits are acceptance limits since they preclude operation in an unanalyzed condition.
 
RCS P/T limits satisfy Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.
 
LCO The two elements of this LCO are:
: a. The limit curves for heatup, cooldown, and ISLH testing; and b. Limits on the rate of change of temperature.
 
The LCO limits apply to all components of the RCS, except the
 
pressurizer. These limits define allowable operating regions and permit a
 
large number of operating cycles while providing a wide margin to
 
nonductile failure.
 
The limits for the rate of change of temperature control and the thermal
 
gradient through the vessel wall are used as inputs for calculating the
 
heatup, cooldown, and ISLH testing P/T limit curves. Thus, the LCO for
 
the rate of change of temperature restricts stresses caused by thermal
 
gradients and also ensures the validity of the P/T limit curves.
 
Violating the LCO limits places the reactor vessel outside of the bounds of
 
the stress analyses and can increase stresses in other RCPB
 
components. The consequences depend on several factors, as follow:
: a. The severity of the departure from the allowable operating P/T regime or the severity of the rate of change of temperature; b. The length of time the limits were violated (longer violations allow the temperature gradient in the thick vessel walls to become more
 
pronounced); and c. The existences, sizes, and orientations of flaws in the vessel material.
 
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)  
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-13 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-13 (developmental)
A APPLICABILITY The RCS P/T limits LCO provides a definition of acceptable operation for prevention of nonductile failure in accordance with 10 CFR 50, Appendix G (Ref. 2). Although the P/T limits were developed to provide  
A APPLICABILITY The RCS P/T limits LCO provides a definition of acceptable operation for prevention of nonductile failure in accordance with 10 CFR 50, Appendix G (Ref. 2). Although the P/T limits were developed to provide guidance for operation during heatup or cooldown (MODES 3, 4, and 5) or ISLH testing, their Applicability is at all times in keeping with the concern for nonductile failure. The limits do not apply to the pressurizer.
 
During MODES 1 and 2, other Technical Specifications provide limits for operation that can be more restrictive than or can supplement these P/T limits. LCO 3.4.1, "RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) Limits"; LCO 3.4.2, "RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality"; and Safety Limit 2.1, "Safety Limits," also provide operational restrictions for pressure and temperature and maximum pressure. Furthermore, MODES 1 and 2 are above the temperature range of concern for nonductile failure, and stress analyses have been performed for normal maneuvering profiles, such as power ascension or descent.
guidance for operation during heatup or cooldown (MODES 3, 4, and 5)  
ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 Operation outside the P/T limits during MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4 must be corrected so that the RCPB is returned to a condition that has been verified by stress analyses.
 
The 30 minute Completion Time reflects the urgency of restoring the parameters to within the analyzed range. Most violations will not be severe, and the activity can be accomplished in this time in a controlled manner.
or ISLH testing, their Applicability is at all times in keeping with the  
Besides restoring operation within limits, an evaluation is required to determine if RCS operation can continue. The evaluation must verify the RCPB integrity remains acceptable and must be completed before continuing operation. Several methods may be used, including comparison with pre-analyzed transients in the stress analyses, new analyses, or inspection of the components.
 
ASME Code, Section XI, Appendix E (Ref. 7), may be used to support the evaluation. However, its use is restricted to evaluation of the vessel beltline.
concern for nonductile failure. The limits do not apply to the pressurizer.  
 
During MODES 1 and 2, other Technical Specifications provide limits for  
 
operation that can be more restrictive than or can supplement these P/T  
 
limits. LCO 3.4.1, "RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow Departure  
 
from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) Limits"; LCO 3.4.2, "RCS Minimum  
 
Temperature for Criticality"; and Safety Limit 2.1, "Safety Limits," also  
 
provide operational restrictions for pressure and temperature and  
 
maximum pressure. Furthermore, MODES 1 and 2 are above the  
 
temperature range of concern for nonductile failure, and stress analyses  
 
have been performed for normal maneuvering profiles, such as power  
 
ascension or descent.  
 
ACTIONS A.1 and A.2
 
Operation outside the P/T limits during MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4 must be  


corrected so that the RCPB is returned to a condition that has been
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)
 
verified by stress analyses.
 
The 30 minute Completion Time reflects the urgency of restoring the
 
parameters to within the analyzed range. Most violations will not be
 
severe, and the activity can be accomplished in this time in a controlled
 
manner.
 
Besides restoring operation within limits, an evaluation is required to
 
determine if RCS operation can continue. The evaluation must verify the
 
RCPB integrity remains acceptable and must be completed before
 
continuing operation. Several methods may be used, including
 
comparison with pre-analyzed transients in the stress analyses, new
 
analyses, or inspection of the components.
 
ASME Code, Section XI, Appendix E (Ref. 7), may be used to support the
 
evaluation. However, its use is restricted to evaluation of the vessel
 
beltline.
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-14 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-14 (developmental)
A ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 (continued)
A ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 (continued)
The 72 hour Completion Time is reasonable to accomplish the evaluation.  
The 72 hour Completion Time is reasonable to accomplish the evaluation.
 
The evaluation for a mild violation is possible within this time, but more severe violations may require special, event specific stress analyses or inspections. A favorable evaluation must be completed before continuing to operate.
The evaluation for a mild violation is possible within this time, but more  
Condition A is modified by a Note requiring Required Action A.2 to be completed whenever the Condition is entered. The Note emphasizes the need to perform the evaluation of the effects of the excursion outside the allowable limits. Restoration alone per Required Action A.1 is insufficient because higher than analyzed stresses may have occurred and may have affected the RCPB integrity.
B.1 and B.2 If a Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A are not met, the plant must be placed in a lower MODE because either the RCS remained in an unacceptable P/T region for an extended period of increased stress or a sufficiently severe event caused entry into an unacceptable region. Either possibility indicates a need for more careful examination of the event, best accomplished with the RCS at reduced pressure and temperature. In reduced pressure and temperature conditions, the possibility of propagation with undetected flaws is decreased.
If the required restoration activity cannot be accomplished within 30 minutes, Required Action B.1 and Required Action B.2 must be implemented to reduce pressure and temperature.
If the required evaluation for continued operation cannot be accomplished within 72 hours or the results are indeterminate or unfavorable, action must proceed to reduce pressure and temperature as specified in Required Action B.1 and Required Action B.2. A favorable evaluation must be completed and documented before returning to operating pressure and temperature conditions.
Pressure and temperature are reduced by bringing the plant to MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 with RCS pressure < 500 psig within 36 hours.


severe violations may require special, event specific stress analyses or
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)
 
inspections. A favorable evaluation must be completed before continuing
 
to operate.
 
Condition A is modified by a Note requiring Required Action A.2 to be
 
completed whenever the Condition is entered. The Note emphasizes the
 
need to perform the evaluation of the effects of the excursion outside the
 
allowable limits. Restoration alone per Required Action A.1 is insufficient
 
because higher than analyzed stresses may have occurred and may have
 
affected the RCPB integrity.
 
B.1 and B.2
 
If a Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A are
 
not met, the plant must be placed in a lower MODE because either the
 
RCS remained in an unacceptable P/T region for an extended period of
 
increased stress or a sufficiently severe event caused entry into an
 
unacceptable region. Either possibility indicates a need for more careful
 
examination of the event, best accomplished with the RCS at reduced
 
pressure and temperature. In reduced pressure and temperature
 
conditions, the possibility of propagation with undetected flaws is
 
decreased.
 
If the required restoration activity cannot be accomplished within
 
30 minutes, Required Action B.1 and Required Action B.2 must be
 
implemented to reduce pressure and temperature.
 
If the required evaluation for continued operation cannot be accomplished
 
within 72 hours or the results are indeterminate or unfavorable, action
 
must proceed to reduce pressure and temperature as specified in
 
Required Action B.1 and Required Action B.2. A favorable evaluation
 
must be completed and documented before returning to operating
 
pressure and temperature conditions.
 
Pressure and temperature are reduced by bringing the plant to MODE 3
 
within 6 hours and to MODE 5 with RCS pressure < 500 psig within
 
36 hours.
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES       (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-15 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-15 (developmental)
A ACTIONS B.1 and B.2 (continued)
A ACTIONS B.1 and B.2 (continued)
The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating  
The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
 
C.1 and C.2 Actions must be initiated immediately to correct operation outside of the P/T limits at times other than when in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, so that the RCPB is returned to a condition that has been verified by stress analysis.
experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power  
The immediate Completion Time reflects the urgency of initiating action to restore the parameters to within the analyzed range. Most violations will not be severe, and the activity can be accomplished in this time in a controlled manner.
 
Besides restoring operation within limits, an evaluation is required to determine if RCS operation can continue. The evaluation must verify that the RCPB integrity remains acceptable and must be completed prior to entry into MODE 4. Several methods may be used, including comparison with pre-analyzed transients in the stress analyses, or inspection of the components.
conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.  
ASME Code, Section XI, Appendix E (Ref. 7), may be used to support the evaluation. However, its use is restricted to evaluation of the vessel beltline.
 
Condition C is modified by a Note requiring Required Action C.2 to be completed whenever the Condition is entered. The Note emphasizes the need to perform the evaluation of the effects of the excursion outside the allowable limits. Restoration alone per Required Action C.1 is insufficient because higher than analyzed stresses may have occurred and may have affected the RCPB integrity.
C.1 and C.2
 
Actions must be initiated immediately to correct operation outside of the  


P/T limits at times other than when in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, so that the
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)
 
RCPB is returned to a condition that has been verified by stress analysis.
 
The immediate Completion Time reflects the urgency of initiating action to
 
restore the parameters to within the analyzed range. Most violations will
 
not be severe, and the activity can be accomplished in this time in a
 
controlled manner.
 
Besides restoring operation within limits, an evaluation is required to
 
determine if RCS operation can continue. The evaluation must verify that
 
the RCPB integrity remains acceptable and must be completed prior to
 
entry into MODE 4. Several methods may be used, including comparison
 
with pre-analyzed transients in the stress analyses, or inspection of the
 
components.
 
ASME Code, Section XI, Appendix E (Ref. 7), may be used to support the
 
evaluation. However, its use is restricted to evaluation of the vessel
 
beltline.
 
Condition C is modified by a Note requiring Required Action C.2 to be
 
completed whenever the Condition is entered. The Note emphasizes the
 
need to perform the evaluation of the effects of the excursion outside the
 
allowable limits. Restoration alone per Required Action C.1 is insufficient
 
because higher than analyzed stresses may have occurred and may have
 
affected the RCPB integrity.
 
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-16 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-16 (developmental)
B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.3.1
B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.3.1 Verification that operation is within the PTLR limits is required every 30 minutes when RCS pressure and temperature conditions are undergoing planned changes. This Frequency is considered reasonable in view of the control room indication available to monitor RCS status.
Also, since temperature rate of change limits are specified in hourly increments, 30 minutes permit assessment and correction for minor deviations within a reasonable time.
Surveillance for heatup, cooldown, or ISLH testing may be discontinued when the definition given in the relevant plant procedure for ending the activity is satisfied.
This SR is modified by a Note that only requires this SR to be performed during system heatup, cooldown, and ISLH testing. No SR is given for criticality operations because LCO 3.4.2 contains a more restrictive requirement.
REFERENCES
: 1.
Appendix "B" to RCS System Description N3-68-4001, "Watts Bar Unit 2 RCS Pressure and Temperature Limits Report."
: 2.
Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix G, "Fracture Toughness Requirements."
: 3.
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, Appendix G, "Fracture Toughness Criteria for Protection Against Failure."
: 4.
ASTM E 185-82, "Standard Practice for Conducting Surveillance Tests for Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Reactor Vessels,"
July 1982.
: 5.
Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix H, "Reactor Vessel Material Surveillance Program Requirements."
: 6.
Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 2, "Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials," May 1988.


Verification that operation is within the PTLR limits is required every
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)
 
30 minutes when RCS pressure and temperature conditions are
 
undergoing planned changes. This Frequency is considered reasonable
 
in view of the control room indication available to monitor RCS status. 
 
Also, since temperature rate of change limits are specified in hourly increments, 30 minutes permit assessment and correction for minor
 
deviations within a reasonable time.
 
Surveillance for heatup, cooldown, or ISLH testing may be discontinued
 
when the definition given in the relevant plant procedure for ending the
 
activity is satisfied.
 
This SR is modified by a Note that only requires this SR to be performed
 
during system heatup, cooldown, and ISLH testing. No SR is given for
 
criticality operations because LCO 3.4.2 contains a more restrictive
 
requirement.
 
REFERENCES 1. Appendix "B" to RCS System Description N3-68-4001, "Watts Bar Unit 2 RCS Pressure and Temperature Limits Report."  2. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix G, "Fracture Toughness Requirements."  3. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, Appendix G, "Fracture Toughness Criteria for Protection Against Failure."  4. ASTM E 185-82, "Standard Practice for Conducting Surveillance Tests for Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Reactor Vessels,"
July 1982.
: 5. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix H, "Reactor Vessel Material Surveillance Program Requirements."  6. Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 2, "Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials," May 1988.
RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-17 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-17 (developmental)
B REFERENCES (continued) 7. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, Appendix E, "Evaluation of Unanticipated Operating Events." 8. WCAP-14040-A, Revision 4, "Methodology Used to Develop Cold Overpressure Mitigating System Setpoints and RCS Heatup and Cooldown Limit Curves," May 2004.
B REFERENCES (continued)
 
: 7.
RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 B 3.4.4    (continued)
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, Appendix E, "Evaluation of Unanticipated Operating Events."
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-18  (developmental)
: 8.
A B 3.4  REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
WCAP-14040-A, Revision 4, Methodology Used to Develop Cold Overpressure Mitigating System Setpoints and RCS Heatup and Cooldown Limit Curves, May 2004.  
B 3.4.4  RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2
 
BASES BACKGROUND The primary function of the RCS is removal of the heat generated in the fuel due to the fission process, and transfer of this heat, via the steam
 
generators (SGs), to the secondary plant.
 
The secondary functions of the RCS include:
: a. Moderating the neutron energy level to the thermal state, to increase the probability of fission;
: b. Improving the neutron economy by acting as a reflector;
: c. Carrying the soluble neutron poison, boric acid;
: d. Providing a second barrier against fission product release to the environment; and
: e. Removing the heat generated in the fuel due to fission product decay following a unit shutdown.
The reactor coolant is circulated through four loops connected in parallel
 
to the reactor vessel, each containing an SG, a reactor coolant pump (RCP), and appropriate flow and temperature instrumentation for both
 
control and protection. The reactor vessel contains the clad fuel. The
 
SGs provide the heat sink to the isolated secondary coolant. The RCPs
 
circulate the coolant through the reactor vessel and SGs at a sufficient
 
rate to ensure proper heat transfer and prevent fuel damage. This forced
 
circulation of the reactor coolant ensures mixing of the coolant for proper
 
boration and chemistry control.  


APPLICABLE  
RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 B 3.4.4 (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-18 (developmental)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.4 RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 BASES BACKGROUND The primary function of the RCS is removal of the heat generated in the fuel due to the fission process, and transfer of this heat, via the steam generators (SGs), to the secondary plant.
The secondary functions of the RCS include:
: a.
Moderating the neutron energy level to the thermal state, to increase the probability of fission;
: b.
Improving the neutron economy by acting as a reflector;
: c.
Carrying the soluble neutron poison, boric acid;
: d.
Providing a second barrier against fission product release to the environment; and
: e.
Removing the heat generated in the fuel due to fission product decay following a unit shutdown.
The reactor coolant is circulated through four loops connected in parallel to the reactor vessel, each containing an SG, a reactor coolant pump (RCP), and appropriate flow and temperature instrumentation for both control and protection. The reactor vessel contains the clad fuel. The SGs provide the heat sink to the isolated secondary coolant. The RCPs circulate the coolant through the reactor vessel and SGs at a sufficient rate to ensure proper heat transfer and prevent fuel damage. This forced circulation of the reactor coolant ensures mixing of the coolant for proper boration and chemistry control.
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Safety analyses contain various assumptions for the design bases accident initial conditions including RCS pressure, RCS temperature, reactor power level, core parameters, and safety system setpoints. The important aspect for this LCO is the reactor coolant forced flow rate, which is represented by the number of RCS loops in service.


SAFETY ANALYSES Safety analyses contain various assumptions for the design bases
RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 B 3.4.4 BASES (continued)
 
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-19 (developmental)
accident initial conditions including RCS pressure, RCS temperature, reactor power level, core parameters, and safety system setpoints. The
 
important aspect for this LCO is the reactor coolant forced flow rate, which is represented by the number of RCS loops in service.
RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 B 3.4.4 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-19 (developmental)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
Both transient and steady state analyses have been performed to  
Both transient and steady state analyses have been performed to establish the effect of flow on the departure from nucleate boiling (DNB).
 
The transient and accident analyses for the plant have been performed assuming four RCS loops are in operation. The majority of the plant safety analyses are based on initial conditions at high core power or zero power. The accident analyses that are most important to RCP operation are the four pump coastdown, single pump locked rotor, single pump (broken shaft or coastdown), and rod withdrawal events (Ref. 1).
establish the effect of flow on the departure from nucleate boiling (DNB).
Steady state DNB analysis has been performed for the four RCS loop operation. For four RCS loop operation, the steady state DNB analysis, which generates the pressure and temperature Safety Limit (SL) (i.e., the departure from nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR) limit) assumes a maximum power level of 118% RTP. This is the design overpower condition for four RCS loop operation. The value for the accident analysis setpoint of the nuclear overpower (high flux) trip is 118% and is based on an analysis assumption that bounds possible instrumentation errors. The DNBR limit defines a locus of pressure and temperature points that result in a minimum DNBR greater than or equal to the critical heat flux correlation limit.
 
The plant is designed to operate with all RCS loops in operation to maintain DNBR above the SL, during all normal operations and anticipated transients. By ensuring heat transfer in the nucleate boiling region, adequate heat transfer is provided between the fuel cladding and the reactor coolant.
The transient and accident analyses for the plant have been performed  
RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 satisfy Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.
 
LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require an adequate forced flow rate for core heat removal. Flow is represented by the number of RCPs in operation for removal of heat by the SGs. To meet safety analysis acceptance criteria for DNB, four pumps are required at rated power.
assuming four RCS loops are in operation. The majority of the plant  
An OPERABLE RCS loop consists of an OPERABLE RCP in operation providing forced flow for heat transport and an OPERABLE SG.  
 
safety analyses are based on initial conditions at high core power or zero  
 
power. The accident analyses that are most important to RCP operation  
 
are the four pump coastdown, single pump locked rotor, single pump (broken shaft or coastdown), and rod withdrawal events (Ref. 1).  
 
Steady state DNB analysis has been performed for the four RCS loop  
 
operation. For four RCS loop operation, the steady state DNB analysis, which generates the pressure and temperature Safety Limit (SL) (i.e., the  
 
departure from nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR) limit) assumes a maximum  
 
power level of 118% RTP. This is the design overpower condition for four  
 
RCS loop operation. The value for the accident analysis setpoint of the nuclear overpower (high flux) trip is 118% and is based on an analysis assumption that bounds possible instrumentation errors. The DNBR limit  
 
defines a locus of pressure and temperature points that result in a  
 
minimum DNBR greater than or equal to the critical heat flux correlation  
 
limit.  
 
The plant is designed to operate with all RCS loops in operation to  
 
maintain DNBR above the SL, during all normal operations and  
 
anticipated transients. By ensuring heat transfer in the nucleate boiling  
 
region, adequate heat transfer is provided between the fuel cladding and  
 
the reactor coolant.  
 
RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 satisfy Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy  
 
Statement.  
 
LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require an adequate forced flow rate for core heat removal. Flow is represented by the number of RCPs in  
 
operation for removal of heat by the SGs. To meet safety analysis  
 
acceptance criteria for DNB, four pumps are required at rated power.  
 
An OPERABLE RCS loop consists of an OPERABLE RCP in operation  
 
providing forced flow for heat transport and an OPERABLE SG.  
 
RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 B 3.4.4 BASES  (continued)
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-20  (developmental)
A APPLICABILITY In MODES 1 and 2, the reactor is critical and thus has the potential to produce maximum THERMAL POWER. Thus, to ensure that the assumptions of the accident analyses remain valid, all RCS loops are
 
required to be OPERABLE and in operation in these MODES to prevent
 
DNB and core damage.
 
The decay heat production rate is much lower than the full power heat
 
rate. As such, the forced circulation flow and heat sink requirements are
 
reduced for lower, noncritical MODES as indicated by the LCOs for
 
MODES 3, 4, and 5.
 
Operation in other MODES is covered by:


RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 B 3.4.4 BASES (continued)
(continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-20 (developmental)
A APPLICABILITY In MODES 1 and 2, the reactor is critical and thus has the potential to produce maximum THERMAL POWER. Thus, to ensure that the assumptions of the accident analyses remain valid, all RCS loops are required to be OPERABLE and in operation in these MODES to prevent DNB and core damage.
The decay heat production rate is much lower than the full power heat rate. As such, the forced circulation flow and heat sink requirements are reduced for lower, noncritical MODES as indicated by the LCOs for MODES 3, 4, and 5.
Operation in other MODES is covered by:
LCO 3.4.5, "RCS Loops - MODE 3";
LCO 3.4.5, "RCS Loops - MODE 3";
LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4";
LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4";
LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled";
LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled";
LCO 3.4.8, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled";  
LCO 3.4.8, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled";
 
LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation -
LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation -
Low Water Level" (MODE 6).
Low Water Level" (MODE 6).
ACTIONS A.1 If the requirements of the LCO are not met, the Required Action is to  
ACTIONS A.1 If the requirements of the LCO are not met, the Required Action is to reduce power and bring the plant to MODE 3. This lowers power level and thus reduces the core heat removal needs and minimizes the possibility of violating DNB limits.
 
The Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3 from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging safety systems.  
reduce power and bring the plant to MODE 3. This lowers power level  
 
and thus reduces the core heat removal needs and minimizes the  
 
possibility of violating DNB limits.  
 
The Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable, based on operating  
 
experience, to reach MODE 3 from full power conditions in an orderly  
 
manner and without challenging safety systems.  


RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 B 3.4.4 BASES (continued)
RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 B 3.4.4 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-21 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-21 (developmental)
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.4.1
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.4.1 This SR requires verification every 12 hours that each RCS loop is in operation. Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal while maintaining the margin to DNB. The Frequency of 12 hours is sufficient considering other indications and alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RCS loop performance.
REFERENCES
: 1.
Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analysis."


This SR requires verification every 12 hours that each RCS loop is in
RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 (continued)
 
operation. Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status
 
monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal
 
while maintaining the margin to DNB. The Frequency of 12 hours is
 
sufficient considering other indications and alarms available to the
 
operator in the control room to monitor RCS loop performance.
 
REFERENCES
: 1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analysis."
RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-22 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-22 (developmental)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)  
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
 
B 3.4.5 RCS Loops - MODE 3 BASES BACKGROUND In MODE 3, the primary function of the reactor coolant is removal of decay heat and transfer of this heat, via the steam generators (SGs), to the secondary plant fluid. The secondary function of the reactor coolant is to act as a carrier for soluble neutron poison, boric acid.
B 3.4.5 RCS Loops - MODE 3  
The reactor coolant is circulated through four RCS loops, connected in parallel to the reactor vessel, each containing an SG, a reactor coolant pump (RCP), and appropriate flow, pressure, level, and temperature instrumentation for control, protection, and indication. The reactor vessel contains the clad fuel. The SGs provide the heat sink. The RCPs circulate the water through the reactor vessel and SGs at a sufficient rate to ensure proper heat transfer and prevent fuel damage.
 
In MODE 3, RCPs are used to provide forced circulation for heat removal during heatup and cooldown. The MODE 3 decay heat removal requirements are low enough that a single RCS loop with one RCP running is sufficient to remove core decay heat. However, two RCS loops are required to be OPERABLE to ensure redundant capability for decay heat removal.
BASES BACKGROUND In MODE 3, the primary function of the reactor coolant is removal of decay heat and transfer of this heat, via the steam generators (SGs), to  
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Whenever the reactor trip breakers (RTBs) are in the closed position and the control rod drive mechanisms (CRDMs) are energized, an inadvertent rod withdrawal from subcritical, resulting in a power excursion, is possible. Such a transient could be caused by a malfunction of the rod control system. In addition, the possibility of a power excursion due to the ejection of an inserted control rod is possible with the breakers closed or open. Such a transient could be caused by the mechanical failure of a CRDM.
 
the secondary plant fluid. The secondary function of the reactor coolant  
 
is to act as a carrier for soluble neutron poison, boric acid.  
 
The reactor coolant is circulated through four RCS loops, connected in  
 
parallel to the reactor vessel, each containing an SG, a reactor coolant  
 
pump (RCP), and appropriate flow, pressure, level, and temperature  
 
instrumentation for control, protection, and indication. The reactor vessel  
 
contains the clad fuel. The SGs provide the heat sink. The RCPs  
 
circulate the water through the reactor vessel and SGs at a sufficient rate  
 
to ensure proper heat transfer and prevent fuel damage.  
 
In MODE 3, RCPs are used to provide forced circulation for heat removal  
 
during heatup and cooldown. The MODE 3 decay heat removal  
 
requirements are low enough that a single RCS loop with one RCP  
 
running is sufficient to remove core decay heat. However, two RCS loops  
 
are required to be OPERABLE to ensure redundant capability for decay  
 
heat removal.  
 
APPLICABLE  
 
SAFETY ANALYSES Whenever the reactor trip breakers (RTBs) are in the closed position and the control rod drive mechanisms (CRDMs) are energized, an inadvertent  
 
rod withdrawal from subcritical, resulting in a power excursion, is  


possible. Such a transient could be caused by a malfunction of the rod
RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES (continued)
 
control system. In addition, the possibility of a power excursion due to the
 
ejection of an inserted control rod is possible with the breakers closed or
 
open. Such a transient could be caused by the mechanical failure of a
 
CRDM.
RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-23 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-23 (developmental)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
Therefore, in MODE 3 with RTBs in the closed position and Rod Control  
Therefore, in MODE 3 with RTBs in the closed position and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, accidental control rod withdrawal from subcritical is postulated and requires at least two RCS loops to be OPERABLE and in operation to ensure that the accident analyses limits are met. For those conditions when the Rod Control System is not capable of rod withdrawal, two RCS loops are required to be OPERABLE, but only one RCS loop is required to be in operation to be consistent with MODE 3 accident analyses.
 
Failure to provide decay heat removal may result in challenges to a fission product barrier. The RCS loops are part of the primary success path that functions or actuates to prevent or mitigate a Design Basis Accident or transient that either assumes the failure of, or presents a challenge to, the integrity of a fission product barrier.
System capable of rod withdrawal, accidental control rod withdrawal from  
RCS Loops - MODE 3 satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
 
LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require that at least two RCS loops be OPERABLE. In MODE 3 with the RTBs in the closed position and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, two RCS loops must be in operation. Two RCS loops are required to be in operation in MODE 3 with RTBs closed and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal due to the postulation of a power excursion because of an inadvertent control rod withdrawal. The required number of RCS loops in operation ensures that the Safety Limit criteria will be met for all of the postulated accidents.
subcritical is postulated and requires at least two RCS loops to be  
With the RTBs in the open position, or the CRDMs de-energized, the Rod Control System is not capable of rod withdrawal; therefore, only one RCS loop in operation is necessary to ensure removal of decay heat from the core and homogenous boron concentration throughout the RCS. An additional RCS loop is required to be OPERABLE to ensure adequate decay heat removal capability.
The Note permits all RCPs to be de-energized for 1 hour per 8 hour period. The purpose of the Note is to perform tests that are designed to validate various accident analyses values. One of these tests is validation of the pump coastdown curve used as input to a number of accident analyses including a loss of flow accident. This test is generally performed in MODE 3 during the initial startup testing program, and as such should only be performed once.


OPERABLE and in operation to ensure that the accident analyses limits
RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES (continued)
 
are met. For those conditions when the Rod Control System is not
 
capable of rod withdrawal, two RCS loops are required to be OPERABLE, but only one RCS loop is required to be in operation to be consistent with
 
MODE 3 accident analyses.
 
Failure to provide decay heat removal may result in challenges to a
 
fission product barrier. The RCS loops are part of the primary success
 
path that functions or actuates to prevent or mitigate a Design Basis
 
Accident or transient that either assumes the failure of, or presents a
 
challenge to, the integrity of a fission product barrier.
 
RCS Loops - MODE 3 satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.
 
LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require that at least two RCS loops be OPERABLE. In MODE 3 with the RTBs in the closed position and Rod
 
Control System capable of rod withdrawal, two RCS loops must be in
 
operation. Two RCS loops are required to be in operation in MODE 3
 
with RTBs closed and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal due
 
to the postulation of a power excursion because of an inadvertent control
 
rod withdrawal. The required number of RCS loops in operation ensures
 
that the Safety Limit criteria will be met for all of the postulated accidents.
 
With the RTBs in the open position, or the CRDMs de-energized, the Rod
 
Control System is not capable of rod withdrawal; therefore, only one RCS
 
loop in operation is necessary to ensure removal of decay heat from the
 
core and homogenous boron concentration throughout the RCS. An
 
additional RCS loop is required to be OPERABLE to ensure adequate
 
decay heat removal capability.
 
The Note permits all RCPs to be de-energized for  1 hour per 8 hour period. The purpose of the Note is to perform tests that are designed to
 
validate various accident analyses values. One of these tests is
 
validation of the pump coastdown curve used as input to a number of
 
accident analyses including a loss of flow accident. This test is generally
 
performed in MODE 3 during the initial startup testing program, and as
 
such should only be performed once.
 
RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-24 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-24 (developmental)
A LCO (continued)
A LCO (continued)
If, however, changes are made to the RCS that would cause a change to the flow characteristics of the RCS, the input values of the coastdown  
If, however, changes are made to the RCS that would cause a change to the flow characteristics of the RCS, the input values of the coastdown curve must be revalidated by conducting the test again. The 1 hour time period specified is adequate to perform the desired tests, and operating experience has shown that boron stratification is not a problem during this short period with no forced flow.
 
Utilization of the Note is permitted provided the following conditions are met, along with any other conditions imposed by initial startup test procedures:
curve must be revalidated by conducting the test again. The 1 hour time  
: a.
 
No operations are permitted that would dilute the RCS boron concentration, thereby maintaining the margin to criticality. Boron reduction is prohibited because a uniform concentration distribution throughout the RCS cannot be ensured when in natural circulation; and
period specified is adequate to perform the desired tests, and operating  
: b.
 
Core outlet temperature is maintained at least 10&deg;F below saturation temperature, so that no vapor bubble may form and possibly cause a natural circulation flow obstruction.
experience has shown that boron stratification is not a problem during this  
An OPERABLE RCS loop consists of one OPERABLE RCP and one OPERABLE SG, which has the minimum water level specified in SR 3.4.5.2. An RCP is OPERABLE if it is capable of being powered and is able to provide forced flow if required.
 
short period with no forced flow.  
 
Utilization of the Note is permitted provided the following conditions are  
 
met, along with any other conditions imposed by initial startup test  
 
procedures:  
: a. No operations are permitted that would dilute the RCS boron concentration, thereby maintaining the margin to criticality. Boron  


reduction is prohibited because a uniform concentration distribution
RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
throughout the RCS cannot be ensured when in natural circulation;
 
and 
: b. Core outlet temperature is maintained at least 10 F below saturation temperature, so that no vapor bubble may form and possibly cause a
 
natural circulation flow obstruction.
 
An OPERABLE RCS loop consists of one OPERABLE RCP and one
 
OPERABLE SG, which has the minimum water level specified in
 
SR 3.4.5.2. An RCP is OPERABLE if it is capable of being powered and
 
is able to provide forced flow if required.
 
RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES (continued)  
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-25 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-25 (developmental)
A APPLICABILITY In MODE 3, this LCO ensures forced circulation of the reactor coolant to remove decay heat from the core and to provide proper boron mixing.
A APPLICABILITY In MODE 3, this LCO ensures forced circulation of the reactor coolant to remove decay heat from the core and to provide proper boron mixing.
The most stringent condition of the LCO, that is, two RCS loops  
The most stringent condition of the LCO, that is, two RCS loops OPERABLE and two RCS loops in operation, applies to MODE 3 with RTBs in the closed position. The least stringent condition, that is, two RCS loops OPERABLE and one RCS loop in operation, applies to MODE 3 with the RTBs open.
 
Operation in other MODES is covered by:
OPERABLE and two RCS loops in operation, applies to MODE 3 with  
 
RTBs in the closed position. The least stringent condition, that is, two  
 
RCS loops OPERABLE and one RCS loop in operation, applies to  
 
MODE 3 with the RTBs open.  
 
Operation in other MODES is covered by:  
 
LCO 3.4.4, "RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2";
LCO 3.4.4, "RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2";
LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4";  
LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4";
 
LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled";
LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled";  
LCO 3.4.8, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled";
 
LCO 3.4.8, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled";  
 
LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation -
LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation -
Low Water Level" (MODE 6).
Low Water Level" (MODE 6).
ACTIONS A.1
ACTIONS A.1 If one required RCS loop is inoperable, redundancy for heat removal is lost. The Required Action is restoration of the required RCS loop to OPERABLE status within the Completion Time of 72 hours. This time allowance is a justified period to be without the redundant, non-operating loop because a single loop in operation has a heat transfer capability greater than that needed to remove the decay heat produced in the reactor core and because of the low probability of a failure in the remaining loop occurring during this period.
 
B.1 If restoration is not possible within 72 hours, the unit must be brought to MODE 4. In MODE 4, the unit may be placed on the Residual Heat Removal System. The additional Completion Time of 12 hours is compatible with required operations to achieve cooldown and depressurization from the existing plant conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
If one required RCS loop is inoperable, redundancy for heat removal is  
 
lost. The Required Action is restoration of the required RCS loop to  
 
OPERABLE status within the Completion Time of 72 hours. This time  
 
allowance is a justified period to be without the redundant, non-operating  
 
loop because a single loop in operation has a heat transfer capability  
 
greater than that needed to remove the decay heat produced in the  
 
reactor core and because of the low probability of a failure in the  


remaining loop occurring during this period.
RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES (continued)
 
B.1 If restoration is not possible within 72 hours, the unit must be brought to
 
MODE 4. In MODE 4, the unit may be placed on the Residual Heat
 
Removal System. The additional Completion Time of 12 hours is
 
compatible with required operations to achieve cooldown and
 
depressurization from the existing plant conditions in an orderly manner
 
and without challenging plant systems.
RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-26 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-26 (developmental)
A ACTIONS (continued)
A ACTIONS (continued)
C.1 and C.2 If the required RCS loop is not in operation, and the RTBs are closed and  
C.1 and C.2 If the required RCS loop is not in operation, and the RTBs are closed and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, the Required Action is either to restore the required RCS loop to operation or to de-energize all CRDMs by opening the RTBs or de-energizing the motor generator (MG) sets. When the RTBs are in the closed position and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, it is postulated that a power excursion could occur in the event of an inadvertent control rod withdrawal. This mandates having the heat transfer capacity of two RCS loops in operation. If only one loop is in operation, the RTBs must be opened.
 
The Completion Times of 1 hour to restore the required RCS loop to operation or de-energize all CRDMs is adequate to perform these operations in an orderly manner without exposing the unit to risk for an undue time period.
Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, the Required Action is  
D.1, D.2, and D.3 If all RCS loops are inoperable or no RCS loop is in operation, except as during conditions permitted by the Note in the LCO section, all CRDMs must be de-energized by opening the RTBs or de-energizing the MG sets. All operations involving a reduction of RCS boron concentration must be suspended, and action to restore one of the RCS loops to OPERABLE status and operation must be initiated. Boron dilution requires forced circulation for proper mixing, and opening the RTBs or de-energizing the MG sets removes the possibility of an inadvertent rod withdrawal. The immediate Completion Time reflects the importance of maintaining operation for heat removal. The action to restore must be continued until one loop is restored to OPERABLE status and operation.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.5.1 This SR requires verification every 12 hours that the required loops are in operation. Verification includes flow rate, temperature, and pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal.
The Frequency of 12 hours is sufficient considering other indications and alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RCS loop performance.


either to restore the required RCS loop to operation or to de-energize all
RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-27 (developmental)
 
CRDMs by opening the RTBs or de-energizing the motor generator (MG)
 
sets. When the RTBs are in the closed position and Rod Control System
 
capable of rod withdrawal, it is postulated that a power excursion could
 
occur in the event of an inadvertent control rod withdrawal. This
 
mandates having the heat transfer capacity of two RCS loops in
 
operation. If only one loop is in operation, the RTBs must be opened. 
 
The Completion Times of 1 hour to restore the required RCS loop to
 
operation or de-energize all CRDMs is adequate to perform these
 
operations in an orderly manner without exposing the unit to risk for an
 
undue time period.
 
D.1, D.2, and D.3
 
If all RCS loops are inoperable or no RCS loop is in operation, except as
 
during conditions permitted by the Note in the LCO section, all CRDMs
 
must be de-energized by opening the RTBs or de-energizing the MG
 
sets. All operations involving a reduction of RCS boron concentration
 
must be suspended, and action to restore one of the RCS loops to
 
OPERABLE status and operation must be initiated. Boron dilution
 
requires forced circulation for proper mixing, and opening the RTBs or
 
de-energizing the MG sets removes the possibility of an inadvertent rod
 
withdrawal. The immediate Completion Time reflects the importance of
 
maintaining operation for heat removal. The action to restore must be
 
continued until one loop is restored to OPERABLE status and operation.
 
SURVEILLANCE
 
REQUIREMENTS SR  3.4.5.1
 
This SR requires verification every 12 hours that the required loops are in
 
operation. Verification includes flow rate, temperature, and pump status
 
monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal. 
 
The Frequency of 12 hours is sufficient considering other indications and
 
alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RCS loop
 
performance.
 
RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES     Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-27 (developmental)
B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.4.5.2
SR 3.4.5.2 SR 3.4.5.2 requires verification of SG OPERABILITY. SG OPERABILITY is verified by ensuring that the secondary side narrow range water level is 6 % (value does not account for instrument error) for required RCS loops. If the SG secondary side narrow range water level is less than 6 %, the tubes may become uncovered and the associated loop may not be capable of providing the heat sink for removal of the decay heat. The 12 hour Frequency is considered adequate in view of other indications available in the control room to alert the operator to a loss of SG level.
 
SR 3.4.5.3 Verification that the required RCPs are OPERABLE ensures that safety analyses limits are met. The requirement also ensures that an additional RCP can be placed in operation, if needed, to maintain decay heat removal and reactor coolant circulation. Verification is performed by verifying proper breaker alignment and power availability to the required RCPs.
SR 3.4.5.2 requires verification of SG OPERABILITY. SG OPERABILITY  
REFERENCES None
 
is verified by ensuring that the secondary side narrow range water level is 6 % (value does not account for instrument error) for required RCS loops. If the SG secondary side narrow range water level is less than  
 
6 %, the tubes may become uncovered and the associated loop may not  
 
be capable of providing the heat sink for removal of the decay heat. The  
 
12 hour Frequency is considered adequate in view of other indications  


available in the control room to alert the operator to a loss of SG level.
RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 (continued)
 
SR  3.4.5.3
 
Verification that the required RCPs are OPERABLE ensures that safety
 
analyses limits are met. The requirement also ensures that an additional
 
RCP can be placed in operation, if needed, to maintain decay heat
 
removal and reactor coolant circulation. Verification is performed by
 
verifying proper breaker alignment and power availability to the required
 
RCPs.
REFERENCES None RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-28 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-28 (developmental)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.6 RCS Loops - MODE 4  
B 3.4.6 RCS Loops - MODE 4 BASES BACKGROUND In MODE 4, the primary function of the reactor coolant is the removal of decay heat and the transfer of this heat to either the steam generator (SG) secondary side coolant or the component cooling water via the residual heat removal (RHR) heat exchangers. The secondary function of the reactor coolant is to act as a carrier for soluble neutron poison, boric acid.
 
The reactor coolant is circulated through four RCS loops connected in parallel to the reactor vessel, each loop containing an SG, a reactor coolant pump (RCP), and appropriate flow, pressure, level, and temperature instrumentation for control, protection, and indication. The RCPs circulate the coolant through the reactor vessel and SGs at a sufficient rate to ensure proper heat transfer and to prevent boric acid stratification.
BASES BACKGROUND In MODE 4, the primary function of the reactor coolant is the removal of decay heat and the transfer of this heat to either the steam generator (SG) secondary side coolant or the component cooling water via the  
In MODE 4, with the reactor trip breakers open and the rods not capable of withdrawal, either RCPs or RHR loops can be used to provide forced circulation. The intent in this case is to provide forced flow from at least one RCP or one RHR loop for decay heat removal and transport. The flow provided by one RCP loop or RHR loop is adequate for decay heat removal. The other intent is to require that two paths be available to provide redundancy for decay heat removal.
 
In MODE 4, with the reactor trip breakers closed and the rods capable of withdrawal, two RCPs must be OPERABLE and in operation to provide forced circulation.
residual heat removal (RHR) heat exchangers. The secondary function of  
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES In MODE 4, with the reactor trip breakers open and the rods not capable of withdrawal, RCS circulation is considered in determination of the time available for mitigation of the accidental boron dilution event. The RCS and RHR loops provide this circulation.
 
the reactor coolant is to act as a carrier for soluble neutron poison, boric  
 
acid.  
 
The reactor coolant is circulated through four RCS loops connected in  
 
parallel to the reactor vessel, each loop containing an SG, a reactor  
 
coolant pump (RCP), and appropriate flow, pressure, level, and  
 
temperature instrumentation for control, protection, and indication. The  
 
RCPs circulate the coolant through the reactor vessel and SGs at a  
 
sufficient rate to ensure proper heat transfer and to prevent boric acid  
 
stratification.  
 
In MODE 4, with the reactor trip breakers open and the rods not capable  
 
of withdrawal, either RCPs or RHR loops can be used to provide forced  
 
circulation. The intent in this case is to provide forced flow from at least  
 
one RCP or one RHR loop for decay heat removal and transport. The  
 
flow provided by one RCP loop or RHR loop is adequate for decay heat  
 
removal. The other intent is to require that two paths be available to  
 
provide redundancy for decay heat removal.  
 
In MODE 4, with the reactor trip breakers closed and the rods capable of  


withdrawal, two RCPs must be OPERABLE and in operation to provide
RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES (continued)
 
forced circulation.
 
APPLICABLE
 
SAFETY ANALYSES In MODE 4, with the reactor trip breakers open and the rods not capable
 
of withdrawal, RCS circulation is considered in determination of the time
 
available for mitigation of the accidental boron dilution event. The RCS
 
and RHR loops provide this circulation.
RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-29 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-29 (developmental)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
Whenever the reactor trip breakers (RTBs) are in the closed position and  
Whenever the reactor trip breakers (RTBs) are in the closed position and the control rod drive mechanisms (CRDMs) are energized, an inadvertent rod withdrawal from subcritical, resulting in a power excursion, is possible. Such a transient could be caused by a malfunction of the rod control system. In addition, the possibility of a power excursion due to the ejection of an inserted control rod is possible with the breakers closed or open. Such a transient could be caused by the mechanical failure of a CRDM.
 
Therefore, in MODE 4 with RTBs in the closed position and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, accidental control rod withdrawal from subcritical is postulated and requires at least two RCS loops to be OPERABLE and in operation to ensure that the accident analyses limits are met. For those conditions when the Rod Control System is not capable of rod withdrawal, any combination of two RCS or RHR loops are required to be OPERABLE, but only one loop is required to be in operation to meet decay heat removal requirements.
the control rod drive mechanisms (CRDMs) are energized, an inadvertent  
RCS Loops - MODE 4 have been identified in the NRC Policy Statement as important contributors to risk reduction.
 
LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require that at least two loops be OPERABLE. In MODE 4 with the RTBs in the closed position and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, two RCS loops must be OPERABLE and in operation. Two RCS loops are required to be in operation in MODE 4 with RTBs closed and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal due to the postulation of a power excursion because of an inadvertent control rod withdrawal. The required number of RCS loops in operation ensures that the Safety Limit criteria will be met for all of the postulated accidents.
rod withdrawal from subcritical, resulting in a power excursion, is  
With the RTBs in the open position, or the CRDMs de-energized, the Rod Control System is not capable of rod withdrawal; therefore, only one loop in operation is necessary to ensure removal of decay heat from the core and homogenous boron concentration throughout the RCS. In this case, the LCO allows the two loops that are required to be OPERABLE to consist of any combination of RCS loops and RHR loops. An additional loop is required to be OPERABLE to provide redundancy for heat removal.
 
possible. Such a transient could be caused by a malfunction of the rod  
 
control system. In addition, the possibility of a power excursion due to the  
 
ejection of an inserted control rod is possible with the breakers closed or  
 
open. Such a transient could be caused by the mechanical failure of a  
 
CRDM.  
 
Therefore, in MODE 4 with RTBs in the closed position and Rod Control  
 
System capable of rod withdrawal, accidental control rod withdrawal from  
 
subcritical is postulated and requires at least two RCS loops to be  
 
OPERABLE and in operation to ensure that the accident analyses limits  
 
are met. For those conditions when the Rod Control System is not  
 
capable of rod withdrawal, any combination of two RCS or RHR loops are  
 
required to be OPERABLE, but only one loop is required to be in  
 
operation to meet decay heat removal requirements.  
 
RCS Loops - MODE 4 have been identified in the NRC Policy Statement  
 
as important contributors to risk reduction.  
 
LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require that at least two loops be OPERABLE. In MODE 4 with the RTBs in the closed position and Rod  
 
Control System capable of rod withdrawal, two RCS loops must be  
 
OPERABLE and in operation. Two RCS loops are required to be in  
 
operation in MODE 4 with RTBs closed and Rod Control System capable  
 
of rod withdrawal due to the postulation of a power excursion because of  
 
an inadvertent control rod withdrawal. The required number of RCS loops  
 
in operation ensures that the Safety Limit criteria will be met for all of the  
 
postulated accidents.  
 
With the RTBs in the open position, or the CRDMs de-energized, the Rod  
 
Control System is not capable of rod withdrawal; therefore, only one loop  
 
in operation is necessary to ensure removal of decay heat from the core  
 
and homogenous boron concentration throughout the RCS. In this case, the LCO allows the two loops that are required to be OPERABLE to  


consist of any combination of RCS loops and RHR loops. An additional
RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES (continued)
 
loop is required to be OPERABLE to provide redundancy for heat
 
removal.
RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-30 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-30 (developmental)
B LCO (continued)
B LCO (continued)
The Note requires that the secondary side water temperature of each SG be 50 F above each of the RCS cold leg temperatures before the start of an RCP with any RCS cold leg temperature the COMS arming temperature as specified in the PTLR. This restraint is to prevent a low temperature overpressure event due to a thermal transient when an RCP  
The Note requires that the secondary side water temperature of each SG be 50&deg;F above each of the RCS cold leg temperatures before the start of an RCP with any RCS cold leg temperature the COMS arming temperature as specified in the PTLR. This restraint is to prevent a low temperature overpressure event due to a thermal transient when an RCP is started.
 
An OPERABLE RCS loop comprises an OPERABLE RCP and an OPERABLE SG, which has the minimum water level specified in SR 3.4.6.3.
is started.  
Similarly for the RHR System, an OPERABLE RHR loop comprises an OPERABLE RHR pump capable of providing forced flow to an OPERABLE RHR heat exchanger. RCPs and RHR pumps are OPERABLE if they are capable of being powered and are able to provide forced flow if required.
 
APPLICABILITY In MODE 4, this LCO ensures forced circulation of the reactor coolant to remove decay heat from the core and to provide proper boron mixing.
An OPERABLE RCS loop comprises an OPERABLE RCP and an  
One loop of either RCS or RHR provides sufficient circulation for these purposes. However, two loops consisting of any combination of RCS and RHR loops are required to be OPERABLE to meet single failure considerations.
 
Operation in other MODES is covered by:
OPERABLE SG, which has the minimum water level specified in  
 
SR 3.4.6.3.  
 
Similarly for the RHR System, an OPERABLE RHR loop comprises an  
 
OPERABLE RHR pump capable of providing forced flow to an  
 
OPERABLE RHR heat exchanger. RCPs and RHR pumps are  
 
OPERABLE if they are capable of being powered and are able to provide  
 
forced flow if required.  
 
APPLICABILITY In MODE 4, this LCO ensures forced circulation of the reactor coolant to remove decay heat from the core and to provide proper boron mixing.
 
One loop of either RCS or RHR provides sufficient circulation for these  
 
purposes. However, two loops consisting of any combination of RCS and  
 
RHR loops are required to be OPERABLE to meet single failure  
 
considerations.  
 
Operation in other MODES is covered by:  
 
LCO 3.4.4, "RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2";
LCO 3.4.4, "RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2";
LCO 3.4.5, "RCS Loops - MODE 3";  
LCO 3.4.5, "RCS Loops - MODE 3";
 
LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled";
LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled";  
LCO 3.4.8, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled";
 
LCO 3.4.8, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled";  
 
LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation -
LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation -
Low Water Level" (MODE 6).  
Low Water Level" (MODE 6).  


RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES (continued)  
RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES (continued)
    (continued)
(continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-31 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-31 (developmental)
A ACTIONS A.1 If only one RCS loop is OPERABLE and both RHR loops are inoperable, redundancy for heat removal is lost. Action must be initiated to restore a  
A ACTIONS A.1 If only one RCS loop is OPERABLE and both RHR loops are inoperable, redundancy for heat removal is lost. Action must be initiated to restore a second RCS or RHR loop to OPERABLE status. The immediate Completion Time reflects the importance of maintaining the availability of two paths for heat removal.
 
B.1 If one required RHR loop is OPERABLE and in operation and there are no RCS loops OPERABLE, an inoperable RCS or RHR loop must be restored to OPERABLE status to provide a redundant means for decay heat removal.
second RCS or RHR loop to OPERABLE status. The immediate  
If the parameters that are outside the limits cannot be restored, the plant must be brought to MODE 5 within 24 hours. Bringing the plant to MODE 5 is a conservative action with regard to decay heat removal. With only one RHR loop OPERABLE, redundancy for decay heat removal is lost and, in the event of a loss of the remaining RHR loop, it would be safer to initiate that loss from MODE 5 ( 200&deg;F) rather than MODE 4 (200 to 350&deg;F). The Completion Time of 24 hours is a reasonable time, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 5 from MODE 4 in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
C.1 and C.2 If one required RCS loop is not in operation, and the RTBs are closed and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, the Required Action is either to restore the required RCS loop to operation or to de-energize all CRDMs by opening the RTBs or de-energizing the motor generator (MG) sets. When the RTBs are in the closed position and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, it is postulated that a power excursion could occur in the event of an inadvertent control rod withdrawal. This mandates having the heat transfer capacity of two RCS loops in operation. If only one loop is in operation, the RTBs must be opened.
The Completion Times of 1 hour to restore the required RCS loop to operation or de-energize all CRDMs is adequate to perform these operations in an orderly manner without exposing the unit to risk for an undue time period.


Completion Time reflects the importance of maintaining the availability of
RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES (continued)
 
two paths for heat removal.
 
B.1 If one required RHR loop is OPERABLE and in operation and there are
 
no RCS loops OPERABLE, an inoperable RCS or RHR loop must be
 
restored to OPERABLE status to provide a redundant means for decay
 
heat removal.
 
If the parameters that are outside the limits cannot be restored, the plant
 
must be brought to MODE 5 within 24 hours. Bringing the plant to
 
MODE 5 is a conservative action with regard to decay heat removal. With
 
only one RHR loop OPERABLE, redundancy for decay heat removal is
 
lost and, in the event of a loss of the remaining RHR loop, it would be
 
safer to initiate that loss from MODE 5 ( 200 F) rather than MODE 4 (200 to 350 F). The Completion Time of 24 hours is a reasonable time, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 5 from MODE 4 in an
 
orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
 
C.1 and C.2
 
If one required RCS loop is not in operation, and the RTBs are closed and
 
Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, the Required Action is
 
either to restore the required RCS loop to operation or to de-energize all
 
CRDMs by opening the RTBs or de-energizing the motor generator (MG)
 
sets. When the RTBs are in the closed position and Rod Control System
 
capable of rod withdrawal, it is postulated that a power excursion could
 
occur in the event of an inadvertent control rod withdrawal. This
 
mandates having the heat transfer capacity of two RCS loops in
 
operation. If only one loop is in operation, the RTBs must be opened. 
 
The Completion Times of 1 hour to restore the required RCS loop to
 
operation or de-energize all CRDMs is adequate to perform these
 
operations in an orderly manner without exposing the unit to risk for an
 
undue time period.
 
RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-32 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-32 (developmental)
A ACTIONS (continued)
A ACTIONS (continued)
D.1, D.2 and D.3 If no loop is OPERABLE or in operation, all CRDMs must be  
D.1, D.2 and D.3 If no loop is OPERABLE or in operation, all CRDMs must be de-energized by opening the RTBs or de-energizing the MG sets. All operations involving a reduction of RCS boron concentration must be suspended, and action to restore one RCS or RHR loop to OPERABLE status and operation must be initiated. Boron dilution requires forced circulation for proper mixing, and the margin to criticality must not be reduced in this type of operation. Opening the RTBs or de-energizing the MG sets removes the possibility of an inadvertent rod withdrawal. The immediate Completion Times reflect the importance of maintaining operation for decay heat removal. The action to restore must be continued until one loop is restored to OPERABLE status and operation.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.6.1 This SR requires verification every 12 hours that two RCS loops are in operation when the rod control system is capable of rod withdrawal.
Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal. The Frequency of 12 hours is sufficient considering other indications and alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RCS and RHR loop performance.
SR 3.4.6.2 This SR requires verification every 12 hours that one RCS or RHR loop is in operation when the rod control system is not capable of rod withdrawal.
Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal. The Frequency of 12 hours is sufficient considering other indications and alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RCS and RHR loop performance.


de-energized by opening the RTBs or de-energizing the MG sets. All
RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-33 (developmental)
 
operations involving a reduction of RCS boron concentration must be
 
suspended, and action to restore one RCS or RHR loop to OPERABLE
 
status and operation must be initiated. Boron dilution requires forced
 
circulation for proper mixing, and the margin to criticality must not be
 
reduced in this type of operation. Opening the RTBs or de-energizing the
 
MG sets removes the possibility of an inadvertent rod withdrawal. The
 
immediate Completion Times reflect the importance of maintaining
 
operation for decay heat removal. The action to restore must be
 
continued until one loop is restored to OPERABLE status and operation.
 
SURVEILLANCE
 
REQUIREMENTS SR  3.4.6.1
 
This SR requires verification every 12 hours that two RCS loops are in
 
operation when the rod control system is capable of rod withdrawal. 
 
Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal. The
 
Frequency of 12 hours is sufficient considering other indications and
 
alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RCS and
 
RHR loop performance.
 
SR 3.4.6.2
 
This SR requires verification every 12 hours that one RCS or RHR loop is
 
in operation when the rod control system is not capable of rod withdrawal.
 
Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal. The
 
Frequency of 12 hours is sufficient considering other indications and
 
alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RCS and
 
RHR loop performance.
 
RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-33 (developmental)
B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.4.6.3
SR 3.4.6.3 SR 3.4.6.3 requires verification of SG OPERABILITY. SG OPERABILITY is verified by ensuring that the secondary side narrow range water level is 6% (value does not account for instrument error). If the SG secondary side narrow range water level is < 6%, the tubes may become uncovered and the associated loop may not be capable of providing the heat sink necessary for removal of decay heat. The 12-hour Frequency is considered adequate in view of other indications available in the control room to alert the operator to the loss of SG level.
 
SR 3.4.6.4 Verification that the required pump is OPERABLE ensures that an additional RCS or RHR pump can be placed in operation, if needed, to maintain decay heat removal and reactor coolant circulation. Verification is performed by verifying proper breaker alignment and power available to the required pump. The Frequency of 7 days is considered reasonable in view of other administrative controls available and has been shown to be acceptable by operating experience.
SR 3.4.6.3 requires verification of SG OPERABILITY. SG OPERABILITY  
REFERENCES None
 
is verified by ensuring that the secondary side narrow range water level is 6% (value does not account for instrument error). If the SG secondary side narrow range water level is < 6%, the tubes may become uncovered  


and the associated loop may not be capable of providing the heat sink
RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled B 3.4.7 (continued)
 
necessary for removal of decay heat. The 12-hour Frequency is
 
considered adequate in view of other indications available in the control
 
room to alert the operator to the loss of SG level.
 
SR  3.4.6.4
 
Verification that the required pump is OPERABLE ensures that an
 
additional RCS or RHR pump can be placed in operation, if needed, to
 
maintain decay heat removal and reactor coolant circulation. Verification
 
is performed by verifying proper break er alignment and power available to the required pump. The Frequency of 7 days is considered reasonable in
 
view of other administrative controls available and has been shown to be
 
acceptable by operating experience.
 
REFERENCES None RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled B 3.4.7     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-34 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-34 (developmental)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.7 RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled  
B 3.4.7 RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled BASES BACKGROUND In MODE 5 with the RCS loops filled, the primary function of the reactor coolant is the removal of decay heat and the transfer of this heat to either the steam generator (SG) secondary side coolant or the component cooling water via the residual heat removal (RHR) heat exchangers.
 
While the principal means for decay heat removal is via the RHR System, the SGs are specified as a backup means for redundancy. Even though the SGs cannot produce steam in this MODE, they are capable of being a heat sink due to their large contained volume of secondary water. As long as the SG secondary side water is at a lower temperature than the reactor coolant, heat transfer will occur. The rate of heat transfer is directly proportional to the temperature difference. The secondary function of the reactor coolant is to act as a carrier for soluble neutron poison, boric acid.
BASES BACKGROUND In MODE 5 with the RCS loops filled, the primary function of the reactor coolant is the removal of decay heat and the transfer of this heat to either  
In MODE 5 with RCS loops filled, the reactor coolant is circulated by means of two RHR loops connected to the RCS, each loop containing an RHR heat exchanger, an RHR pump, and appropriate flow and temperature instrumentation for control, protection, and indication.
 
One RHR pump circulates the water through the RCS at a sufficient rate to prevent boric acid stratification.
the steam generator (SG) secondary side coolant or the component  
The number of loops in operation can vary to suit the operational needs.
 
The intent of this LCO is to provide forced flow from at least one RHR loop for decay heat removal and transport. The flow provided by one RHR loop is adequate for decay heat removal. The other intent of this LCO is to require that a second path be available to provide redundancy for heat removal.
cooling water via the residual heat removal (RHR) heat exchangers.
The LCO provides for redundant paths of decay heat removal capability.
 
The first path can be an RHR loop that must be OPERABLE and in operation. The second path can be another OPERABLE RHR loop or maintaining two SGs with secondary side water levels greater than or equal to 6% narrow range to provide an alternate method for decay heat removal.
While the principal means for decay heat removal is via the RHR System, the SGs are specified as a backup means for redundancy. Even though  


the SGs cannot produce steam in this MODE, they are capable of being a
RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled B 3.4.7 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
heat sink due to their large contained volume of secondary water. As
 
long as the SG secondary side water is at a lower temperature than the
 
reactor coolant, heat transfer will occur. The rate of heat transfer is
 
directly proportional to the temperature difference. The secondary
 
function of the reactor coolant is to act as a carrier for soluble neutron
 
poison, boric acid.
 
In MODE 5 with RCS loops filled, the reactor coolant is circulated by
 
means of two RHR loops connected to the RCS, each loop containing an
 
RHR heat exchanger, an RHR pump, and appropriate flow and
 
temperature instrumentation for control, protection, and indication. 
 
One RHR pump circulates the water through the RCS at a sufficient rate
 
to prevent boric acid stratification.
 
The number of loops in operation can vary to suit the operational needs. 
 
The intent of this LCO is to provide forced flow from at least one RHR
 
loop for decay heat removal and transport. The flow provided by one
 
RHR loop is adequate for decay heat removal. The other intent of this
 
LCO is to require that a second path be available to provide redundancy
 
for heat removal.
 
The LCO provides for redundant paths of decay heat removal capability. 
 
The first path can be an RHR loop that must be OPERABLE and in
 
operation. The second path can be another OPERABLE RHR loop or
 
maintaining two SGs with secondary side water levels greater than or
 
equal to 6% narrow range to provide an alternate method for decay heat
 
removal.
RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled B 3.4.7 BASES (continued)  
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-35 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-35 (developmental)
B APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES In MODE 5, RCS circulation is considered in the determination of the time  
B APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES In MODE 5, RCS circulation is considered in the determination of the time available for mitigation of the accidental boron dilution event. The RHR loops provide this circulation.
RCS Loops - MODE 5 (Loops Filled) have been identified in the NRC Policy Statement as important contributors to risk reduction.
LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require that at least one of the RHR loops be OPERABLE and in operation with an additional RHR loop OPERABLE or two SGs with secondary side water level greater than or equal to 6% narrow range. One RHR loop provides sufficient forced circulation to perform the safety functions of the reactor coolant under these conditions.
An additional RHR loop is required to be OPERABLE to meet single failure considerations. However, if the standby RHR loop is not OPERABLE, an acceptable alternate method is two SGs with their secondary side water levels greater than or equal to 6% narrow range.
Should the operating RHR loop fail, the SGs could be used to remove the decay heat.
Note 1 allows one RHR loop to be inoperable for a period of up to 2 hours, provided that the other RHR loop is OPERABLE and in operation. This permits periodic surveillance tests to be performed on the inoperable loop during the only time when such testing is safe and possible.
Note 2 requires that the secondary side water temperature of each SG be 50&deg;F above each of the RCS cold leg temperatures before the start of a reactor coolant pump (RCP) with an RCS cold leg temperature the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR. This restriction is to prevent a low temperature overpressure event due to a thermal transient when an RCP is started.
Note 3 provides for an orderly transition from MODE 5 to MODE 4 during a planned heatup by permitting removal of RHR loops from operation when at least one RCS loop is in operation. This Note provides for the transition to MODE 4 where an RCS loop is permitted to be in operation and replaces the RCS circulation function provided by the RHR loops.
RHR pumps are OPERABLE if they are capable of being powered and are able to provide flow if required. An SG can perform as a heat sink when it has an adequate water level and is OPERABLE.


available for mitigation of the accidental boron dilution event. The RHR
RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled B 3.4.7 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
loops provide this circulation.
 
RCS Loops - MODE 5 (Loops Filled) have been identified in the NRC
 
Policy Statement as important contributors to risk reduction.
 
LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require that at least one of the RHR loops be OPERABLE and in operation with an additional RHR loop OPERABLE
 
or two SGs with secondary side water level greater than or equal to
 
6% narrow range. One RHR loop provides sufficient forced circulation to
 
perform the safety functions of the reactor coolant under these conditions.
 
An additional RHR loop is required to be OPERABLE to meet single
 
failure considerations. However, if the standby RHR loop is not
 
OPERABLE, an acceptable alternate method is two SGs with their
 
secondary side water levels greater than or equal to 6% narrow range. 
 
Should the operating RHR loop fail, the SGs could be used to remove the
 
decay heat.
 
Note 1 allows one RHR loop to be inoperable for a period of up to
 
2 hours, provided that the other RHR loop is OPERABLE and in
 
operation. This permits periodic surveillance tests to be performed on the
 
inoperable loop during the only time when such testing is safe and
 
possible.
 
Note 2 requires that the secondary side water temperature of each SG be 50 F above each of the RCS cold leg temperatures before the start of a reactor coolant pump (RCP) with an RCS cold leg temperature  the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR. This restriction is to prevent a low temperature overpressure event due to a thermal transient
 
when an RCP is started.
 
Note 3 provides for an orderly transition from MODE 5 to MODE 4 during
 
a planned heatup by permitting removal of RHR loops from operation
 
when at least one RCS loop is in operation. This Note provides for the
 
transition to MODE 4 where an RCS loop is permitted to be in operation
 
and replaces the RCS circulation function provided by the RHR loops.
 
RHR pumps are OPERABLE if they are capable of being powered and
 
are able to provide flow if required. An SG can perform as a heat sink
 
when it has an adequate water level and is OPERABLE.
RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled B 3.4.7 BASES (continued)  
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-36 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-36 (developmental)
A APPLICABILITY In MODE 5 with RCS loops filled, this LCO requires forced circulation of the reactor coolant to remove decay heat from the core and to provide proper boron mixing. One loop of RHR provides sufficient circulation for  
A APPLICABILITY In MODE 5 with RCS loops filled, this LCO requires forced circulation of the reactor coolant to remove decay heat from the core and to provide proper boron mixing. One loop of RHR provides sufficient circulation for these purposes. However, one additional RHR loop is required to be OPERABLE, or the secondary side water level of at least two SGs is required to be 6% narrow range.
 
Operation in other MODES is covered by:
these purposes. However, one additional RHR loop is required to be  
 
OPERABLE, or the secondary side water level of at least two SGs is  
 
required to be 6% narrow range.  
 
Operation in other MODES is covered by:  
 
LCO 3.4.4, "RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2";
LCO 3.4.4, "RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2";
LCO 3.4.5, "RCS Loops - MODE 3";  
LCO 3.4.5, "RCS Loops - MODE 3";
 
LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4";
LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4";  
LCO 3.4.8, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled";
 
LCO 3.4.8, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled";  
 
LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation -
LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation -
Low Water Level" (MODE 6).
Low Water Level" (MODE 6).
ACTIONS A.1 and A.2
ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 If one RHR loop is inoperable and the required SGs have secondary side water levels < 6% narrow range, redundancy for heat removal is lost.
 
Action must be initiated immediately to restore a second RHR loop to OPERABLE status or to restore the required SG secondary side water levels. Either Required Action A.1 or Required Action A.2 will restore redundant heat removal paths. The immediate Completion Time reflects the importance of maintaining the availability of two paths for heat removal.
If one RHR loop is inoperable and the required SGs have secondary side  
B.1 and B.2 If no RHR loop is in operation, except during conditions permitted by Note 1, or if no loop is OPERABLE, all operations involving a reduction of RCS boron concentration must be suspended and action to restore one RHR loop to OPERABLE status and operation must be initiated. To prevent boron dilution, forced circulation is required to provide proper mixing and preserve the margin to criticality in this type of operation. The immediate Completion Times reflect the importance of maintaining operation for heat removal.
 
water levels < 6% narrow range, redundancy for heat removal is lost.
 
Action must be initiated immediately to restore a second RHR loop to  
 
OPERABLE status or to restore the required SG secondary side water  
 
levels. Either Required Action A.1 or Required Action A.2 will restore  
 
redundant heat removal paths. The immediate Completion Time reflects  
 
the importance of maintaining the availability of two paths for heat  
 
removal.  
 
B.1 and B.2
 
If no RHR loop is in operation, except during conditions permitted by  
 
Note 1, or if no loop is OPERABLE, all operations involving a reduction of  
 
RCS boron concentration must be suspended and action to restore one  
 
RHR loop to OPERABLE status and operation must be initiated. To  
 
prevent boron dilution, forced circulation is required to provide proper  
 
mixing and preserve the margin to criticality in this type of operation. The  
 
immediate Completion Times reflect the importance of maintaining  


operation for heat removal.
RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled B 3.4.7 BASES (continued)
RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled B 3.4.7 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-37 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-37 (developmental)
B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.7.1
B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.7.1 This SR requires verification every 12 hours that the required loop is in operation. Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal.
 
The Frequency of 12 hours is sufficient considering other indications and alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RHR loop performance.
This SR requires verification every 12 hours that the required loop is in  
SR 3.4.7.2 Verifying that at least two SGs are OPERABLE by ensuring their secondary side narrow range water levels are greater than or equal to 6%
(value does not account for instrument error) narrow range ensures an alternate decay heat removal method in the event that the second RHR loop is not OPERABLE. If both RHR loops are OPERABLE, this Surveillance is not needed. The 12-hour Frequency is considered adequate in view of other indications available in the control room to alert the operator to the loss of SG level.
SR 3.4.7.3 Verification that a second RHR pump is OPERABLE ensures that an additional pump can be placed in operation, if needed, to maintain decay heat removal and reactor coolant circulation. Verification is performed by verifying proper breaker alignment and power available to the RHR pump.
If secondary side water level is greater than or equal to 6% narrow range in at least two SGs, this Surveillance is not needed. The Frequency of 7 days is considered reasonable in view of other administrative controls available and has been shown to be acceptable by operating experience.
REFERENCES None


operation. Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status
RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled B 3.4.8 (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-38 (developmental)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.8 RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled BASES BACKGROUND In MODE 5 with the RCS loops not filled, the primary function of the reactor coolant is the removal of decay heat generated in the fuel, and the transfer of this heat to the component cooling water via the residual heat removal (RHR) heat exchangers. The steam generators (SGs) are not available as a heat sink when the loops are not filled. The secondary function of the reactor coolant is to act as a carrier for the soluble neutron poison, boric acid.
In MODE 5 with loops not filled, only RHR pumps can be used for coolant circulation. The number of pumps in operation can vary to suit the operational needs. The intent of this LCO is to provide forced flow from at least one RHR pump for decay heat removal and transport and to require that two paths be available to provide redundancy for heat removal.
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES In MODE 5, RCS circulation is considered in the determination of the time available for mitigation of the accidental boron dilution event. The RHR loops provide this circulation. The flow provided by one RHR loop is adequate for heat removal and for boron mixing.
RCS loops in MODE 5 (loops not filled) have been identified in the NRC Policy Statement as important contributors to risk reduction.
LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require that at least two RHR loops be OPERABLE and one of these loops be in operation. An OPERABLE loop is one that has the capability of transferring heat from the reactor coolant at a controlled rate. Heat cannot be removed via the RHR System unless forced flow is used. A minimum of one running RHR pump meets the LCO requirement for one loop in operation. An additional RHR loop is required to be OPERABLE to meet single failure considerations.


monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal.
RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled B 3.4.8 BASES (continued)
 
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-39 (developmental)
The Frequency of 12 hours is sufficient considering other indications and
 
alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RHR loop
 
performance.
 
SR  3.4.7.2
 
Verifying that at least two SGs are OPERABLE by ensuring their
 
secondary side narrow range water levels are greater than or equal to 6%
(value does not account for instrument error) narrow range ensures an alternate decay heat removal method in the event that the second RHR
 
loop is not OPERABLE. If both RHR loops are OPERABLE, this
 
Surveillance is not needed. The 12-hour Frequency is considered
 
adequate in view of other indications available in the control room to alert
 
the operator to the loss of SG level.
 
SR  3.4.7.3
 
Verification that a second RHR pump is OPERABLE ensures that an
 
additional pump can be placed in operation, if needed, to maintain decay
 
heat removal and reactor coolant circulation. Verification is performed by
 
verifying proper breaker alignment and power available to the RHR pump.
 
If secondary side water level is greater than or equal to 6% narrow range
 
in at least two SGs, this Surveillance is not needed. The Frequency of
 
7 days is considered reasonable in view of other administrative controls
 
available and has been shown to be acceptable by operating experience.
 
REFERENCES None RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled B 3.4.8  (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-38  (developmental)
A B 3.4  REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.8  RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled
 
BASES
 
BACKGROUND In MODE 5 with the RCS loops not filled, the primary function of the reactor coolant is the removal of decay heat generated in the fuel, and the
 
transfer of this heat to the component cooling water via the residual heat
 
removal (RHR) heat exchangers. The steam generators (SGs) are not
 
available as a heat sink when the loops are not filled. The secondary
 
function of the reactor coolant is to act as a carrier for the soluble neutron
 
poison, boric acid.
 
In MODE 5 with loops not filled, only RHR pumps can be used for coolant
 
circulation. The number of pumps in operation can vary to suit the operational needs. The intent of this LCO is to provide forced flow from at least one RHR pump for decay heat removal and transport and to require
 
that two paths be available to provide redundancy for heat removal.
 
APPLICABLE
 
SAFETY ANALYSES In MODE 5, RCS circulation is considered in the determination of the time
 
available for mitigation of the accidental boron dilution event. The RHR
 
loops provide this circulation. The flow provided by one RHR loop is
 
adequate for heat removal and for boron mixing.
 
RCS loops in MODE 5 (loops not filled) have been identified in the NRC
 
Policy Statement as important contributors to risk reduction.
 
LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require that at least two RHR loops be OPERABLE and one of these loops be in operation. An OPERABLE loop
 
is one that has the capability of transferring heat from the reactor coolant
 
at a controlled rate. Heat cannot be removed via the RHR System unless
 
forced flow is used. A minimum of one running RHR pump meets the
 
LCO requirement for one loop in operation. An additional RHR loop is
 
required to be OPERABLE to meet single failure considerations.
RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled B 3.4.8 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-39 (developmental)
A LCO (continued)
A LCO (continued)
Note 1 permits all RHR pumps to be de-energized for 15 minutes when switching from one loop to another. The circumstances for stopping both RHR pumps are to be limited to situations when the outage time is short  
Note 1 permits all RHR pumps to be de-energized for 15 minutes when switching from one loop to another. The circumstances for stopping both RHR pumps are to be limited to situations when the outage time is short and core outlet temperature is maintained > 10&deg;F below saturation temperature. The Note prohibits boron dilution or draining operations when RHR forced flow is stopped.
 
Note 2 allows one RHR loop to be inoperable for a period of 2 hours, provided that the other loop is OPERABLE and in operation. This permits periodic surveillance tests to be performed on the inoperable loop during the only time when these tests are safe and possible.
and core outlet temperature is maintained > 10 F below saturation temperature. The Note prohibits boron dilution or draining operations  
An OPERABLE RHR loop is comprised of an OPERABLE RHR pump capable of providing forced flow to an OPERABLE RHR heat exchanger.
 
when RHR forced flow is stopped.  
 
Note 2 allows one RHR loop to be inoperable for a period of 2 hours, provided that the other loop is OPERABLE and in operation. This permits  
 
periodic surveillance tests to be performed on the inoperable loop during  
 
the only time when these tests are safe and possible.  
 
An OPERABLE RHR loop is comprised of an OPERABLE RHR pump  
 
capable of providing forced flow to an OPERABLE RHR heat exchanger.  
 
RHR pumps are OPERABLE if they are capable of being powered and are able to provide flow if required.
RHR pumps are OPERABLE if they are capable of being powered and are able to provide flow if required.
APPLICABILITY In MODE 5 with loops not filled, this LCO requires core heat removal and coolant circulation by the RHR System.  
APPLICABILITY In MODE 5 with loops not filled, this LCO requires core heat removal and coolant circulation by the RHR System.
 
Operation in other MODES is covered by:
Operation in other MODES is covered by:  
LCO 3.4.4, "RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2;"
 
LCO 3.4.5, "RCS Loops - MODE 3;"
LCO 3.4.4, "RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2;" LCO 3.4.5, "RCS Loops - MODE 3;"
LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4;"
LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4;"
LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled;"
LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled;"
LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - Low Water Level" (MODE 6).  
LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - Low Water Level" (MODE 6).  


RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled B 3.4.8 BASES (continued)
RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled B 3.4.8 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-40 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-40 (developmental)
A ACTIONS A.1 If only one RHR loop is OPERABLE and in operation, redundancy for  
A ACTIONS A.1 If only one RHR loop is OPERABLE and in operation, redundancy for RHR is lost. Action must be initiated to restore a second loop to OPERABLE status. The immediate Completion Time reflects the importance of maintaining the availability of two paths for heat removal.
 
B.1 and B.2 If no required RHR loops are OPERABLE or in operation, except during conditions permitted by Note 1, all operations involving a reduction of RCS boron concentration must be suspended and action must be initiated immediately to restore an RHR loop to OPERABLE status and operation.
RHR is lost. Action must be initiated to restore a second loop to  
Boron dilution requires forced circulation for uniform dilution, and the margin to criticality must not be reduced in this type of operation. The immediate Completion Time reflects the importance of maintaining operation for heat removal. The action to restore must continue until one loop is restored to OPERABLE status and operation.
 
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.8.1 This SR requires verification every 12 hours that one loop is in operation.
OPERABLE status. The immediate Completion Time reflects the  
Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal. The Frequency of 12 hours is sufficient considering other indications and alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RHR loop performance.
 
SR 3.4.8.2 Verification that the required number of pumps are OPERABLE ensures that additional pumps can be placed in operation, if needed, to maintain decay heat removal and reactor coolant circulation. Verification is performed by verifying proper breaker alignment and power available to the required pumps. The Frequency of 7 days is considered reasonable in view of other administrative controls available and has been shown to be acceptable by operating experience.
importance of maintaining the availability of two paths for heat removal.  
REFERENCES None.
 
B.1 and B.2
 
If no required RHR loops are OPERABLE or in operation, except during  


conditions permitted by Note 1, all operations involving a reduction of
Pressurizer B 3.4.9 (continued)
 
RCS boron concentration must be suspended and action must be initiated
 
immediately to restore an RHR loop to OPERABLE status and operation.
 
Boron dilution requires forced circulation for uniform dilution, and the
 
margin to criticality must not be reduced in this type of operation. The
 
immediate Completion Time reflects the importance of maintaining
 
operation for heat removal. The action to restore must continue until one
 
loop is restored to OPERABLE status and operation.
 
SURVEILLANCE
 
REQUIREMENTS SR  3.4.8.1
 
This SR requires verification every 12 hours that one loop is in operation.
 
Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal. The
 
Frequency of 12 hours is sufficient considering other indications and
 
alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RHR loop
 
performance.
 
SR  3.4.8.2
 
Verification that the required number of pumps are OPERABLE ensures
 
that additional pumps can be placed in operation, if needed, to maintain
 
decay heat removal and reactor coolant circulation. Verification is
 
performed by verifying proper breaker alignment and power available to the required pumps. The Frequency of 7 days is considered reasonable
 
in view of other administrative controls available and has been shown to
 
be acceptable by operating experience.
 
REFERENCES None.
Pressurizer B 3.4.9   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-41 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-41 (developmental)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.9 Pressurizer  
B 3.4.9 Pressurizer BASES BACKGROUND The pressurizer provides a point in the RCS where liquid and vapor are maintained in equilibrium under saturated conditions for pressure control purposes to prevent bulk boiling in the remainder of the RCS. Key functions include maintaining required primary system pressure during steady state operation, and limiting the pressure changes caused by reactor coolant thermal expansion and contraction during normal load transients.
The pressure control components addressed by this LCO include the pressurizer water level, the required heaters, and their controls.
Pressurizer safety valves and pressurizer power operated relief valves are addressed by LCO 3.4.10, "Pressurizer Safety Valves," and LCO 3.4.11, "Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valves (PORVs),"
respectively.
The intent of the LCO is to ensure that a steam bubble exists in the pressurizer prior to power operation to minimize the consequences of potential overpressure transients. The presence of a steam bubble is consistent with analytical assumptions. Relatively small amounts of noncondensible gases can inhibit the condensation heat transfer between the pressurizer spray and the steam, and diminish the spray effectiveness for pressure control.
Electrical immersion heaters, located in the lower section of the pressurizer vessel, keep the water in the pressurizer at saturation temperature and maintain a constant operating pressure. A minimum required available capacity of pressurizer heaters ensures that the RCS pressure can be maintained. The capability to maintain and control system pressure is important for maintaining subcooled conditions in the RCS and ensuring the capability to remove core decay heat by either forced or natural circulation of reactor coolant. Unless adequate heater capacity is available, the hot, high pressure condition cannot be maintained indefinitely and still provide the required subcooling margin in the primary system. Inability to control the system pressure and maintain subcooling under conditions of natural circulation flow in the primary system could lead to a loss of single phase natural circulation and decreased capability to remove core decay heat.


BASES BACKGROUND The pressurizer provides a point in the RCS where liquid and vapor are maintained in equilibrium under saturated conditions for pressure control
Pressurizer B 3.4.9 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
purposes to prevent bulk boiling in the remainder of the RCS. Key
 
functions include maintaining required primary system pressure during
 
steady state operation, and limiting the pressure changes caused by
 
reactor coolant thermal expansion and contraction during normal load
 
transients.
 
The pressure control components addressed by this LCO include the
 
pressurizer water level, the required heaters, and their controls. 
 
Pressurizer safety valves and pressurizer power operated relief valves
 
are addressed by LCO 3.4.10, "Pressurizer Safety Valves," and
 
LCO 3.4.11, "Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valves (PORVs),"
respectively.
 
The intent of the LCO is to ensure that a steam bubble exists in the
 
pressurizer prior to power operation to minimize the consequences of
 
potential overpressure transients. The presence of a steam bubble is
 
consistent with analytical assumptions. Relatively small amounts of
 
noncondensible gases can inhibit the condensation heat transfer between
 
the pressurizer spray and the steam, and diminish the spray effectiveness
 
for pressure control.
 
Electrical immersion heaters, located in the lower section of the
 
pressurizer vessel, keep the water in the pressurizer at saturation
 
temperature and maintain a constant operating pressure. A minimum
 
required available capacity of pressurizer heaters ensures that the RCS
 
pressure can be maintained. The capability to maintain and control
 
system pressure is important for maintaining subcooled conditions in the
 
RCS and ensuring the capability to remove core decay heat by either
 
forced or natural circulation of reactor coolant. Unless adequate heater
 
capacity is available, the hot, high pressure condition cannot be
 
maintained indefinitely and still provide the required subcooling margin in
 
the primary system. Inability to control the system pressure and maintain
 
subcooling under conditions of natural circulation flow in the primary
 
system could lead to a loss of single phase natural circulation and
 
decreased capability to remove core decay heat.
Pressurizer B 3.4.9 BASES (continued)  
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-42 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-42 (developmental)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES In MODES 1, 2, and 3, the LCO requirement for a steam bubble is  
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES In MODES 1, 2, and 3, the LCO requirement for a steam bubble is reflected implicitly in the accident analyses. Safety analyses performed for lower MODES are not limiting. All analyses performed from a critical reactor condition assume the existence of a steam bubble and saturated conditions in the pressurizer. In making this assumption, the analyses neglect the small fraction of noncondensible gases normally present.
 
Safety analyses presented in the FSAR (Ref. 1) do not take credit for pressurizer heater operation; however, an implicit initial condition assumption of the safety analyses is that the RCS is operating at normal pressure.
reflected implicitly in the accident analyses. Safety analyses performed  
The maximum pressurizer water level limit satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement. Although the heaters are not specifically used in accident analysis, the need to maintain subcooling in the long term during loss of offsite power, as indicated in NUREG-0737 (Ref. 2), is the reason for providing an LCO.
 
LCO The LCO requirement for the pressurizer to be OPERABLE with a water volume 1656 cubic feet, which is equivalent to 92%, ensures that a steam bubble exists. Limiting the LCO maximum operating water level preserves the steam space for pressure control. The LCO has been established to ensure the capability to establish and maintain pressure control for steady state operation and to minimize the consequences of potential overpressure transients. Requiring the presence of a steam bubble is also consistent with analytical assumptions.
for lower MODES are not limiting. All analyses performed from a critical  
The LCO requires two groups of OPERABLE pressurizer heaters, each with a capacity 150 kW. The minimum heater capacity required is sufficient to maintain the RCS near normal operating pressure when accounting for heat losses through the pressurizer insulation. By maintaining the pressure near the operating conditions, a wide margin to subcooling can be obtained in the loops. The design value of 150 kW per group is exceeded by the use of fifteen heaters in a group rated at 23.1 kW each. The amount needed to maintain pressure is dependent on the heat losses.
 
reactor condition assume the existence of a steam bubble and saturated  
 
conditions in the pressurizer. In making this assumption, the analyses  
 
neglect the small fraction of noncondensible gases normally present.  
 
Safety analyses presented in the FSAR (Ref. 1) do not take credit for  
 
pressurizer heater operation; however, an implicit initial condition  
 
assumption of the safety analyses is that the RCS is operating at normal  
 
pressure.  
 
The maximum pressurizer water level limit satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC  
 
Policy Statement. Although the heaters are not specifically used in  
 
accident analysis, the need to maintain subcooling in the long term during  
 
loss of offsite power, as indicated in NUREG-0737 (Ref. 2), is the reason  
 
for providing an LCO.  
 
LCO The LCO requirement for the pressurizer to be OPERABLE with a water volume 1656 cubic feet, which is equivalent to 92%, ensures that a steam bubble exists. Limiting the LCO maximum operating water level  
 
preserves the steam space for pressure control. The LCO has been  
 
established to ensure the capability to establish and maintain pressure  
 
control for steady state operation and to minimize the consequences of  
 
potential overpressure transients. Requiring the presence of a steam  
 
bubble is also consistent with analytical assumptions.  
 
The LCO requires two groups of OPERABLE pressurizer heaters, each  
 
with a capacity 150 kW. The minimum heater capacity required is sufficient to maintain the RCS near normal operating pressure when  
 
accounting for heat losses through the pressurizer insulation. By  
 
maintaining the pressure near the operating conditions, a wide margin to  
 
subcooling can be obtained in the loops. The design value of 150 kW per  
 
group is exceeded by the use of fifteen heaters in a group rated at  
 
23.1 kW each. The amount needed to maintain pressure is dependent on  


the heat losses.
Pressurizer B 3.4.9.
 
BASES (continued)
Pressurizer B 3.4.9.BASES (continued)  
(continued)
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-43 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-43 (developmental)
A APPLICABILITY The need for pressure control is most pertinent when core heat can cause the greatest effect on RCS temperature, resulting in the greatest effect on pressurizer level and RCS pressure control. Thus, applicability has been  
A APPLICABILITY The need for pressure control is most pertinent when core heat can cause the greatest effect on RCS temperature, resulting in the greatest effect on pressurizer level and RCS pressure control. Thus, applicability has been designated for MODES 1 and 2. The applicability is also provided for MODE 3. The purpose is to prevent solid water RCS operation during heatup and cooldown to avoid rapid pressure rises caused by normal operational perturbation, such as reactor coolant pump startup.
In MODES 1, 2, and 3, there is need to maintain the availability of pressurizer heaters. In the event of a loss of offsite power, the initial conditions of these MODES give the greatest demand for maintaining the RCS in a hot pressurized condition with loop subcooling for an extended period. For MODE 4, 5, or 6, it is not necessary to control pressure (by heaters) to ensure loop subcooling for heat transfer when the Residual Heat Removal (RHR) System is in service, and therefore, the LCO is not applicable.
ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 Pressurizer water level control malfunctions or other plant evolutions may result in a pressurizer water level above the nominal upper limit, even with the plant at steady state conditions. Normally the plant will trip in this event since the upper limit of this LCO is the same as the Pressurizer Water Level - High Trip.
If the pressurizer water level is not within the limit, action must be taken to restore the plant to operation within the bounds of the safety analyses. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3, with the reactor trip breakers open, within 6 hours and to MODE 4 within 12 hours.
This takes the plant out of the applicable MODES and restores the plant to operation within the bounds of the safety analyses.
The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.


designated for MODES 1 and 2. The applicability is also provided for
Pressurizer B 3.4.9.
 
BASES (continued)
MODE 3. The purpose is to prevent solid water RCS operation during
 
heatup and cooldown to avoid rapid pressure rises caused by normal
 
operational perturbation, such as reactor coolant pump startup.
 
In MODES 1, 2, and 3, there is need to maintain the availability of
 
pressurizer heaters. In the event of a loss of offsite power, the initial
 
conditions of these MODES give the greatest demand for maintaining the
 
RCS in a hot pressurized condition with loop subcooling for an extended
 
period. For MODE 4, 5, or 6, it is not necessary to control pressure (by
 
heaters) to ensure loop subcooling for heat transfer when the Residual
 
Heat Removal (RHR) System is in service, and therefore, the LCO is not
 
applicable.
 
ACTIONS A.1 and A.2
 
Pressurizer water level control malfunctions or other plant evolutions may
 
result in a pressurizer water level above the nominal upper limit, even
 
with the plant at steady state conditions. Normally the plant will trip in this
 
event since the upper limit of this LCO is the same as the Pressurizer
 
Water Level - High Trip.
 
If the pressurizer water level is not within the limit, action must be taken to
 
restore the plant to operation within the bounds of the safety analyses. To
 
achieve this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3, with the
 
reactor trip breakers open, within 6 hours and to MODE 4 within 12 hours.
 
This takes the plant out of the applicable MODES and restores the plant
 
to operation within the bounds of the safety analyses.
 
The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating
 
experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power
 
conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
 
Pressurizer B 3.4.9.BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-44 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-44 (developmental)
B ACTIONS (continued)
B ACTIONS (continued)
B.1 If one required group of pressurizer heaters is inoperable, restoration is  
B.1 If one required group of pressurizer heaters is inoperable, restoration is required within 72 hours. The Completion Time of 72 hours is reasonable considering the anticipation that a demand caused by loss of offsite power would be unlikely in this period.
 
C.1 and C.2 If one group of pressurizer heaters is inoperable and cannot be restored in the allowed Completion Time of Required Action B.1, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 4 within 12 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
required within 72 hours. The Completion Time of 72 hours is reasonable  
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.9.1 This SR requires that during steady state operation, pressurizer level is maintained below the nominal upper level limit of 92% (value does not account for instrument error) to provide a minimum space for a steam bubble. The Surveillance is performed by observing the indicated level.
 
The Frequency of 12 hours corresponds to verifying the parameter each shift. The 12-hour interval has been shown by operating practice to be sufficient to regularly assess level for any deviation and verify that operation is within safety analyses assumptions. Alarms are also available for early detection of abnormal level indications.
considering the anticipation that a demand caused by loss of offsite  
SR 3.4.9.2 The SR is satisfied when the power supplies are demonstrated to be capable of producing the minimum power and the associated pressurizer heaters are verified to be at their design rating. This may be done by testing the power supply output and by performing an electrical check on heater element continuity and resistance. The Frequency of 92 days is considered adequate to detect heater degradation and has been shown by operating experience to be acceptable.
 
power would be unlikely in this period.  
 
C.1 and C.2
 
If one group of pressurizer heaters is inoperable and cannot be restored  
 
in the allowed Completion Time of Required Action B.1, the plant must be  
 
brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this  
 
status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours and to  
 
MODE 4 within 12 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions  
 
from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging  
 
plant systems.  
 
SURVEILLANCE  
 
REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.9.1
 
This SR requires that during steady state operation, pressurizer level is  
 
maintained below the nominal upper level limit of 92% (value does not account for instrument error) to provide a minimum space for a steam bubble. The Surveillance is performed by observing the indicated level.


The Frequency of 12 hours corresponds to verifying the parameter each
Pressurizer B 3.4.9.
 
BASES (continued)
shift. The 12-hour interval has been shown by operating practice to be
 
sufficient to regularly assess level for any deviation and verify that
 
operation is within safety analyses assumptions. Alarms are also
 
available for early detection of abnormal level indications.
 
SR  3.4.9.2
 
The SR is satisfied when the power supplies are demonstrated to be
 
capable of producing the minimum power and the associated pressurizer
 
heaters are verified to be at their design rating. This may be done by
 
testing the power supply output and by performing an electrical check on
 
heater element continuity and resistance. The Frequency of 92 days is
 
considered adequate to detect heater degradation and has been shown
 
by operating experience to be acceptable.
Pressurizer B 3.4.9.BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-45 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-45 (developmental)
B REFERENCES 1. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analyses." 2. NUREG-0737, "Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements," November 1980.  
B REFERENCES
: 1.
Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analyses."
: 2.
NUREG-0737, "Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements,"
November 1980.  


Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 (continued)
Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-46 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-46 (developmental)
B B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.10 Pressurizer Safety Valves  
B 3.4.10 Pressurizer Safety Valves BASES BACKGROUND The pressurizer safety valves provide, in conjunction with the Reactor Protection System, overpressure protection for the RCS. The pressurizer safety valves are totally enclosed pop type, spring loaded, self actuated valves with backpressure compensation. The safety valves are designed to prevent the system pressure from exceeding the system Safety Limit (SL), 2735 psig, which is 110% of the design pressure.
 
Because the safety valves are totally enclosed and self actuating, they are considered independent components. The relief capacity for each valve, 420,000 lb/hr, is based on postulated overpressure transient conditions resulting from a complete loss of steam flow to the turbine.
BASES BACKGROUND The pressurizer safety valves pr ovide, in conjunction with the Reactor Protection System, overpressure protection for the RCS. The pressurizer  
This event results in the maximum surge rate into the pressurizer, which specifies the minimum relief capacity for the safety valves. The discharge flow from the pressurizer safety valves is directed to the pressurizer relief tank. This discharge flow is indicated by an increase in temperature downstream of the pressurizer safety valves or increase in the pressurizer relief tank temperature or level.
 
Overpressure protection is required in MODES 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; however, in MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg temperature < the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, MODE 5, and MODE 6 with the reactor vessel head on, overpressure protection is provided by operating procedures and by meeting the requirements of LCO 3.4.12, "Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS)."
safety valves are totally enclosed pop type, spring loaded, self actuated  
The upper and lower pressure limits are based on a +/- 3% tolerance. The lift setting is for the ambient conditions associated with MODES 1, 2, 3, and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR. This requires either that the valves be set hot or that a correlation between hot and cold settings be established.
 
The pressurizer safety valves are part of the primary success path and mitigate the effects of postulated accidents. OPERABILITY of the safety valves ensures that the RCS pressure will be limited to 110% of design pressure.  
valves with backpressure compensation. The safety valves are designed  
 
to prevent the system pressure from exceeding the system Safety Limit (SL), 2735 psig, which is 110% of the design pressure.  
 
Because the safety valves are totally enclosed and self actuating, they  
 
are considered independent components. The relief capacity for each  
 
valve, 420,000 lb/hr, is based on postulated overpressure transient  
 
conditions resulting from a complete loss of steam flow to the turbine.
 
This event results in the maximum surge rate into the pressurizer, which  
 
specifies the minimum relief capacity for the safety valves. The discharge  
 
flow from the pressurizer safety valves is directed to the pressurizer relief  
 
tank. This discharge flow is indicated by an increase in temperature  
 
downstream of the pressurizer safety valves or increase in the pressurizer  
 
relief tank temperature or level.  


Overpressure protection is required in MODES 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; however, in MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg temperature <
Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 BASES (continued)
the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, MODE 5, and MODE 6 with the reactor vessel head on, overpressure protection is provided by operating
 
procedures and by meeting the requirements of LCO 3.4.12, "Cold
 
Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS)."
 
The upper and lower pressure limits are based on a  3% tolerance. The lift setting is for the ambient conditions associated with MODES 1, 2, 3, and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR. This requires either that the valves be set hot or that a correlation between hot and cold settings be established.
 
The pressurizer safety valves are part of the primary success path and
 
mitigate the effects of postulated accidents. OPERABILITY of the safety
 
valves ensures that the RCS pressure will be limited to 110% of design
 
pressure.
 
Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-47 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-47 (developmental)
A BACKGROUND (continued)
A BACKGROUND (continued)
The consequences of exceeding the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) pressure limit (Ref. 1) could include damage to RCS  
The consequences of exceeding the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) pressure limit (Ref. 1) could include damage to RCS components, increased leakage, or a requirement to perform additional stress analyses prior to resumption of reactor operation.
 
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES All accident and safety analyses in the FSAR (Ref. 2) that require safety valve actuation assume operation of three pressurizer safety valves to limit increases in RCS pressure. The overpressure protection analysis (Ref. 3) is also based on operation of three safety valves. Accidents that could result in overpressurization if not properly terminated include:
components, increased leakage, or a requirement to perform additional  
: a.
 
Uncontrolled rod withdrawal from full power;
stress analyses prior to resumption of reactor operation.  
: b.
 
Loss of reactor coolant flow;
APPLICABLE  
: c.
 
Loss of external electrical load;
SAFETY ANALYSES All accident and safety analyses in the FSAR (Ref. 2) that require safety  
: d.
 
Loss of normal feedwater;
valve actuation assume operation of three pressurizer safety valves to  
: e.
 
Loss of all AC power to station auxiliaries;
limit increases in RCS pressure. The overpressure protection analysis (Ref. 3) is also based on operation of three safety valves. Accidents that  
: f.
 
Locked rotor; and
could result in overpressurization if not properly terminated include:  
: g.
: a. Uncontrolled rod withdrawal from full power;  
Feedwater line break.
: b. Loss of reactor coolant flow;  
Detailed analyses of the above transients are contained in Reference 2.
: c. Loss of external electrical load;  
Safety valve actuation is required in events c, d, e, f, and g (above) to limit the pressure increase. Compliance with this LCO is consistent with the design bases and accident analyses assumptions.
: d. Loss of normal feedwater;  
: e. Loss of all AC power to station auxiliaries;  
: f. Locked rotor; and  
: g. Feedwater line break.  
 
Detailed analyses of the above transients are contained in Reference 2.
 
Safety valve actuation is required in events c, d, e, f, and g (above) to  
 
limit the pressure increase. Compliance with this LCO is consistent with  
 
the design bases and accident analyses assumptions.  
 
Pressurizer safety valves satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.  
Pressurizer safety valves satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.  


Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 BASES (continued)  
Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 BASES (continued)
  (continued)
(continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-48 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-48 (developmental)
B LCO The three pressurizer safety valves are set to open at the RCS design pressure (2485 psig), and within the specified tolerance, to avoid exceeding the maximum design pressure SL, to maintain accident  
B LCO The three pressurizer safety valves are set to open at the RCS design pressure (2485 psig), and within the specified tolerance, to avoid exceeding the maximum design pressure SL, to maintain accident analyses assumptions, and to comply with ASME requirements. The upper and lower pressure tolerance limits are based on a +/- 3% tolerance.
 
The limit protected by this Specification is the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) SL of 110% of design pressure. Inoperability of one or more valves could result in exceeding the SL if a transient were to occur.
analyses assumptions, and to comply with ASME requirements. The  
The consequences of exceeding the ASME pressure limit could include damage to one or more RCS components, increased leakage, or additional stress analysis being required prior to resumption of reactor operation.
 
APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, OPERABILITY of three valves is required because the combined capacity is required to keep reactor coolant pressure below 110% of its design value during certain accidents. MODE 3 is conservatively included, although the listed accidents may not require the safety valves for protection.
upper and lower pressure tolerance limits are based on a 3% tolerance.
The LCO is not applicable in MODE 4 when all RCS cold leg temperatures are the COMS arming temperature as specified in the PTLR, in MODE 5, or in MODE 6 (with the reactor vessel head on) because COMS is provided. Overpressure protection is not required in MODE 6 with reactor vessel head detensioned.
The limit protected by this Specification is the reactor coolant pressure  
The Note allows entry into MODE 3 and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, with the lift settings outside the LCO limits. This permits testing and examination of the safety valves at high pressure and temperature near their normal operating range, but only after the valves have had a preliminary cold setting. The cold setting gives assurance that the valves are OPERABLE near their design condition. Only one valve at a time will be removed from service for testing. The 54-hour exception is based on 18 hour outage time for each of the three valves. The 18 hour period is derived from operating experience that hot testing can be performed in this timeframe.  
 
boundary (RCPB) SL of 110% of design pressure. Inoperability of one or  
 
more valves could result in exceeding the SL if a transient were to occur.  


The consequences of exceeding the ASME pressure limit could include
Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
damage to one or more RCS components, increased leakage, or
 
additional stress analysis being required prior to resumption of reactor
 
operation.
 
APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, OPERABILITY of three valves is required because the combined capacity is required to keep
 
reactor coolant pressure below 110% of its design value during certain
 
accidents. MODE 3 is conservatively included, although the listed
 
accidents may not require the safety valves for protection.
 
The LCO is not applicable in MODE 4 when all RCS cold leg
 
temperatures are  the COMS arming temperature as specified in the PTLR, in MODE 5, or in MODE 6 (with the reactor vessel head on) because COMS is provided. Overpressure protection is not required in
 
MODE 6 with reactor vessel head detensioned.
 
The Note allows entry into MODE 3 and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, with the lift settings outside the LCO limits. This permits testing and
 
examination of the safety valves at high pressure and temperature near
 
their normal operating range, but only after the valves have had a
 
preliminary cold setting. The cold setting gives assurance that the valves
 
are OPERABLE near their design condition. Only one valve at a time will
 
be removed from service for testing. The 54-hour exception is based on
 
18 hour outage time for each of the three valves. The 18 hour period is
 
derived from operating experience that hot testing can be performed in
 
this timeframe.
 
Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 BASES (continued)  
  (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-49 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-49 (developmental)
B ACTIONS A.1 With one pressurizer safety valve inoperable, restoration must take place  
B ACTIONS A.1 With one pressurizer safety valve inoperable, restoration must take place within 15 minutes. The Completion Time of 15 minutes reflects the importance of maintaining the RCS Overpressure Protection System. An inoperable safety valve coincident with an RCS overpressure event could challenge the integrity of the pressure boundary.
 
B.1 and B.2 If the Required Action of A.1 cannot be met within the required Completion Time or if two or more pressurizer safety valves are inoperable, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the requirement does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg temperature < the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR within 12 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. With any RCS cold leg temperatures at or below the COMS arming temperature as specified in the PTLR, overpressure protection is provided by the COMS System. The change from MODE 1, 2, or 3 to MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg temperature < the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLRreduces the RCS energy (core power and pressure), lowers the potential for large pressurizer insurges, and thereby removes the need for overpressure protection by three pressurizer safety valves.
within 15 minutes. The Completion Time of 15 minutes reflects the  
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.10.1 SRs are specified in the Inservice Testing Program. Pressurizer safety valves are to be tested in accordance with the requirements of the ASME OM Code (Ref. 4), which provides the activities and Frequencies necessary to satisfy the SRs. No additional requirements are specified.
 
The pressurizer safety valve setpoint is +/- 3% for OPERABILITY, however, the valves are reset to +/- 1% during the surveillance to allow for drift.
importance of maintaining the RCS Overpressure Protection System. An  
 
inoperable safety valve coincident with an RCS overpressure event could  
 
challenge the integrity of the pressure boundary.  
 
B.1 and B.2
 
If the Required Action of A.1 cannot be met within the required  
 
Completion Time or if two or more pressurizer safety valves are  
 
inoperable, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the  
 
requirement does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be  
 
brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg temperature <
the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR within 12 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions  
 
from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging  
 
plant systems. With any RCS cold leg temperatures at or below the COMS arming temperature as specified in the PTLR, overpressure protection is provided by the COMS System. The change from MODE 1, 2, or 3 to MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg temperature <
the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLRreduces the RCS energy (core power and pressure), lowers the potential for large pressurizer insurges, and thereby removes the need for overpressure protection by three pressurizer safety valves.  
 
SURVEILLANCE  
 
REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.10.1
 
SRs are specified in the Inservice Testing Program. Pressurizer safety  
 
valves are to be tested in accordance with the requirements of the ASME  


OM Code (Ref. 4), which provides the activities and Frequencies
Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 BASES (continued)
 
necessary to satisfy the SRs. No additional requirements are specified.
 
The pressurizer safety valve setpoint is  3% for OPERABILITY, however, the valves are reset to  1% during the surveillance to allow for drift.
Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-50 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-50 (developmental)
B REFERENCES 1. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, NB 7000, 1971 Edition through Summer 1973.  
B REFERENCES
: 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analyses." 3. WCAP-7769, Rev. 1, "Topical Report on Overpressure Protection for Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactors," June 1972.  
: 1.
: 4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) OM Code, "Code for Operation and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plants."
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, NB 7000, 1971 Edition through Summer 1973.
Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11  (continued)
: 2.
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-51  (developmental)
Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analyses."
A B 3.4  REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
: 3.
B 3.4.11  Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valves (PORVs)
WCAP-7769, Rev. 1, "Topical Report on Overpressure Protection for Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactors," June 1972.
: 4.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) OM Code, Code for Operation and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plants."  


Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-51 (developmental)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.11 Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valves (PORVs)
BASES BACKGROUND The pressurizer is equipped with two types of devices for pressure relief:
BASES BACKGROUND The pressurizer is equipped with two types of devices for pressure relief:
pressurizer safety valves and PORVs. The PORVs are pilot-operated  
pressurizer safety valves and PORVs. The PORVs are pilot-operated solenoid valves that are controlled to open at a specific set pressure when the pressurizer pressure increases and close when the pressurizer pressure decreases. The PORVs may also be manually operated from the control room.
 
Block valves, which are normally open, are located between the pressurizer and the PORVs. The block valves are used to isolate the PORVs in case of excessive leakage or a stuck open PORV. Block valve closure is accomplished manually using controls in the control room. A stuck open PORV is, in effect, a small break loss of coolant accident (LOCA). As such, block valve closure terminates the RCS depressurization and coolant inventory loss.
solenoid valves that are controlled to open at a specific set pressure  
The PORVs and their associated block valves may be used by plant operators to depressurize the RCS to recover from certain transients if normal pressurizer spray is not available. Additionally, the series arrangement of the PORVs and their block valves permit performance of surveillances on the valves during power operation.
 
The PORVs may also be used for feed and bleed core cooling in the case of multiple equipment failure events that are not within the design basis, such as a total loss of feedwater.
when the pressurizer pressure increases and close when the pressurizer  
The PORVs, their block valves, and their controls are powered from the vital buses that normally receive power from offsite power sources, but are also capable of being powered from emergency power sources in the event of a loss of offsite power. Two PORVs and their associated block valves are powered from two separate safety trains (Ref. 1).
 
pressure decreases. The PORVs may also be manually operated from  
 
the control room.  
 
Block valves, which are normally open, are located between the  
 
pressurizer and the PORVs. The block valves are used to isolate the  
 
PORVs in case of excessive leakage or a stuck open PORV. Block valve closure is accomplished manually using controls in the control room. A stuck open PORV is, in effect, a small break loss of coolant accident (LOCA). As such, block valve closure terminates the RCS  


depressurization and coolant inventory loss.
Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES (continued)
 
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-52 (developmental)
The PORVs and their associated block valves may be used by plant
 
operators to depressurize the RCS to recover from certain transients if
 
normal pressurizer spray is not available. Additionally, the series
 
arrangement of the PORVs and their block valves permit performance of
 
surveillances on the valves during power operation.
 
The PORVs may also be used for feed and bleed core cooling in the case
 
of multiple equipment failure events that are not within the design basis, such as a total loss of feedwater.
 
The PORVs, their block valves, and their controls are powered from the
 
vital buses that normally receive power from offsite power sources, but
 
are also capable of being powered from emergency power sources in the
 
event of a loss of offsite power. Two PORVs and their associated block
 
valves are powered from two separate safety trains (Ref. 1).
Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-52 (developmental)
A BACKGROUND (continued)
A BACKGROUND (continued)
The plant has two PORVs, each having a relief capacity of 210,000 lb/hr at 2485 psig. The functional design of the PORVs is based on  
The plant has two PORVs, each having a relief capacity of 210,000 lb/hr at 2485 psig. The functional design of the PORVs is based on maintaining pressure below the Pressurizer Pressure - High reactor trip setpoint following a step reduction of 50% of full load with steam dump.
 
In addition, the PORVs minimize challenges to the pressurizer safety valves and also may be used for low temperature overpressure protection (LTOP). See LCO 3.4.12, "Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS)."
maintaining pressure below the Pressurizer Pressure - High reactor trip  
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Plant operators employ the PORVs to depressurize the RCS in response to certain plant transients if normal pressurizer spray is not available. For the Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR) event, the safety analysis assumes that manual operator actions are required to mitigate the event.
 
A loss of offsite power is assumed to accompany the event, and thus, normal pressurizer spray is unavailable to reduce RCS pressure. The PORVs are assumed to be used for RCS depressurization, which is one of the steps performed to equalize the primary and secondary pressures in order to terminate the primary to secondary break flow and the radioactive releases from the affected steam generator.
setpoint following a step reduction of 50% of full load with steam dump.
The PORVs are modeled in safety analyses for events that result in increasing RCS pressure for which departure from nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR), pressurizer filling, or reactor coolant saturation criteria are critical (Ref. 2). By assuming PORV actuation, the primary pressure remains below the high pressurizer pressure trip setpoint; thus, the DNBR calculation is more conservative. As such, this actuation is not required to mitigate these events, and PORV automatic operation is, therefore, not an assumed safety function.
 
In addition, the PORVs minimize challenges to the pressurizer safety  
 
valves and also may be used for low temperature overpressure protection (LTOP). See LCO 3.4.12, "Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS)."
APPLICABLE  
 
SAFETY ANALYSES Plant operators employ the PORVs to depressurize the RCS in response  
 
to certain plant transients if normal pressurizer spray is not available. For  
 
the Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR) event, the safety analysis  
 
assumes that manual operator actions are required to mitigate the event.  
 
A loss of offsite power is assumed to accompany the event, and thus, normal pressurizer spray is unavailable to reduce RCS pressure. The  
 
PORVs are assumed to be used for RCS depressurization, which is one  
 
of the steps performed to equalize the primary and secondary pressures  
 
in order to terminate the primary to secondary break flow and the  
 
radioactive releases from the affected steam generator.
The PORVs are modeled in safety analyses for events that result in  
 
increasing RCS pressure for which departure from nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR), pressurizer filling, or reactor coolant saturation criteria are critical (Ref. 2). By assuming PORV actuation, the primary pressure remains  
 
below the high pressurizer pressure trip setpoint; thus, the DNBR  
 
calculation is more conservative. As such, this actuation is not required  
 
to mitigate these events, and PORV automatic operation is, therefore, not  
 
an assumed safety function.  
 
Pressurizer PORVs satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.  
Pressurizer PORVs satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.  


Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES (continued)  
Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES (continued)
    (continued)
(continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-53 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-53 (developmental)
A LCO The LCO requires the PORVs and their associated block valves to be OPERABLE for manual operation to mitigate the effects associated with an SGTR.  
A LCO The LCO requires the PORVs and their associated block valves to be OPERABLE for manual operation to mitigate the effects associated with an SGTR.
 
By maintaining two PORVs and their associated block valves OPERABLE, the single failure criterion is satisfied. An OPERABLE block valve may be either open and energized with the capability to be closed, or closed and energized with the capability to be opened, since the required safety function is accomplished by manual operation, the block valves may be OPERABLE when closed to isolate the flow path of an inoperable PORV that is capable of being manually cycled (e.g., as in the case of excessive PORV leakage). Similarly, isolation of an OPERABLE PORV does not render that PORV or block valve inoperable provided the relief function remains available with manual action.
By maintaining two PORVs and their associated block valves  
An OPERABLE PORV is required to be capable of manually opening and closing and not experiencing excessive seat leakage. Excessive seat leakage although not associated with a specific acceptance criteria, exists when conditions dictate closure of block valve to limit leakage.
 
Satisfying the LCO helps minimize challenges to fission product barriers.
OPERABLE, the single failure criterion is satisfied. An OPERABLE block  
APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, and 3, the PORV and its block valve are required to be OPERABLE to limit the potential for a small break LOCA through the flow path. The most likely cause for a PORV small break LOCA is a result of a pressure increase transient that causes the PORV to open. Imbalances in the energy output of the core and heat removal by the secondary system can cause the RCS pressure to increase to the PORV opening setpoint. The most rapid increases will occur at the higher operating power and pressure conditions of MODES 1 and 2. The PORVs are also required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3 for manual actuation to mitigate a steam generator tube rupture event.
 
Pressure increases are less prominent in MODE 3 because the core input energy is reduced, but the RCS pressure is high. Therefore, the LCO is applicable in MODES 1, 2, and 3. The LCO is not applicable in MODE 4, 5, and 6 with the reactor vessel head in place when both pressure and core energy are decreased and the pressure surges become much less significant. LCO 3.4.12 addresses the PORV requirements in these MODES.  
valve may be either open and energized with the capability to be closed, or closed and energized with the capability to be opened, since the  
 
required safety function is accomplished by manual operation, the block  
 
valves may be OPERABLE when closed to isolate the flow path of an  
 
inoperable PORV that is capable of being manually cycled (e.g., as in the  
 
case of excessive PORV leakage). Similarly, isolation of an OPERABLE  
 
PORV does not render that PORV or block valve inoperable provided the  
 
relief function remains available with manual action.  
 
An OPERABLE PORV is required to be capable of manually opening and closing and not experiencing excessive seat leakage. Excessive seat  
 
leakage although not associated with a specific acceptance criteria, exists  
 
when conditions dictate closure of block valve to limit leakage.  


Satisfying the LCO helps minimize challenges to fission product barriers.
Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, and 3, the PORV and its block valve are required to be OPERABLE to limit the potential for a small break LOCA through the flow
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-54 (developmental)
 
path. The most likely cause for a PORV small break LOCA is a result of a
 
pressure increase transient that causes the PORV to open. Imbalances
 
in the energy output of the core and heat removal by the secondary
 
system can cause the RCS pressure to increase to the PORV opening
 
setpoint. The most rapid increases will occur at the higher operating
 
power and pressure conditions of MODES 1 and 2. The PORVs are also
 
required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3 for manual actuation to
 
mitigate a steam generator tube rupture event.
 
Pressure increases are less prominent in MODE 3 because the core input energy is reduced, but the RCS pressure is high. Therefore, the LCO is
 
applicable in MODES 1, 2, and 3. The LCO is not applicable in MODE 4, 5, and 6 with the reactor vessel head in place when both pressure and
 
core energy are decreased and the pressure surges become much less
 
significant. LCO 3.4.12 addresses the PORV requirements in these
 
MODES.
Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES (continued)  
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-54 (developmental)
A ACTIONS A Note has been added to clarify that all pressurizer PORVs are treated as separate entities, each with separate Completion Times (i.e., the Completion Time is on a component basis).
A ACTIONS A Note has been added to clarify that all pressurizer PORVs are treated as separate entities, each with separate Completion Times (i.e., the Completion Time is on a component basis).
A.1 PORVs may be inoperable and capable of being manually cycled (e.g., due to excessive seat leakage). In this condition, either the PORV  
A.1 PORVs may be inoperable and capable of being manually cycled (e.g., due to excessive seat leakage). In this condition, either the PORV must be restored or the flow path isolated within 1 hour. The associated block valve is required to be closed, but power must be maintained to the associated block valve, since removal of power would render the block valve inoperable. This permits operation of the plant until the next refueling outage (MODE 6) so that maintenance can be performed on the PORVs to eliminate the problem condition.
 
Quick access to the PORV for pressure control can be made when power remains on the closed block valve. The Completion Time of 1 hour is based on plant operating experience that has shown that minor problems can be corrected or closure accomplished in this time period.
must be restored or the flow path isolated within 1 hour. The associated  
B.1, B.2, and B.3 If one PORV is inoperable and not capable of being manually cycled, it must be either restored or isolated by closing the associated block valve and removing the power to the associated block valve. The Completion Times of 1 hour are reasonable, based on challenges to the PORVs during this time period, and provide the operator adequate time to correct the situation. If the inoperable valve cannot be restored to OPERABLE status, it must be isolated within the specified time. Because there is at least one PORV that remains OPERABLE, an additional 72 hours is provided to restore the inoperable PORV to OPERABLE status. If the PORV cannot be restored within this additional time, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply, as required by Condition D.
 
C.1 and C.2 If one block valve is inoperable, then it is necessary to either restore the block valve to OPERABLE status within the Completion Time of 1 hour or place the associated PORV in manual control. The prime importance for the capability to close the block valve is to isolate a stuck open PORV.
block valve is required to be closed, but power must be maintained to the  
Therefore, if the block valve cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within 1 hour, the Required Action is to place the PORV in manual control  
 
associated block valve, since removal of power would render the block  
 
valve inoperable. This permits operation of the plant until the next  
 
refueling outage (MODE 6) so that maintenance can be performed on the  
 
PORVs to eliminate the problem condition.
Quick access to the PORV for pressure control can be made when power  
 
remains on the closed block valve. The Completion Time of 1 hour is  
 
based on plant operating experience that has shown that minor problems  
 
can be corrected or closure accomplished in this time period.  
 
B.1, B.2, and B.3
 
If one PORV is inoperable and not capable of being manually cycled, it  
 
must be either restored or isolated by closing the associated block valve  
 
and removing the power to the associated block valve. The Completion  
 
Times of 1 hour are reasonable, based on challenges to the PORVs  
 
during this time period, and provide the operator adequate time to correct  
 
the situation. If the inoperable valve cannot be restored to OPERABLE  
 
status, it must be isolated within the specified time. Because there is at  
 
least one PORV that remains OPERABLE, an additional 72 hours is  
 
provided to restore the inoperable PORV to OPERABLE status. If the PORV cannot be restored within this additional time, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply, as required by  
 
Condition D.  
 
C.1 and C.2
 
If one block valve is inoperable, then it is necessary to either restore the  
 
block valve to OPERABLE status within the Completion Time of 1 hour or  
 
place the associated PORV in manual control. The prime importance for  
 
the capability to close the block valve is to isolate a stuck open PORV.
 
Therefore, if the block valve cannot be restored to OPERABLE status  
 
within 1 hour, the Required Action is to place the PORV in manual control Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-55  (developmental)
A ACTIONS  C.1 and C.2  (continued)
 
to preclude its automatic opening for an overpressure event and to avoid
 
the potential for a stuck open PORV at a time that the block valve is
 
inoperable. The Completion Time of 1 hour is reasonable, based on the
 
small potential for challenges to the system during this time period, and
 
provides the operator time to correct the situation. Because at least one
 
PORV remains OPERABLE, the operator is permitted a Completion Time
 
of 72 hours to restore the inoperable block valve to OPERABLE status. 
 
The time allowed to restore the block valve is based upon the Completion
 
Time for restoring an inoperable PORV in Condition B, since the PORVs may not be capable of mitigating an event if the inoperable block valve is not full open. If the block valve is restored within the Completion Time of
 
72 hours, the PORV may be restored to automatic operation. If it cannot
 
be restored within this additional time, the plant must be brought to a
 
MODE in which the LCO does not apply, as required by Condition D.
 
D.1 and D.2
 
If the Required Action of Condition A, B, or C is not met, then the plant
 
must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To
 
achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 3 within
 
6 hours and to MODE 4 within 12 hours. The allowed Completion Times
 
are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required
 
plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and
 
without challenging plant systems. In MODES 4 and 5, automatic PORV


OPERABILITY may be required. See LCO 3.4.12.
Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES (continued)
E.1, E.2, E.3, and E.4 If both PORVs are inoperable and not capable of being manually cycled, it is necessary to either restore at least one valve within the Completion  
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-55 (developmental)
A ACTIONS C.1 and C.2 (continued) to preclude its automatic opening for an overpressure event and to avoid the potential for a stuck open PORV at a time that the block valve is inoperable. The Completion Time of 1 hour is reasonable, based on the small potential for challenges to the system during this time period, and provides the operator time to correct the situation. Because at least one PORV remains OPERABLE, the operator is permitted a Completion Time of 72 hours to restore the inoperable block valve to OPERABLE status.
The time allowed to restore the block valve is based upon the Completion Time for restoring an inoperable PORV in Condition B, since the PORVs may not be capable of mitigating an event if the inoperable block valve is not full open. If the block valve is restored within the Completion Time of 72 hours, the PORV may be restored to automatic operation. If it cannot be restored within this additional time, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply, as required by Condition D.
D.1 and D.2 If the Required Action of Condition A, B, or C is not met, then the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 4 within 12 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. In MODES 4 and 5, automatic PORV OPERABILITY may be required. See LCO 3.4.12.
E.1, E.2, E.3, and E.4 If both PORVs are inoperable and not capable of being manually cycled, it is necessary to either restore at least one valve within the Completion Time of 1 hour or isolate the flow path by closing and removing the power to the associated block valves. The Completion Time of 1 hour is reasonable, based on the small potential for challenges to the system during this time and provides the operator time to correct the situation. If no PORVs are restored within the Completion Time, then the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 4 within 12 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. In MODES 4 and 5, automatic PORV OPERABILITY may be required. See LCO 3.4.12.


Time of 1 hour or isolate the flow path by closing and removing the power
Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES (continued)
 
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-56 (developmental)
to the associated block valves. The Completion Time of 1 hour is
 
reasonable, based on the small potential for challenges to the system
 
during this time and provides the operator time to correct the situation. If
 
no PORVs are restored within the Completion Time, then the plant must
 
be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this
 
status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and
 
to MODE 4 within 12 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without
 
challenging plant systems. In MODES 4 and 5, automatic PORV
 
OPERABILITY may be required. See LCO 3.4.12.
Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-56 (developmental)
A ACTIONS (continued)
A ACTIONS (continued)
F.1 and F.2 If both block valves are inoperable, it is necessary to either restore the  
F.1 and F.2 If both block valves are inoperable, it is necessary to either restore the block valves within the Completion Time of 1 hour, or place the associated PORVs in manual control and restore at least one block valve within 2 hours. The Completion Times are reasonable, based on the small potential for challenges to the system during this time and provide the operator time to correct the situation.
G.1 and G.2 If the Required Actions of Condition F are not met, then the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 4 within 12 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. In MODES 4 and 5, automatic PORV OPERABILITY may be required. See LCO 3.4.12.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.11.1 Block valve cycling verifies that the valve(s) can be opened and closed if needed. The basis for the Frequency of 92 days is the ASME OM Code (Ref. 3). If the block valve is closed to isolate a PORV that is capable of being manually cycled, the OPERABILITY of the block valve is of importance, because opening the block valve is necessary to permit the PORV to be used for manual control of reactor pressure. If the block valve is closed to isolate an inoperable PORV that is incapable of being manually cycled, the maximum Completion Time to restore the PORV and open the block valve is 72 hours, which is well within the allowable limits (25%) to extend the block valve Frequency of 92 days. Furthermore, these test requirements would be completed by the reopening of a recently closed block valve upon restoration of the PORV to OPERABLE status.
The Note modifies this SR by stating that it is not required to be met with the block valve closed, in accordance with the Required Action of this LCO.


block valves within the Completion Time of 1 hour, or place the
Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-57 (developmental)
 
associated PORVs in manual control and restore at least one block valve
 
within 2 hours. The Completion Times are reasonable, based on the
 
small potential for challenges to the system during this time and provide
 
the operator time to correct the situation.
 
G.1 and G.2
 
If the Required Actions of Condition F are not met, then the plant must be
 
brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this
 
status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and
 
to MODE 4 within 12 hours. The allowed Completion Times are
 
reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant
 
conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without
 
challenging plant systems. In MODES 4 and 5, automatic PORV
 
OPERABILITY may be required. See LCO 3.4.12.
 
SURVEILLANCE
 
REQUIREMENTS SR  3.4.11.1
 
Block valve cycling verifies that the valve(s) can be opened and closed if
 
needed. The basis for the Frequency of 92 days is the ASME OM Code (Ref. 3). If the block valve is closed to isolate a PORV that is capable of
 
being manually cycled, the OPERABILITY of the block valve is of
 
importance, because opening the block valve is necessary to permit the
 
PORV to be used for manual control of reactor pressure. If the block
 
valve is closed to isolate an inoperable PORV that is incapable of being
 
manually cycled, the maximum Completion Time to restore the PORV and
 
open the block valve is 72 hours, which is well within the allowable limits (25%) to extend the block valve Frequency of 92 days. Furthermore, these test requirements would be completed by the reopening of a
 
recently closed block valve upon restoration of the PORV to OPERABLE
 
status.
 
The Note modifies this SR by stating that it is not required to be met with
 
the block valve closed, in accordance with the Required Action of this
 
LCO.
Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-57 (developmental)
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.4.11.2
SR 3.4.11.2 SR 3.4.11.2 requires a complete cycle of each PORV. Operating a PORV through one complete cycle ensures that the PORV can be manually actuated for mitigation of an SGTR. The Frequency of 18 months is based on a typical refueling cycle and industry accepted practice.
REFERENCES
: 1.
Regulatory Guide 1.32, "Criteria for Safety Related Electric Power Systems for Nuclear Power Plants," U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, February 1977.
: 2.
Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.2, "Condition II - Faults of Moderate Frequency."
: 3.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) OM Code, "Code for Operation and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plants."


SR 3.4.11.2 requires a complete cycle of each PORV. Operating a
COMS B 3.4.12 (continued)
 
PORV through one complete cycle ensures that the PORV can be
 
manually actuated for mitigation of an SGTR. The Frequency of
 
18 months is based on a typical refueling cycle and industry accepted
 
practice.
 
REFERENCES
: 1. Regulatory Guide 1.32, "Criteria for Safety Related Electric Power Systems for Nuclear Power Plants," U.S. Nuclear Regulatory
 
Commission, February 1977.
: 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.2, "Condition II - Faults of Moderate
 
Frequency."  3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) OM Code, "Code for Operation and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plants."
COMS B 3.4.12   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-58 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-58 (developmental)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.12 Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS)  
B 3.4.12 Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS)
BASES BACKGROUND The COMS controls RCS pressure at low temperatures so the integrity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) is not compromised by violating the pressure and temperature (P/T) limits of 10 CFR 50, Appendix G (Ref. 1). The reactor vessel is the limiting RCPB component for demonstrating such protection. The PTLR provides the maximum allowable actuation logic setpoints for the power operated relief valves (PORVs) and the maximum RCS pressure for the existing RCS cold leg temperature during cooldown, shutdown, and heatup to meet the Reference 1 requirements during the COMS MODES.
The reactor vessel material is less tough at low temperatures than at normal operating temperature. As the vessel neutron exposure accumulates, the material toughness decreases and becomes less resistant to pressure stress at low temperatures (Ref. 2). RCS pressure, therefore, is maintained low at low temperatures and is increased only as temperature is increased.
The potential for vessel overpressurization is most acute when the RCS is water solid, occurring only while shutdown; a pressure fluctuation can occur more quickly than an operator can react to relieve the condition.
Exceeding the RCS P/T limits by a significant amount could cause brittle cracking of the reactor vessel. LCO 3.4.3, "RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits," requires administrative control of RCS pressure and temperature during heatup and cooldown to prevent exceeding the PTLR limits.
This LCO provides RCS overpressure protection by having a minimum coolant input capability and having adequate pressure relief capacity.
Limiting coolant input capability requires all safety injection pumps and all but one charging pump incapable of injection into the RCS and isolating the accumulators. The pressure relief capacity requires either two redundant RCS relief valves or a depressurized RCS and an RCS vent of sufficient size. One RCS relief valve or the open RCS vent is the overpressure protection device that acts to terminate an increasing pressure event.


BASES BACKGROUND The COMS controls RCS pressure at low temperatures so the integrity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) is not compromised by
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)
 
violating the pressure and temperature (P/T) limits of 10 CFR 50, Appendix G (Ref. 1). The reactor vessel is the limiting RCPB component
 
for demonstrating such protection. The PTLR provides the maximum
 
allowable actuation logic setpoints for the power operated relief valves (PORVs) and the maximum RCS pressure for the existing RCS cold leg
 
temperature during cooldown, shutdown, and heatup to meet the
 
Reference 1 requirements during the COMS MODES.
 
The reactor vessel material is less tough at low temperatures than at
 
normal operating temperature. As the vessel neutron exposure
 
accumulates, the material toughness decreases and becomes less
 
resistant to pressure stress at low temperatures (Ref. 2). RCS pressure, therefore, is maintained low at low temperatures and is increased only as
 
temperature is increased.
 
The potential for vessel overpressurization is most acute when the RCS is
 
water solid, occurring only while shutdown; a pressure fluctuation can
 
occur more quickly than an operator can react to relieve the condition. 
 
Exceeding the RCS P/T limits by a significant amount could cause brittle
 
cracking of the reactor vessel. LCO 3.4.3, "RCS Pressure and
 
Temperature (P/T) Limits," requires administrative control of RCS
 
pressure and temperature during heatup and cooldown to prevent
 
exceeding the PTLR limits.
 
This LCO provides RCS overpressure protection by having a minimum
 
coolant input capability and having adequate pressure relief capacity. 
 
Limiting coolant input capability requires all safety injection pumps and all
 
but one charging pump incapable of injection into the RCS and isolating
 
the accumulators. The pressure relief capacity requires either two
 
redundant RCS relief valves or a depressurized RCS and an RCS vent of
 
sufficient size. One RCS relief valve or the open RCS vent is the
 
overpressure protection device that acts to terminate an increasing
 
pressure event.
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-59 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-59 (developmental)
A BACKGROUND (continued)
A BACKGROUND (continued)
With minimum coolant input capability, the ability to provide core coolant addition is restricted. The LCO does not require the makeup control  
With minimum coolant input capability, the ability to provide core coolant addition is restricted. The LCO does not require the makeup control system deactivated or the safety injection (SI) actuation circuits blocked.
 
Due to the lower pressures in the COMS MODES and the expected core decay heat levels, the makeup system can provide adequate flow via the makeup control valve. If conditions require the use of more than one charging pump or safety injection pump for makeup in the event of loss of inventory, then pumps can be made available through manual actions.
system deactivated or the safety injection (SI) actuation circuits blocked.
The COMS for pressure relief consists of two PORVs with reduced lift settings, or one PORV and the Residual Heat Removal (RHR) suction relief valve, or a depressurized RCS and an RCS vent of sufficient size.
 
Two RCS relief valves are required for redundancy. One RCS relief valve has adequate relieving capability to keep from overpressurization for the required coolant input capability.
Due to the lower pressures in the COMS MODES and the expected core  
PORV Requirements As designed for the COMS, each PORV is signaled to open if the RCS pressure approaches a limit determined by the COMS actuation logic.
 
The COMS actuation logic monitors both RCS temperature and RCS pressure and determines when a condition not acceptable in the PTLR limits is approached. The wide range RCS temperature indications are auctioneered to select the lowest temperature signal.
decay heat levels, the makeup system can provide adequate flow via the  
The lowest temperature signal is processed through a function generator that calculates a pressure limit for that temperature. The calculated pressure limit is then compared with the indicated RCS pressure from a wide range pressure channel. If the indicated pressure meets or exceeds the calculated value, a PORV is signaled to open.
 
The PTLR presents the PORV setpoints for COMS. The setpoints are normally staggered so only one valve opens during a low temperature overpressure transient. Having the setpoints of both valves within the limits in the PTLR ensures that the Reference 1 limits will not be exceeded in any analyzed event.
makeup control valve. If conditions require the use of more than one  
When a PORV is opened in an increasing pressure transient, the release of coolant will cause the pressure increase to slow and reverse. As the PORV releases coolant, the RCS pressure decreases until a reset pressure is reached and the valve is signaled to close. The pressure continues to decrease below the reset pressure as the valve closes.
 
charging pump or safety injection pump for makeup in the event of loss of  
 
inventory, then pumps can be made available through manual actions.  
 
The COMS for pressure relief consists of two PORVs with reduced lift  


settings, or one PORV and the Residual Heat Removal (RHR) suction
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)
 
relief valve, or a depressurized RCS and an RCS vent of sufficient size. 
 
Two RCS relief valves are required for redundancy. One RCS relief valve
 
has adequate relieving capability to keep from overpressurization for the
 
required coolant input capability.
 
PORV Requirements
 
As designed for the COMS, each PORV is signaled to open if the RCS
 
pressure approaches a limit determined by the COMS actuation logic. 
 
The COMS actuation logic monitors both RCS temperature and RCS
 
pressure and determines when a condition not acceptable in the PTLR
 
limits is approached. The wide range RCS temperature indications are
 
auctioneered to select the lowest temperature signal.
 
The lowest temperature signal is processed through a function generator
 
that calculates a pressure limit for that temperature. The calculated
 
pressure limit is then compared with the indicated RCS pressure from a
 
wide range pressure channel. If the indicated pressure meets or exceeds
 
the calculated value, a PORV is signaled to open.
 
The PTLR presents the PORV setpoints for COMS. The setpoints are
 
normally staggered so only one valve opens during a low temperature
 
overpressure transient. Having the setpoints of both valves within the
 
limits in the PTLR ensures that the Reference 1 limits will not be
 
exceeded in any analyzed event.
 
When a PORV is opened in an increasing pressure transient, the release
 
of coolant will cause the pressure increase to slow and reverse. As the
 
PORV releases coolant, the RCS pressure decreases until a reset
 
pressure is reached and the valve is signaled to close. The pressure
 
continues to decrease below the reset pressure as the valve closes.
 
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-60 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-60 (developmental)
B BACKGROUND (continued)
B BACKGROUND (continued)
RHR Suction Relief Valve Requirements
RHR Suction Relief Valve Requirements During COMS MODES, the RHR System is operated for decay heat removal and low pressure letdown control. Therefore, the RHR suction isolation valves are open in the piping from the RCS hot leg to the inlet header of the RHR pumps. While these valves are open, the RHR suction relief valve is exposed to the RCS and is able to relieve pressure transients in the RCS.
The RHR suction isolation valves must be open to make the RHR suction relief valve OPERABLE for RCS overpressure mitigation. Autoclosure interlocks are not permitted to cause the RHR suction isolation valves to close. The RHR suction relief valve is a spring loaded, bellows type water relief valve with pressure tolerances and accumulation limits established by Section III of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Code (Ref. 3) for Class 2 relief valves.
RCS Vent Requirements Once the RCS is depressurized, a vent exposed to the containment atmosphere will maintain the RCS at containment ambient pressure in an RCS overpressure transient, if the relieving requirements of the transient do not exceed the capabilities of the vent. Thus, the vent path must be capable of relieving the flow resulting from the limiting COMS mass or heat input transient, and maintaining pressure below the P/T limits. The required vent capacity may be provided by one or more vent paths.
For an RCS vent to meet the flow capacity requirement, it requires removing a pressurizer safety valve, removing a PORV, and disabling its block valve in the open position, or opening the pressurizer manway. The vent path(s) must be above the level of reactor coolant, so as not to drain the RCS when open.
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Safety analyses (Ref. 4) demonstrate that the reactor vessel is adequately protected against exceeding the Reference 1 P/T limits. In MODES 1, 2, 3, and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, the pressurizer safety valves will prevent RCS pressure from exceeding the Reference 1 limits.
Below the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, overpressure prevention falls to two OPERABLE RCS relief valves or to a depressurized RCS and a sufficient sized RCS vent. Each of these means has a limited overpressure relief capability.


During COMS MODES, the RHR System is operated for decay heat
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)
 
removal and low pressure letdown control. Therefore, the RHR suction
 
isolation valves are open in the piping from the RCS hot leg to the inlet
 
header of the RHR pumps. While these valves are open, the RHR
 
suction relief valve is exposed to the RCS and is able to relieve pressure
 
transients in the RCS.
 
The RHR suction isolation valves must be open to make the RHR suction
 
relief valve OPERABLE for RCS overpressure mitigation. Autoclosure
 
interlocks are not permitted to cause the RHR suction isolation valves to
 
close. The RHR suction relief valve is a spring loaded, bellows type
 
water relief valve with pressure tolerances and accumulation limits
 
established by Section III of the American Society of Mechanical
 
Engineers (ASME) Code (Ref. 3) for Class 2 relief valves.
 
RCS Vent Requirements
 
Once the RCS is depressurized, a vent exposed to the containment
 
atmosphere will maintain the RCS at containment ambient pressure in an
 
RCS overpressure transient, if the relieving requirements of the transient
 
do not exceed the capabilities of the vent. Thus, the vent path must be
 
capable of relieving the flow resulting from the limiting COMS mass or
 
heat input transient, and maintaining pressure below the P/T limits. The
 
required vent capacity may be provided by one or more vent paths.
 
For an RCS vent to meet the flow capacity requirement, it requires
 
removing a pressurizer safety valve, removing a PORV, and disabling its
 
block valve in the open position, or opening the pressurizer manway. The
 
vent path(s) must be above the level of reactor coolant, so as not to drain
 
the RCS when open.
 
APPLICABLE
 
SAFETY ANALYSES Safety analyses (Ref. 4) demonstrate that the reactor vessel is
 
adequately protected against exceeding the Reference 1 P/T limits. In
 
MODES 1, 2, 3, and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, the pressurizer safety valves will prevent RCS pressure from exceeding the Reference 1 limits.
Below the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, overpressure prevention falls to two OPERABLE RCS relief valves or to a
 
depressurized RCS and a sufficient sized RCS vent. Each of these
 
means has a limited overpressure relief capability.
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-61 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-61 (developmental)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
The actual temperature at which the pressure in the P/T limit curve falls  
The actual temperature at which the pressure in the P/T limit curve falls below the pressurizer safety valve setpoint increases as the reactor vessel material toughness decreases due to neutron embrittlement. Each time the PTLR curves are revised, the COMS must be re-evaluated to ensure its functional requirements can still be met using the RCS relief valve method or the depressurized and vented RCS condition.
 
The PTLR contains the acceptance limits that define the COMS requirements. Any change to the RCS must be evaluated against the Reference 4 analyses to determine the impact of the change on the COMS acceptance limits.
below the pressurizer safety valve setpoint increases as the reactor  
Transients that are capable of overpressurizing the RCS are categorized as either mass or heat input transients, examples of which follow:
 
vessel material toughness decreases due to neutron embrittlement. Each  
 
time the PTLR curves are revised, the COMS must be re-evaluated to  
 
ensure its functional requirements can still be met using the RCS relief  
 
valve method or the depressurized and vented RCS condition.  
 
The PTLR contains the acceptance limits that define the COMS  
 
requirements. Any change to the RCS must be evaluated against the  
 
Reference 4 analyses to determine the impact of the change on the  
 
COMS acceptance limits.  
 
Transients that are capable of overpressurizing the RCS are categorized  
 
as either mass or heat input transients, examples of which follow:  
 
Mass Input Type Transients
Mass Input Type Transients
: a. Inadvertent safety injection; or  
: a.
: b. Charging/letdown flow mismatch.  
Inadvertent safety injection; or
 
: b.
Charging/letdown flow mismatch.
Heat Input Type Transients
Heat Input Type Transients
: a. Inadvertent actuation of pressurizer heaters;  
: a.
: b. Loss of RHR cooling; or  
Inadvertent actuation of pressurizer heaters;
: c. Reactor coolant pump (RCP) startup with temperature asymmetry within the RCS or between the RCS and steam generators.  
: b.
Loss of RHR cooling; or
: c.
Reactor coolant pump (RCP) startup with temperature asymmetry within the RCS or between the RCS and steam generators.
The following are required during the COMS MODES to ensure that mass and heat input transients do not occur, which either of the COMS overpressure protection means cannot handle:
: a.
Rendering all safety injection pumps and all but one charging pump incapable of injection;
: b.
Deactivating the accumulator discharge isolation valves in their closed positions; and
: c.
Disallowing start of an RCP if secondary temperature is more than 50&deg;F above primary temperature in any one loop. LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4," and LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled," provide this protection.  


The following are required during the COMS MODES to ensure that mass
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)
 
and heat input transients do not occur, which either of the COMS
 
overpressure protection means cannot handle:
: a. Rendering all safety injection pumps and all but one charging pump incapable of injection;
: b. Deactivating the accumulator discharge isolation valves in their closed positions; and
: c. Disallowing start of an RCP if secondary temperature is more than 50 F above primary temperature in any one loop. LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4," and LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops
 
Filled," provide this protection.
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-62 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-62 (developmental)
B APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
B APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
The Reference 4 analyses demonstrate that either one RCS relief valve  
The Reference 4 analyses demonstrate that either one RCS relief valve or the depressurized RCS and RCS vent can maintain RCS pressure below limits when no safety injection pumps and only one centrifugal charging pump is actuated. Thus, the LCO allows only one charging pump OPERABLE during the COMS MODES. Since neither one RCS relief valve nor the RCS vent can handle the pressure transient induced from accumulator injection, when RCS temperature is low, the LCO also requires the accumulators be isolated when accumulator pressure is greater than or equal to the maximum RCS pressure for the existing RCS cold leg temperature allowed in the PTLR.
 
The isolated accumulators must have their discharge valves closed and the valve power supply breakers fixed in their open positions. Fracture mechanics analyses established the temperature of COMS Applicability at as specified in the PTLR.
or the depressurized RCS and RCS vent can maintain RCS pressure  
The consequences of a small break loss of coolant accident (LOCA) in COMS MODE 4 conform to 10 CFR 50.46 and 10 CFR 50, Appendix K (Refs. 5 and 6) requirements by having a maximum of one charging pump OPERABLE and SI actuation enabled.
 
PORV Performance The fracture mechanics analyses show that the vessel is protected when the PORVs are set to open at or below the limit shown in the PTLR. The setpoints are derived by analyses that model the performance of the COMS, assuming the mass injection COMS transient of no safety injection pumps and only one centrifugal charging pump injecting into the RCS and the heat injection COMS transient of starting a RCP with the RCS 50&deg;F colder than the secondary side. These analyses consider pressure overshoot and undershoot beyond the PORV opening and closing, resulting from signal processing and valve stroke times. The PORV setpoints at or below the derived limit ensures the Reference 1 P/T limits will be met.
below limits when no safety injection pumps and only one centrifugal  
The PORV setpoints in the PTLR will be updated when the revised P/T limits conflict with the COMS analysis limits. The P/T limits are periodically modified as the reactor vessel material toughness decreases due to neutron embrittlement caused by neutron irradiation. Revised limits are determined using neutron fluence projections and the results of examinations of the reactor vessel material irradiation surveillance specimens. The Bases for LCO 3.4.3, "RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits," discuss these examinations.
 
charging pump is actuated. Thus, the LCO allows only one charging  
 
pump OPERABLE during the COMS MODES. Since neither one RCS  
 
relief valve nor the RCS vent can handle the pressure transient induced  
 
from accumulator injection, when RCS temperature is low, the LCO also  
 
requires the accumulators be isolated when accumulator pressure is  
 
greater than or equal to the maximum RCS pressure for the existing RCS  
 
cold leg temperature allowed in the PTLR.  
 
The isolated accumulators must have their discharge valves closed and  
 
the valve power supply breakers fixed in their open positions. Fracture mechanics analyses established the temperature of COMS Applicability  
 
at as specified in the PTLR.  
 
The consequences of a small break loss of coolant accident (LOCA) in  
 
COMS MODE 4 conform to 10 CFR 50.46 and 10 CFR 50, Appendix K (Refs. 5 and 6) requirements by having a maximum of one charging pump  
 
OPERABLE and SI actuation enabled.  
 
PORV Performance
 
The fracture mechanics analyses show that the vessel is protected when  
 
the PORVs are set to open at or below the limit shown in the PTLR. The  
 
setpoints are derived by analyses that model the performance of the  
 
COMS, assuming the mass injection COMS transient of no safety  
 
injection pumps and only one centrifugal charging pump injecting into the  


RCS and the heat injection COMS transient of starting a RCP with the
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)
 
RCS 50 F colder than the secondary side. These analyses consider pressure overshoot and undershoot beyond the PORV opening and
 
closing, resulting from signal processing and valve stroke times. The
 
PORV setpoints at or below the derived limit ensures the Reference 1 P/T
 
limits will be met.
 
The PORV setpoints in the PTLR will be updated when the revised P/T
 
limits conflict with the COMS analysis limits. The P/T limits are
 
periodically modified as the reactor vessel material toughness decreases
 
due to neutron embrittlement caused by neutron irradiation. Revised
 
limits are determined using neutron fluence projections and the results of
 
examinations of the reactor vessel material irradiation surveillance
 
specimens. The Bases for LCO 3.4.3, "RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits," discuss these examinations.
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-63 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-63 (developmental)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES PORV Performance (continued)  
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES PORV Performance (continued)
The PORVs are considered active components. Thus, the failure of one PORV is assumed to represent the worst case, single active failure.
RHR Suction Relief Valve Performance The RHR suction relief valve does not have variable pressure and temperature lift setpoints like the PORVs. Analyses must show that the RHR suction relief valve with a setpoint at or between 436.5 psig and 463.5 psig will pass flow greater than that required for the limiting COMS transient while maintaining RCS pressure less than the P/T limit curve.
Assuming all relief flow requirements during the limiting COMS event, the RHR suction relief valve will maintain RCS pressure to within the valve rated lift setpoint, plus an accumulation < 3% of the rated lift setpoint.
The RHR suction relief valve inclusion and location within the RHR System does not allow it to meet single failure criteria when spurious RHR suction isolation valve closure is postulated. Also, as the RCS P/T limits are decreased to reflect the loss of toughness in the reactor vessel materials due to neutron embrittlement, the RHR suction relief valves must be analyzed to still accommodate the design basis transients for COMS.
The RHR suction relief valve is considered an active component. Thus, the failure of this valve is assumed to represent the worst case single active failure.
RCS Vent Performance With the RCS depressurized, analyses show a vent capable of relieving
> 475 gpm water flow is capable of mitigating the allowed COMS overpressure transient. The capacity of 475 gpm is greater than the flow of the limiting transient for the COMS configuration, with one centrifugal charging pump OPERABLE, maintaining RCS pressure less than the maximum pressure on the P/T limit curve.
Three vent flow paths have been identified in the RCS which could serve as pressure release (vent) paths. With one safety or PORV removed, the open line could serve as one vent path. The pressurizer manway could serve as an alternative vent path with the manway cover removed. These flow paths are capable of discharging 475 gpm at low pressure in the RCS. Thus, any one of the openings can be used for relieving the pressure to prevent violating the P/T limits.


The PORVs are considered active components. Thus, the failure of one
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)
 
PORV is assumed to represent the worst case, single active failure.
 
RHR Suction Relief Valve Performance
 
The RHR suction relief valve does not have variable pressure and
 
temperature lift setpoints like the PORVs. Analyses must show that the
 
RHR suction relief valve with a setpoint at or between 436.5 psig and
 
463.5 psig will pass flow greater than that required for the limiting COMS
 
transient while maintaining RCS pressure less than the P/T limit curve. 
 
Assuming all relief flow requirements during the limiting COMS event, the
 
RHR suction relief valve will maintain RCS pressure to within the valve
 
rated lift setpoint, plus an accumulation <
3% of the rated lift setpoint.
 
The RHR suction relief valve inclusion and location within the RHR
 
System does not allow it to meet single failure criteria when spurious
 
RHR suction isolation valve closure is postulated. Also, as the RCS P/T
 
limits are decreased to reflect the loss of toughness in the reactor vessel
 
materials due to neutron embrittlement, the RHR suction relief valves
 
must be analyzed to still accommodate the design basis transients for
 
COMS.
 
The RHR suction relief valve is considered an active component. Thus, the failure of this valve is assumed to represent the worst case single
 
active failure.
 
RCS Vent Performance
 
With the RCS depressurized, analyses show a vent capable of relieving
 
> 475 gpm water flow is capable of mitigating the allowed COMS
 
overpressure transient. The capacity of 475 gpm is greater than the flow
 
of the limiting transient for the COMS configuration, with one centrifugal
 
charging pump OPERABLE, maintaining RCS pressure less than the
 
maximum pressure on the P/T limit curve.
 
Three vent flow paths have been identified in the RCS which could serve
 
as pressure release (vent) paths. With one safety or PORV removed, the
 
open line could serve as one vent path. The pressurizer manway could
 
serve as an alternative vent path with the manway cover removed. These flow paths are capable of discharging 475 gpm at low pressure in the
 
RCS. Thus, any one of the openings can be used for relieving the
 
pressure to prevent violating the P/T limits.
 
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-64 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-64 (developmental)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES RCS Vent Performance (continued)  
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES RCS Vent Performance (continued)
The RCS vent size will be re-evaluated for compliance each time the P/T limit curves are revised based on the results of the vessel material surveillance. The RCS vent is passive and is not subject to active failure.
The COMS satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.
LCO This LCO requires that the COMS is OPERABLE. The COMS is OPERABLE when the minimum coolant input and pressure relief capabilities are OPERABLE. Violation of this LCO could lead to the loss of low temperature overpressure mitigation and violation of the Reference 1 limits as a result of an operational transient.
To limit the coolant input capability, the LCO requires no safety injection pumps and a maximum of one charging pump be capable of injecting into the RCS, and all accumulator discharge isolation valves be closed and immobilized when accumulator pressure is greater than or equal to the maximum RCS pressure for the existing RCS cold leg temperature allowed in the PTLR.
The LCO is modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows two charging pumps to be made capable of injecting for less than or equal to 1 hour during pump swap operations. One hour provides sufficient time to safely complete the actual transfer and to complete the administrative controls and surveillance requirements associated with the swap. The intent is to minimize the actual time that more than one charging pump is physically capable of injection.
Note 2 states that accumulator isolation is only required when the accumulator pressure is more than or at the maximum RCS pressure for the existing temperature, as allowed by the P/T limit curves. This Note permits the accumulator discharge isolation valve Surveillance to be performed only under these pressure and temperature conditions.


The RCS vent size will be re-evaluated for compliance each time the P/T
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)
 
limit curves are revised based on the results of the vessel material
 
surveillance. The RCS vent is passive and is not subject to active failure.
 
The COMS satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.
 
LCO This LCO requires that the COMS is OPERABLE. The COMS is OPERABLE when the minimum coolant input and pressure relief
 
capabilities are OPERABLE. Violation of this LCO could lead to the loss
 
of low temperature overpressure mitigation and violation of the
 
Reference 1 limits as a result of an operational transient.
 
To limit the coolant input capability, the LCO requires no safety injection
 
pumps and a maximum of one charging pump be capable of injecting into
 
the RCS, and all accumulator discharge isolation valves be closed and
 
immobilized when accumulator pressure is greater than or equal to the
 
maximum RCS pressure for the existing RCS cold leg temperature
 
allowed in the PTLR.
 
The LCO is modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows two charging pumps to
 
be made capable of injecting for less than or equal to 1 hour during pump
 
swap operations. One hour provides sufficient time to safely complete
 
the actual transfer and to complete the administrative controls and
 
surveillance requirements associated with the swap. The intent is to
 
minimize the actual time that more than one charging pump is physically
 
capable of injection.
 
Note 2 states that accumulator isolation is only required when the
 
accumulator pressure is more than or at the maximum RCS pressure for
 
the existing temperature, as allowed by the P/T limit curves. This Note permits the accumulator discharge isolation valve Surveillance to be
 
performed only under these pressure and temperature conditions.
 
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-65 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-65 (developmental)
B LCO (continued)
B LCO (continued)
The elements of the LCO that provide low temperature overpressure mitigation through pressure relief are:  
The elements of the LCO that provide low temperature overpressure mitigation through pressure relief are:
: a. Two RCS relief valves, as follows: 1. Two OPERABLE PORVs; or  
: a.
 
Two RCS relief valves, as follows:
A PORV is OPERABLE for COMS when its block valve is open, its lift setpoint is set to the limit required by the PTLR and testing  
: 1. Two OPERABLE PORVs; or A PORV is OPERABLE for COMS when its block valve is open, its lift setpoint is set to the limit required by the PTLR and testing proves its ability to open at this setpoint, and motive power is available to the valve and its control circuit.
 
: 2. One OPERABLE PORV and the OPERABLE RHR suction relief valve; or An RHR suction relief valve is OPERABLE for COMS when both RHR suction isolation valves are open, its setpoint is at or between 436.5 psig and 463.5 psig, and testing has proven its ability to open at this setpoint.
proves its ability to open at this setpoint, and motive power is  
: b.
 
A depressurized RCS and an RCS vent.
available to the valve and its control circuit.  
An RCS vent is OPERABLE when capable of relieving > 475 gpm water flow.
: 2. One OPERABLE PORV and the OPERABLE RHR suction relief valve; or  
Each of these methods of overpressure prevention is capable of mitigating the limiting COMS transient.
 
An RHR suction relief valve is OPERABLE for COMS when both  
 
RHR suction isolation valves are open, its setpoint is at or  
 
between 436.5 psig and 463.5 psig, and testing has proven its  
 
ability to open at this setpoint.  
: b. A depressurized RCS and an RCS vent.  
 
An RCS vent is OPERABLE when capable of relieving > 475 gpm  
 
water flow.  
 
Each of these methods of overpressure prevention is capable of  
 
mitigating the limiting COMS transient.  
 
APPLICABILITY This LCO is applicable in MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg temperature  
APPLICABILITY This LCO is applicable in MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg temperature  
< the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, MODE 5, and MODE 6 when the reactor vessel head is on. The pressurizer safety  
< the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, MODE 5, and MODE 6 when the reactor vessel head is on. The pressurizer safety valves provide overpressure protection that meets the Reference 1 P/T limits above the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR. When the reactor vessel head is off, overpressurization cannot occur.
LCO 3.4.3 provides the operational P/T limits for all MODES.
LCO 3.4.10, "Pressurizer Safety Valves," requires the OPERABILITY of the pressurizer safety valves that provide overpressure protection during MODES 1, 2, and 3 and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures
> the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR.


valves provide overpressure protection that meets the Reference 1 P/T
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)
 
limits above the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR. When the reactor vessel head is off, overpressurization cannot occur.
 
LCO 3.4.3 provides the operational P/T limits for all MODES. 
 
LCO 3.4.10, "Pressurizer Safety Valves," requires the OPERABILITY of
 
the pressurizer safety valves that provide overpressure protection during
 
MODES 1, 2, and 3 and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures
> the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR.
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-66 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-66 (developmental)
B APPLICABILITY (continued)
B APPLICABILITY (continued)
Low temperature overpressure prevention is most critical during shutdown when the RCS is water solid, and a mass or heat input  
Low temperature overpressure prevention is most critical during shutdown when the RCS is water solid, and a mass or heat input transient can cause a very rapid increase in RCS pressure when little or no time allows operator action to mitigate the event.
 
transient can cause a very rapid increase in RCS pressure when little or  
 
no time allows operator action to mitigate the event.  
 
ACTIONS A Note prohibits the application of LCO 3.0.4.b to an inoperable COMS.
ACTIONS A Note prohibits the application of LCO 3.0.4.b to an inoperable COMS.
There is an increased risk associated with entering MODE 4 from  
There is an increased risk associated with entering MODE 4 from MODE 5 with COMS inoperable and the provisions of LCO 3.0.4.b, which allow entry into a MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability with the LCO not met after performance of a risk assessment addressing inoperable systems and components, should not be applied in this circumstance.
 
A.1 and B.1 With two or more charging pumps or any safety injection pumps capable of injecting into the RCS, RCS overpressurization is possible.
MODE 5 with COMS inoperable and the provisions of LCO 3.0.4.b, which  
To immediately initiate action to restore restricted coolant input capability to the RCS reflects the urgency of removing the RCS from this condition.
 
C.1, D.1, and D.2 An unisolated accumulator requires isolation within 1 hour. This is only required when the accumulator pressure is at or more than the maximum RCS pressure for the existing temperature allowed by the P/T limit curves.
allow entry into a MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability  
If isolation is needed and cannot be accomplished in 1 hour, Required Action D.1 and Required Action D.2 provide two options, either of which must be performed in the next 12 hours. By increasing the RCS temperature to > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, an accumulator pressure specified in WAT-D-0863 (Ref. 8) cannot exceed the COMS limits if the accumulators are fully injected.
 
Depressurizing the accumulators below the COMS limit from the PTLR also gives this protection.
with the LCO not met after performance of a risk assessment addressing  
The Completion Times are based on operating experience that these activities can be accomplished in these time periods and on engineering evaluations indicating that an event requiring COMS is not likely in the allowed times.
 
inoperable systems and components, should not be applied in this  


circumstance.
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)
 
A.1 and B.1
 
With two or more charging pumps or any safety injection pumps capable
 
of injecting into the RCS, RCS overpressurization is possible.
 
To immediately initiate action to restore restricted coolant input capability
 
to the RCS reflects the urgency of removing the RCS from this condition.
 
C.1, D.1, and D.2
 
An unisolated accumulator requires isolation within 1 hour. This is only
 
required when the accumulator pressure is at or more than the maximum
 
RCS pressure for the existing temperature allowed by the P/T limit curves.
 
If isolation is needed and cannot be accomplished in 1 hour, Required
 
Action D.1 and Required Action D.2 provide two options, either of which
 
must be performed in the next 12 hours. By increasing the RCS
 
temperature to > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, an accumulator pressure specified in WAT-D-0863 (Ref. 8) cannot exceed the COMS limits if the accumulators are fully injected.
 
Depressurizing the accumulators below the COMS limit from the PTLR
 
also gives this protection.
 
The Completion Times are based on operating experience that these
 
activities can be accomplished in these time periods and on engineering
 
evaluations indicating that an event requiring COMS is not likely in the
 
allowed times.
 
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-67 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-67 (developmental)
A ACTIONS (continued)
A ACTIONS (continued)
E.1 In MODE 4 with one required RCS relief valve inoperable, the RCS relief  
E.1 In MODE 4 with one required RCS relief valve inoperable, the RCS relief valve must be restored to OPERABLE status within a Completion Time of 7 days. Two RCS relief valves are required to provide low temperature overpressure mitigation while withstanding a single failure of an active component.
 
The Completion Time considers the facts that only one of the RCS relief valves is required to mitigate an overpressure transient and that the likelihood of an active failure of the remaining valve path during this time period is very low.
valve must be restored to OPERABLE status within a Completion Time of  
F.1 The consequences of operational events that will overpressurize the RCS are more severe at lower temperature (Ref. 7). Thus, with one of the two RCS relief valves inoperable in MODE 5 or in MODE 6 with the head on, the Completion Time to restore two valves to OPERABLE status is 24 hours.
 
The Completion Time represents a reasonable time to investigate and repair several types of relief valve failures without exposure to a lengthy period with only one OPERABLE RCS relief valve to protect against overpressure events.
7 days. Two RCS relief valves are required to provide low temperature  
G.1 The RCS must be depressurized and a vent must be established within 8 hours when:
 
: a.
overpressure mitigation while withstanding a single failure of an active  
Both required RCS relief valves are inoperable; or
 
: b.
component.  
A Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, B, D, E or F is not met; or
 
: c.
The Completion Time considers the facts that only one of the RCS relief  
The COMS is inoperable for any reason other than Condition A, B, C, D, E or F.
 
This action is needed to protect the RCPB from a low temperature overpressure event and a possible brittle failure of the reactor vessel.  
valves is required to mitigate an overpressure transient and that the  
 
likelihood of an active failure of the remaining valve path during this time  
 
period is very low.  
 
F.1 The consequences of operational events that will overpressurize the RCS  
 
are more severe at lower temperature (Ref. 7). Thus, with one of the two  
 
RCS relief valves inoperable in MODE 5 or in MODE 6 with the head on, the Completion Time to restore two valves to OPERABLE status is  
 
24 hours.  
 
The Completion Time represents a reasonable time to investigate and  
 
repair several types of relief valve failures without exposure to a lengthy  
 
period with only one OPERABLE RCS relief valve to protect against  
 
overpressure events.  


G.1 The RCS must be depressurized and a vent must be established within
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)
 
8 hours when:
: a. Both required RCS relief valves are inoperable; or
: b. A Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, B, D, E or F is not met; or
: c. The COMS is inoperable for any reason other than Condition A, B, C, D, E or F.
 
This action is needed to protect the RCPB from a low temperature
 
overpressure event and a possible brittle failure of the reactor vessel.
 
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-68 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-68 (developmental)
A ACTIONS G.1 (continued)
A ACTIONS G.1 (continued)
The Completion Time considers the time required to place the plant in this  
The Completion Time considers the time required to place the plant in this Condition and the relatively low probability of an overpressure event during this time period due to increased operator awareness of administrative control requirements.
 
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.12.1, SR 3.4.12.2, and SR 3.4.12.3 To minimize the potential for a low temperature overpressure event by limiting the mass input capability, no safety injection pumps and all but one charging pump are verified incapable of injecting into the RCS and the accumulator discharge isolation valves are verified closed and locked out.
Condition and the relatively low probability of an overpressure event  
The safety injection pumps and charging pump are rendered incapable of injecting into the RCS through removing the power from the pumps by racking the breakers out under administrative control. Alternative methods of low temperature overpressure protection control may be employed using at least two independent means such that a single failure or single action will not result in an injection into the RCS. This may be accomplished through the pump control switch being placed in pull to lock and at least one valve in the discharge flow path being closed, or closing discharge MOV(s) and de-energizing the motor operator(s) under administrative control, or locking closed and tagging manual valve(s) in the discharge flow path.
 
The Frequency of 12 hours is sufficient, considering other indications and alarms available to the operator in the control room, to verify the required status of the equipment. The additional Frequency for SR 3.4.12.1 and SR 3.4.12.2 is necessary to allow time during the transition from MODE 3 to MODE 4 to make the pumps inoperable.
during this time period due to increased operator awareness of  
SR 3.4.12.4 The RCS vent capable of relieving > 475 gpm water flow is proven OPERABLE by verifying its open condition either:
 
: a.
administrative control requirements.  
Once every 12 hours for a vent path that cannot be locked.
 
: b.
SURVEILLANCE  
Once every 31 days for a vent path that is locked, sealed, or secured in position. A removed safety or PORV fits this category.
 
REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.12.1, SR 3.4.12.2, and SR 3.4.12.3


To minimize the potential for a low temperature overpressure event by
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)
 
limiting the mass input capability, no safety injection pumps and all but
 
one charging pump are verified incapable of injecting into the RCS and
 
the accumulator discharge isolation valves are verified closed and locked
 
out.
 
The safety injection pumps and charging pump are rendered incapable of
 
injecting into the RCS through removing the power from the pumps by
 
racking the breakers out under administrative control. Alternative
 
methods of low temperature overpressure protection control may be
 
employed using at least two independent means such that a single failure
 
or single action will not result in an injection into the RCS. This may be
 
accomplished through the pump control switch being placed in pull to lock
 
and at least one valve in the discharge flow path being closed, or closing
 
discharge MOV(s) and de-energizing the motor operator(s) under
 
administrative control, or locking closed and tagging manual valve(s) in
 
the discharge flow path.
 
The Frequency of 12 hours is sufficient, considering other indications and
 
alarms available to the operator in the control room, to verify the required
 
status of the equipment. The additional Frequency for SR 3.4.12.1 and
 
SR 3.4.12.2 is necessary to allow time during the transition from MODE 3
 
to MODE 4 to make the pumps inoperable.
 
SR  3.4.12.4
 
The RCS vent capable of relieving > 475 gpm water flow is proven
 
OPERABLE by verifying its open condition either:
: a. Once every 12 hours for a vent path that cannot be locked.
: b. Once every 31 days for a vent path that is locked, sealed, or secured in position. A removed safety or PORV fits this category.
 
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-69 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-69 (developmental)
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.12.4 (continued)  
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.12.4 (continued)
The passive vent arrangement must only be open to be OPERABLE.
This Surveillance is required to be performed if the vent is being used to satisfy the pressure relief requirements of the LCO 3.4.12b.
SR 3.4.12.5 The PORV block valve must be verified open every 72 hours to provide the flow path for each required PORV to perform its function when actuated. The valve must be remotely verified open in the main control room. This Surveillance is performed if the PORV satisfies the LCO.
The block valve is a remotely controlled, motor operated valve. The power to the valve operator is not required removed, and the manual operator is not required locked in the inactive position. Thus, the block valve can be closed in the event the PORV develops excessive leakage or does not close (sticks open) after relieving an overpressure situation.
The 72-hour Frequency is considered adequate in view of other administrative controls available to the operator in the control room, such as valve position indication, that verify that the PORV block valve remains open.
SR 3.4.12.6 The required RHR suction relief valve shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by verifying both RHR suction isolation valves are open and by testing it in accordance with the Inservice Testing Program. This Surveillance is only performed if the RHR suction relief valve is being used to satisfy this LCO.
Every 31 days both RHR suction isolation valves are verified locked open, with power to the valve operator removed, to ensure that accidental closure will not occur. The "locked open" valves must be locally verified in the open position with the manual actuator locked. The 31 day Frequency is based on engineering judgment, is consistent with the procedural controls governing valve operation, and ensures correct valve position.


The passive vent arrangement must only be open to be OPERABLE. 
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)
 
This Surveillance is required to be performed if the vent is being used to
 
satisfy the pressure relief requirements of the LCO 3.4.12b.
 
SR  3.4.12.5
 
The PORV block valve must be verified open every 72 hours to provide
 
the flow path for each required PORV to perform its function when
 
actuated. The valve must be remotely verified open in the main control
 
room. This Surveillance is performed if the PORV satisfies the LCO.
 
The block valve is a remotely controlled, motor operated valve. The
 
power to the valve operator is not required removed, and the manual
 
operator is not required locked in the inactive position. Thus, the block
 
valve can be closed in the event the PORV develops excessive leakage
 
or does not close (sticks open) after relieving an overpressure situation.
 
The 72-hour Frequency is considered adequate in view of other
 
administrative controls available to the operator in the control room, such
 
as valve position indication, that verify that the PORV block valve remains
 
open.
 
SR  3.4.12.6
 
The required RHR suction relief valve shall be demonstrated OPERABLE
 
by verifying both RHR suction isolation valves are open and by testing it
 
in accordance with the Inservice Testing Program. This Surveillance is
 
only performed if the RHR suction relief valve is being used to satisfy this
 
LCO.
 
Every 31 days both RHR suction isolation valves are verified locked open, with power to the valve operator removed, to ensure that accidental
 
closure will not occur. The "locked open" valves must be locally verified
 
in the open position with the manual actuator locked. The 31 day
 
Frequency is based on engineering judgment, is consistent with the
 
procedural controls governing valve operation, and ensures correct valve
 
position.
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-70 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-70 (developmental)
B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.4.12.7  
SR 3.4.12.7 The COT is required to be in frequency prior to decreasing RCS temperature to the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR or be performed within 12 hours after decreasing RCS temperature to the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR on each required PORV to verify and, as necessary, adjust its lift setpoint. The COT will verify the setpoint is within the PTLR allowed maximum limits in the PTLR. PORV actuation could depressurize the RCS and is not required. The COT is required to be performed every 31 days when RCS temperature is the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR with the reactor head in place.
 
The 12-hour allowance to meet the requirement considers the unlikelihood of a low temperature overpressure event during this time.
The COT is required to be in frequency prior to decreasing RCS  
A Note has been added indicating that this SR is required to be met within 12 hours after decreasing RCS cold leg temperature to the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR.
 
SR 3.4.12.8 Performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION on each required PORV actuation channel is required every 18 months to adjust the whole channel so that it responds and the valve opens within the required range and accuracy to known input.
temperature to the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR or be performed within 12 hours after decreasing RCS temperature to the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR on each required PORV to verify and, as necessary, adjust its lift setpoint. The COT will verify the  
 
setpoint is within the PTLR allowed maximum limits in the PTLR. PORV  
 
actuation could depressurize the RCS and is not required. The COT is  
 
required to be performed every 31 days when RCS temperature is the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR with the reactor head in place.  
 
The 12-hour allowance to meet the requirement considers the  
 
unlikelihood of a low temperature overpressure event during this time.  
 
A Note has been added indicating that this SR is required to be met within  


12 hours after decreasing RCS cold leg temperature to  the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR.
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)
 
SR  3.4.12.8
 
Performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION on each required PORV
 
actuation channel is required every 18 months to adjust the whole
 
channel so that it responds and the valve opens within the required range
 
and accuracy to known input.
 
COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-71 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-71 (developmental)
B REFERENCES 1. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix G, "Fracture Toughness Requirements." 2. Generic Letter 88-11, "NRC Position on Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials and Its Impact on Plant Operation." 3. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III.  
B REFERENCES
: 4. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.2, "Condition II - Faults of Moderate Frequency." 5. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50.46, "Acceptance Criteria for Emergency Core Cooling Systems for Light Water Nuclear Power Reactors." 6. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix K, "ECCS Evaluation Models." 7. Generic Letter 90-06, "Resolution of Generic Issue 70,
: 1.
'Power-Operated Relief Valve and Block Valve Reliability, and  
Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix G, "Fracture Toughness Requirements."
: 2.
Generic Letter 88-11, "NRC Position on Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials and Its Impact on Plant Operation."
: 3.
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III.
: 4.
Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.2, "Condition II - Faults of Moderate Frequency."
: 5.
Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50.46, "Acceptance Criteria for Emergency Core Cooling Systems for Light Water Nuclear Power Reactors."
: 6.
Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix K, "ECCS Evaluation Models."
: 7.
Generic Letter 90-06, "Resolution of Generic Issue 70,  
'Power-Operated Relief Valve and Block Valve Reliability, and Generic Issue 94, 'Additional Low-Temperature Overpressure Protection for Light Water Reactors,' pursuant to 10 CFR 50.44(f)."
: 8.
Westinghouse Letter to TVA, WBT-D-0863, WBS 5.6.10 Cold Overpressure Mitigation System Setpoint Analysis, July 2009.


Generic Issue 94, 'Additional Low-Temperature Overpressure
RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-72 (developmental)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.13 RCS Operational LEAKAGE BASES BACKGROUND Components that contain or transport the coolant to or from the reactor core make up the RCS. Component joints are made by welding, bolting, rolling, or pressure loading, and valves isolate connecting systems from the RCS.
During plant life, the joint and valve interfaces can allow varying amounts of reactor coolant LEAKAGE, through either normal operational wear or mechanical deterioration. The purpose of the RCS Operational LEAKAGE LCO is to limit system operation in the presence of LEAKAGE from these sources to amounts that do not compromise safety. This LCO specifies the types and amounts of LEAKAGE.
10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 30 (Ref. 1), requires means for detecting and, to the extent practical, identifying the source of reactor coolant LEAKAGE. Regulatory Guide 1.45 (Ref. 2) describes acceptable methods for selecting leakage detection systems.
The safety significance of RCS LEAKAGE varies widely depending on its source, rate, and duration. Therefore, detecting and monitoring reactor coolant LEAKAGE into the containment area is necessary. Quickly separating the identified LEAKAGE from the unidentified LEAKAGE is necessary to provide quantitative information to the operators, allowing them to take corrective action should a leak occur that is detrimental to the safety of the facility and the public.
A limited amount of leakage inside containment is expected from auxiliary systems that cannot be made 100% leaktight. Leakage from these systems should be detected, located, and isolated from the containment atmosphere, if possible, to not interfere with RCS leakage detection.
This LCO deals with protection of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) from degradation and the core from inadequate cooling, in addition to preventing the accident analyses radiation release assumptions from being exceeded. The consequences of violating this LCO include the possibility of a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) or steam generator tube rupture (SGTR).


Protection for Light Water Reactors,' pursuant to 10 CFR 50.44(f)."  8. Westinghouse Letter to TVA, WBT-D-0863, "WBS 5.6.10 Cold Overpressure Mitigation System Setpoint Analysis," July 2009.  
RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES (continued)
(continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-73 (developmental)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Except for primary to secondary LEAKAGE, the safety analyses do not address operational LEAKAGE. However, other operational LEAKAGE is related to the safety analyses for LOCA; the amount of leakage can affect the probability of such an event. The safety analysis for a main steam line break (MSLB) assumes that the pre-accident primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE from three steam generators is 150 gallons per day (gpd) per steam generator and 1 gallon per minute (gpm) from one steam generator. This leakage assumption remains the same after the accident.
For an SGTR accident, the accident analysis assumes a primary-to-secondary leakage of 150 gpd per steam generator prior to the accident.
Subsequent to the SGTR a leakage of 150 gpd is assumed in each of three intact steam generators and RCS blowdown flow through the ruptured tube in the faulted steam generator. Consequently, the LCO requirement to limit primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE through any one steam generator to less than or equal to 150 gpd is acceptable.
The safety analysis for the SLB accident assumes the entire 1 gpm primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE is through the affected steam generator as an initial condition. The dose consequences resulting from the SLB accident are within the limits defined in 10 CFR 100 or the staff approved licensing basis (i.e., a small fraction of these limits).
The RCS operational LEAKAGE satisfies Criterion 2 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
LCO RCS operational LEAKAGE shall be limited to:
: a.
Pressure Boundary LEAKAGE No pressure boundary LEAKAGE is allowed, being indicative of an off-normal condition. LEAKAGE of this type is unacceptable as the leak itself could cause further deterioration, resulting in higher LEAKAGE. Violation of this LCO could result in continued degradation of the RCPB. LEAKAGE past seals and gaskets is not pressure boundary LEAKAGE.  


RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13    (continued)
RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-72  (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-74 (developmental)
A B 3.4  REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
A LCO (continued)
B 3.4.13  RCS Operational LEAKAGE
: b.
 
Unidentified LEAKAGE One gallon per minute (gpm) of unidentified LEAKAGE is allowed as a reasonable minimum detectable amount that the containment air monitoring and containment pocket sump level monitoring equipment can detect within a reasonable time period. Violation of this LCO could result in continued degradation of the RCPB, if the LEAKAGE is from the pressure boundary.
BASES BACKGROUND Components that contain or transport the coolant to or from the reactor core make up the RCS. Component joints are made by welding, bolting, rolling, or pressure loading, and valves isolate connecting systems from
: c.
 
Identified LEAKAGE Up to 10 gpm of identified LEAKAGE is considered allowable because LEAKAGE is from known sources that do not interfere with detection of unidentified LEAKAGE and is well within the capability of the RCS Makeup System. Identified LEAKAGE includes LEAKAGE to the containment from specifically known and located sources, but does not include pressure boundary LEAKAGE or controlled reactor coolant pump (RCP) seal leakoff (a normal function not considered LEAKAGE). Violation of this LCO could result in continued degradation of a component or system.
the RCS.
: d.
 
Primary to Secondary LEAKAGE through ANY One SG The limit of 150 gallons per day (gpd) per SG (600 gpd total for all SGs) is based on the operational LEAKAGE performance criteria in NEI 97-06, Steam Generator Program Guidelines (Reference 4).
During plant life, the joint and valve interfaces can allow varying amounts
The Steam Generator Program operational LEAKAGE performance criterion in NEI 97-06 states, The RCS operational primary to secondary leakage through any one SG shall be limited to 150 gallons per day. The limit is based on operating experience with SG tube degradation mechanisms that result in tube leakage. The operational leakage rate criterion in conjunction with the implementation of the Steam Generator Program is an effective measure for minimizing the frequency of steam generator tube ruptures.
 
of reactor coolant LEAKAGE, through either normal operational wear or
 
mechanical deterioration. The purpose of the RCS Operational
 
LEAKAGE LCO is to limit system operation in the presence of LEAKAGE
 
from these sources to amounts that do not compromise safety. This LCO specifies the types and amounts of LEAKAGE.
 
10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 30 (Ref. 1), requires means for detecting
 
and, to the extent practical, identifying the source of reactor coolant
 
LEAKAGE. Regulatory Guide 1.45 (Ref. 2) describes acceptable
 
methods for selecting leakage detection systems.
 
The safety significance of RCS LEAKAGE varies widely depending on its
 
source, rate, and duration. Therefore, detecting and monitoring reactor
 
coolant LEAKAGE into the containment area is necessary. Quickly
 
separating the identified LEAKAGE from the unidentified LEAKAGE is
 
necessary to provide quantitative information to the operators, allowing
 
them to take corrective action should a leak occur that is detrimental to
 
the safety of the facility and the public.
 
A limited amount of leakage inside cont ainment is expected from auxiliary systems that cannot be made 100% leaktight. Leakage from these
 
systems should be detected, located, and isolated from the containment
 
atmosphere, if possible, to not interfere with RCS leakage detection.
 
This LCO deals with protection of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) from degradation and the core from inadequate cooling, in addition to preventing the accident analyses radiation release assumptions from being exceeded. The consequences of violating this
 
LCO include the possibility of a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) or steam
 
generator tube rupture (SGTR).
RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES  (continued)
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-73  (developmental)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Except for primary to secondary LEAKAGE, the safety analyses do not
 
address operational LEAKAGE. However, other operational LEAKAGE is
 
related to the safety analyses for LOCA; the amount of leakage can affect
 
the probability of such an event. The safety analysis for a main steam
 
line break (MSLB) assumes that the pre-accident primary-to-secondary
 
LEAKAGE from three steam generators is 150 gallons per day (gpd) per
 
steam generator and 1 gallon per minute (gpm) from one steam
 
generator. This leakage assumption remains the same after the accident.
 
For an SGTR accident, the accident analysis assumes a primary-to-
 
secondary leakage of 150 gpd per steam generator prior to the accident. 
 
Subsequent to the SGTR a leakage of 150 gpd is assumed in each of
 
three intact steam generators and RCS blowdown flow through the
 
ruptured tube in the faulted steam generator. Consequently, the LCO
 
requirement to limit primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE through any one
 
steam generator to less than or equal to 150 gpd is acceptable.
The safety analysis for the SLB accident assumes the entire 1 gpm
 
primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE is through the affected steam generator
 
as an initial condition. The dose consequences resulting from the SLB
 
accident are within the limits defined in 10 CFR 100 or the staff approved
 
licensing basis (i.e., a small fraction of these limits).
 
The RCS operational LEAKAGE satisfies Criterion 2 of
 
10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
 
LCO RCS operational LEAKAGE shall be limited to:
: a. Pressure Boundary LEAKAGE
 
No pressure boundary LEAKAGE is allowed, being indicative of an
 
off-normal condition. LEAKAGE of this type is unacceptable as the
 
leak itself could cause further deterioration, resulting in higher
 
LEAKAGE. Violation of this LCO could result in continued
 
degradation of the RCPB. LEAKAGE past seals and gaskets is not
 
pressure boundary LEAKAGE.
 
RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-74 (developmental)
A LCO (continued)  
: b. Unidentified LEAKAGE One gallon per minute (gpm) of unidentified LEAKAGE is allowed as  
 
a reasonable minimum detectable amount that the containment air  
 
monitoring and containment pocket sump level monitoring equipment  
 
can detect within a reasonable time period. Violation of this LCO  
 
could result in continued degradation of the RCPB, if the LEAKAGE  
 
is from the pressure boundary.  
: c. Identified LEAKAGE Up to 10 gpm of identified LEAKAGE is considered allowable  
 
because LEAKAGE is from known sources that do not interfere with  
 
detection of unidentified LEAKAGE and is well within the capability of  
 
the RCS Makeup System. Identified LEAKAGE includes LEAKAGE  
 
to the containment from specifically known and located sources, but  
 
does not include pressure boundary LEAKAGE or controlled reactor  
 
coolant pump (RCP) seal leakoff (a normal function not considered  
 
LEAKAGE). Violation of this LCO could result in continued  
 
degradation of a component or system.  
: d. Primary to Secondary LEAKAGE through ANY One SG The limit of 150 gallons per day (gpd) per SG (600 gpd total for all  
 
SGs) is based on the operational LEAKAGE performance criteria in  
 
NEI 97-06, Steam Generator Program Guidelines (Reference 4).
 
The Steam Generator Program operational LEAKAGE performance  
 
criterion in NEI 97-06 states, "The RCS operational primary to  
 
secondary leakage through any one SG shall be limited to  
 
150 gallons per day.The limit is based on operating experience with  


SG tube degradation mechanisms that result in tube leakage. The
RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES (continued)
 
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-75 (developmental)
operational leakage rate criterion in conjunction with the implementation of the Steam Gener ator Program is an effective measure for minimizing the frequency of steam generator tube
A APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, the potential for RCPB LEAKAGE is greatest when the RCS is pressurized.
 
In MODES 5 and 6, LEAKAGE limits are not required because the reactor coolant pressure is far lower, resulting in lower stresses and reduced potentials for LEAKAGE.
ruptures.
ACTIONS A.1 Unidentified LEAKAGE or identified LEAKAGE in excess of the LCO limits must be reduced to within limits within 4 hours. This Completion Time allows time to verify leakage rates and either identify unidentified LEAKAGE or reduce LEAKAGE to within limits before the reactor must be shut down. This action is necessary to prevent further deterioration of the RCPB.
RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES (continued)
B.1 and B.2 If any pressure boundary LEAKAGE exists, or primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE is not within limits, or if unidentified LEAKAGE or identified LEAKAGE cannot be reduced to within limits within 4 hours, the reactor must be brought to lower pressure conditions to reduce the severity of the LEAKAGE and its potential consequences. It should be noted that LEAKAGE past seals and gaskets is not pressure boundary LEAKAGE.
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-75 (developmental)
The reactor must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours and MODE 5 within 36 hours. This action reduces the LEAKAGE and also reduces the factors that tend to degrade the pressure boundary.
A APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, the potential for RCPB LEAKAGE is greatest when the RCS is pressurized.  
 
In MODES 5 and 6, LEAKAGE limits are not required because the reactor  
 
coolant pressure is far lower, resulting in lower stresses and reduced  
 
potentials for LEAKAGE.  
 
ACTIONS A.1 Unidentified LEAKAGE or identified LEAKAGE in excess of the LCO  
 
limits must be reduced to within limits within 4 hours. This Completion  
 
Time allows time to verify leakage rates and either identify unidentified  
 
LEAKAGE or reduce LEAKAGE to within limits before the reactor must be  
 
shut down. This action is necessary to prevent further deterioration of the  
 
RCPB.
B.1 and B.2
 
If any pressure boundary LEAKAGE exists, or primary-to-secondary  
 
LEAKAGE is not within limits, or if unidentified LEAKAGE or identified  
 
LEAKAGE cannot be reduced to within limits within 4 hours, the reactor  
 
must be brought to lower pressure conditions to reduce the severity of the  
 
LEAKAGE and its potential consequences. It should be noted that  
 
LEAKAGE past seals and gaskets is not pressure boundary LEAKAGE.
 
The reactor must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours and MODE 5  
 
within 36 hours. This action reduces the LEAKAGE and also reduces the  
 
factors that tend to degrade the pressure boundary.
The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
In MODE 5, the pressure stresses acting on the RCPB are much lower, and further deterioration is much less likely.  
In MODE 5, the pressure stresses acting on the RCPB are much lower, and further deterioration is much less likely.  


RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES (continued)
RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-76 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-76 (developmental)
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.13.1
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.13.1 Verifying RCS LEAKAGE to be within the LCO limits ensures the integrity of the RCPB is maintained. Pressure boundary LEAKAGE would at first appear as unidentified LEAKAGE and can only be positively identified by inspection. It should be noted that LEAKAGE past seals and gaskets is not pressure boundary LEAKAGE. Unidentified LEAKAGE and identified LEAKAGE are determined by performance of an RCS water inventory balance.
 
The RCS water inventory balance must be met with the reactor at steady state operating conditions and near operating pressure. The SR is modified by 2 Notes. Note 1 states that this SR is not required to be performed until 12 hours after establishing steady state operation. The 12 hour allowance provides sufficient time to collect and process all necessary data after stable plant conditions are established.
Verifying RCS LEAKAGE to be within the LCO limits ensures the integrity  
Steady state operation is required to perform a proper inventory balance; calculations during maneuvering are not useful. For RCS operational LEAKAGE determination by water inventory balance, steady state is defined as stable RCS pressure, temperature, power level, pressurizer and makeup tank levels, makeup and letdown, and RCP seal injection and return flows.
 
An early warning of pressure boundary LEAKAGE or unidentified LEAKAGE is provided by the automatic systems that monitor the containment atmosphere radioactivity and the containment pocket sump level. It should be noted that LEAKAGE past seals and gaskets is not pressure boundary LEAKAGE. These leakage detection systems are specified in LCO 3.4.15, "RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation."
of the RCPB is maintained. Pressure boundary LEAKAGE would at first  
Note 2 states that this SR is not applicable to primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE because LEAKAGE of 150 gallons per day cannot be measured accurately by an RCS water inventory balance.
 
The 72 hour Frequency is a reasonable interval to trend LEAKAGE and recognizes the importance of early leakage detection in the prevention of accidents.
appear as unidentified LEAKAGE and can only be positively identified by  
 
inspection. It should be noted that LEAKAGE past seals and gaskets is  


not pressure boundary LEAKAGE. Unidentified LEAKAGE and identified
RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES (continued)
 
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-77 (developmental)
LEAKAGE are determined by performance of an RCS water inventory
 
balance.
 
The RCS water inventory balance must be met with the reactor at steady state operating conditions and near operating pressure. The SR is modified by 2 Notes. Note 1 states that this SR is not required to be
 
performed until 12 hours after establishing steady state operation. The
 
12 hour allowance provides sufficient time to collect and process all
 
necessary data after stable plant conditions are established.
 
Steady state operation is required to perform a proper inventory balance;
 
calculations during maneuvering are not useful. For RCS operational
 
LEAKAGE determination by water inventory balance, steady state is
 
defined as stable RCS pressure, temperature, power level, pressurizer
 
and makeup tank levels, makeup and letdown, and RCP seal injection
 
and return flows.
 
An early warning of pressure boundary LEAKAGE or unidentified
 
LEAKAGE is provided by the automat ic systems that monitor the
 
containment atmosphere radioactivity and the containment pocket sump
 
level. It should be noted that LEAKAGE past seals and gaskets is not
 
pressure boundary LEAKAGE. These leakage detection systems are
 
specified in LCO 3.4.15, "RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation."
 
Note 2 states that this SR is not applicable to primary-to-secondary
 
LEAKAGE because LEAKAGE of 150 gallons per day cannot be measured accurately by an RCS water inventory balance.
 
The 72 hour Frequency is a reasonable interval to trend LEAKAGE and
 
recognizes the importance of early leakage detection in the prevention of
 
accidents.
RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-77 (developmental)
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.4.13.2
SR 3.4.13.2 This SR verifies that primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE is less than or equal to 150 gallons per day through any one SG. Satisfying the primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE limit ensures that the operational LEAKAGE performance criterion in the Steam Generator Program is met. If this SR is not met, compliance with LCO 3.4.17 Steam Generator Tube Integrity, should be evaluated. The 150 gallons per day limit is measured at room temperature as described in Ref. 5. The operational LEAKAGE rate limit applies to LEAKAGE through any one SG. If it is not practical to assign the LEAKAGE to an individual SG, all the primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE should be conservatively assumed to be from one SG.
 
The Surveillance is modified by a NOTE which states that the Surveillance is not required to be performed until 12 hours after establishment of steady state operation. For RCS primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE determination, steady state is defined as stable RCS pressure, temperature, power level, pressurizer and makeup tank levels, makeup and letdown, and RCP seal injection and return flows.
This SR verifies that primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE is less than or  
The Surveillance Frequency of 72 hours is a reasonable interval to trend primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE and recognizes the importance of early leakage detection in the prevention of accidents. The primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE is determined using continuous process radiation monitors or radiochemical grab sampling in accordance with EPRI guidelines (Ref. 5)
 
REFERENCES
equal to 150 gallons per day through any one SG. Satisfying the primary-
: 1.
 
Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criteria 30, "Quality of Reactor Coolant Boundary."
to-secondary LEAKAGE limit ensures that the operational LEAKAGE  
: 2.
 
Regulatory Guide 1.45, "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Leakage Detection Systems," May 1973.
performance criterion in the Steam Generator Program is met. If this SR  
: 3.
 
Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.4, "Condition IV - Limiting Faults."
is not met, compliance with LCO 3.4.17 "Steam Generator Tube Integrity,"
: 4.
 
NEI 97-06, Steam Generator Program Guidelines.
should be evaluated. The 150 gallons per day limit is measured at room temperature as described in Ref. 5. The operational LEAKAGE rate limit  
: 5.
 
EPRI Pressurized Water Reactor Primary-to-Secondary Leak Guidelines.  
applies to LEAKAGE through any one SG. If it is not practical to assign  
 
the LEAKAGE to an individual SG, all the primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE should be conservatively assumed to be from one SG.  
 
The Surveillance is modified by a NOTE which states that the  
 
Surveillance is not required to be performed until 12 hours after  
 
establishment of steady state operation. For RCS primary-to-secondary  
 
LEAKAGE determination, steady state is defined as stable RCS pressure, temperature, power level, pressurizer and makeup tank levels, makeup  
 
and letdown, and RCP seal injection and return flows.  
 
The Surveillance Frequency of 72 hours is a reasonable interval to trend  
 
primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE and recognizes the importance of early  
 
leakage detection in the prevention of accidents. The primary-to-
 
secondary LEAKAGE is determined using continuous process radiation  
 
monitors or radiochemical grab sampling in accordance with EPRI  
 
guidelines (Ref. 5)
REFERENCES  
: 1. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criteria 30, "Quality of Reactor Coolant Boundary." 2. Regulatory Guide 1.45, "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Leakage Detection Systems," May 1973.  
: 3. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.4, "Condition IV - Limiting Faults." 4. NEI 97-06, "Steam Generator Program Guidelines."
: 5. EPRI Pressurized Water Reactor Primary-to-Secondary Leak Guidelines.
 
RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14  (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-78  (developmental)
A B 3.4  REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.14  RCS Pressure Isolation Valve (PIV) Leakage
 
BASES BACKGROUND 10 CFR 50.2, 10 CFR 50.55a(c), and GDC 55 of 10 CFR 50, Appendix A (Refs. 1, 2, and 3), define RCS PIVs as any two normally closed valves in
 
series within the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB), which
 
separate the high pressure RCS from an attached low pressure system. 
 
During their lives, these valves can produce varying amounts of reactor
 
coolant leakage through either normal operational wear or mechanical
 
deterioration. The RCS PIV Leakage LCO allows RCS high pressure
 
operation when leakage through these valves exists in amounts that do
 
not compromise safety.
 
The PIV leakage limit applies to each individual valve.
 
Although this specification provides a limit on allowable PIV leakage rate, its main purpose is to prevent overpressure failure of the low pressure
 
portions of connecting systems. The leakage limit is an indication that the
 
PIVs between the RCS and the connecting systems are degraded or
 
degrading. PIV leakage could lead to overpressure of the low pressure
 
piping or components. Failure consequences could be a loss of coolant
 
accident (LOCA) outside of containment, an unanalyzed accident, that
 
could degrade the ability for low pressure injection.
 
The basis for this LCO is the 1975 NRC "Reactor Safety Study" (Ref. 4)
 
that identified potential intersystem LOCAs as a significant contributor to
 
the risk of core melt. A subsequent study (Ref. 5) evaluated various PIV
 
configurations to determine the probability of intersystem LOCAs.
 
PIVs are provided to isolate the RCS from the following typically
 
connected systems:
: a. Residual Heat Removal (RHR) System;
: b. Safety Injection System; and
: c. Chemical and Volume Control System.  


RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-78 (developmental)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.14 RCS Pressure Isolation Valve (PIV) Leakage BASES BACKGROUND 10 CFR 50.2, 10 CFR 50.55a(c), and GDC 55 of 10 CFR 50, Appendix A (Refs. 1, 2, and 3), define RCS PIVs as any two normally closed valves in series within the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB), which separate the high pressure RCS from an attached low pressure system.
During their lives, these valves can produce varying amounts of reactor coolant leakage through either normal operational wear or mechanical deterioration. The RCS PIV Leakage LCO allows RCS high pressure operation when leakage through these valves exists in amounts that do not compromise safety.
The PIV leakage limit applies to each individual valve.
Although this specification provides a limit on allowable PIV leakage rate, its main purpose is to prevent overpressure failure of the low pressure portions of connecting systems. The leakage limit is an indication that the PIVs between the RCS and the connecting systems are degraded or degrading. PIV leakage could lead to overpressure of the low pressure piping or components. Failure consequences could be a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) outside of containment, an unanalyzed accident, that could degrade the ability for low pressure injection.
The basis for this LCO is the 1975 NRC "Reactor Safety Study" (Ref. 4) that identified potential intersystem LOCAs as a significant contributor to the risk of core melt. A subsequent study (Ref. 5) evaluated various PIV configurations to determine the probability of intersystem LOCAs.
PIVs are provided to isolate the RCS from the following typically connected systems:
: a.
Residual Heat Removal (RHR) System;
: b.
Safety Injection System; and
: c.
Chemical and Volume Control System.
The PIVs are listed in the FSAR, Section 3.9 (Ref. 6).  
The PIVs are listed in the FSAR, Section 3.9 (Ref. 6).  


RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES   (continued)
RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-79 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-79 (developmental)
A BACKGROUND (continued)
A BACKGROUND (continued)
Violation of this LCO could result in continued degradation of a PIV, which could lead to overpressurization of a low pressure system and the loss of  
Violation of this LCO could result in continued degradation of a PIV, which could lead to overpressurization of a low pressure system and the loss of the integrity of a fission product barrier.
 
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Reference 4 identified potential intersystem LOCAs as a significant contributor to the risk of core melt. The dominant accident sequence in the intersystem LOCA category is the failure of the low pressure portion of the RHR System outside of containment. The accident is the result of a postulated failure of the PIVs, which are part of the RCPB, and the subsequent pressurization of the RHR System downstream of the PIVs from the RCS. Because the low pressure portion of the RHR System is typically designed for 600 psig, overpressurization failure of the RHR low pressure line would result in a LOCA outside containment and subsequent risk of core melt.
the integrity of a fission product barrier.  
Reference 5 evaluated various PIV configurations, leakage testing of the valves, and operational changes to determine the effect on the probability of intersystem LOCAs. This study concluded that periodic leakage testing of the PIVs can substantially reduce the probability of an intersystem LOCA.
 
RCS PIV leakage satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.
APPLICABLE  
LCO RCS PIV leakage is LEAKAGE into closed systems connected to the RCS. Isolation valve leakage is usually on the order of drops per minute.
 
Leakage that increases significantly suggests that something is operationally wrong and corrective action must be taken.
SAFETY ANALYSES Reference 4 identified potential intersystem LOCAs as a significant  
The LCO PIV leakage limit is 0.5 gpm per nominal inch of valve size with a maximum limit of 5 gpm. The previous criterion of 1 gpm for all valve sizes imposed an unjustified penalty on the larger valves without providing information on potential valve degradation and resulted in higher personnel radiation exposures. A study concluded a leakage rate limit based on valve size was superior to a single allowable value.
 
contributor to the risk of core melt. The dominant accident sequence in  
 
the intersystem LOCA category is the failure of the low pressure portion  
 
of the RHR System outside of containment. The accident is the result of  
 
a postulated failure of the PIVs, which are part of the RCPB, and the  
 
subsequent pressurization of the RHR System downstream of the PIVs  
 
from the RCS. Because the low pressure portion of the RHR System is  
 
typically designed for 600 psig, overpressurization failure of the RHR low  
 
pressure line would result in a LOCA outside containment and subsequent risk of core melt.  
 
Reference 5 evaluated various PIV configurations, leakage testing of the  
 
valves, and operational changes to determine the effect on the probability  
 
of intersystem LOCAs. This study concluded that periodic leakage testing  
 
of the PIVs can substantially reduce the probability of an intersystem  


LOCA.
RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES (continued)
 
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-80 (developmental)
RCS PIV leakage satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.
 
LCO RCS PIV leakage is LEAKAGE into closed systems connected to the RCS. Isolation valve leakage is usually on the order of drops per minute.
 
Leakage that increases significantly suggests that something is
 
operationally wrong and corrective action must be taken.
 
The LCO PIV leakage limit is 0.5 gpm per nominal inch of valve size with
 
a maximum limit of 5 gpm. The previous criterion of 1 gpm for all valve
 
sizes imposed an unjustified penalty on the larger valves without
 
providing information on potential valve degradation and resulted in
 
higher personnel radiation exposures. A study concluded a leakage rate limit based on valve size was superior to a single allowable value.
 
RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-80 (developmental)
A LCO (continued)
A LCO (continued)
Reference 7 permits leakage testing at a lower pressure differential than between the specified maximum RCS pressure and the normal pressure  
Reference 7 permits leakage testing at a lower pressure differential than between the specified maximum RCS pressure and the normal pressure of the connected system during RCS operation (the maximum pressure differential) in those types of valves in which the higher service pressure will tend to diminish the overall leakage channel opening. In such cases, the observed rate may be adjusted to the maximum pressure differential by assuming leakage is directly proportional to the pressure differential to the one half power.
APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, this LCO applies because the PIV leakage potential is greatest when the RCS is pressurized. In MODE 4, valves in the RHR flow path are not required to meet the requirements of this LCO when in or during the transition to or from the RHR mode of operation.
In MODES 5 and 6, leakage limits are not provided because the lower reactor coolant pressure results in a reduced potential for leakage and for a LOCA outside the containment.
ACTIONS The Actions are modified by two Notes. Note 1 provides clarification that each flow path allows separate entry into a Condition. This is allowed based upon the functional independence of the flow path. Note 2 requires an evaluation of affected systems if a PIV is inoperable. The leakage may have affected system operability, or isolation of a leaking flow path with an alternate valve may have degraded the ability of the interconnected system to perform its safety function.
A.1 and A.2 The flow path must be isolated. Required Actions A.1 and A.2 are modified by a Note that the valve used for isolation must meet the same leakage requirements as the PIVs and must be within the RCPB.
Required Action A.1 requires that the isolation with one valve must be performed within 4 hours. Four hours provides time to reduce leakage in excess of the allowable limit and to isolate the affected system if leakage cannot be reduced. The 4-hour Completion Time allows the actions and restricts the operation with leaking isolation valves.


of the connected system during RCS operation (the maximum pressure differential) in those types of valves in which the higher service pressure will tend to diminish the overall leakage channel opening. In such cases, the observed rate may be adjusted to the maximum pressure differential
RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-81 (developmental)
A ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 (continued)
The 72 hour Completion Time after exceeding the limit allows for the restoration of the leaking PIV to OPERABLE status. This timeframe considers the time required to complete this Action and the low probability of a second valve failing during this period.
B.1 and B.2 If leakage cannot be reduced, or the system isolated, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the requirement does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours and MODE 5 within 36 hours. This Action may reduce the leakage and also reduces the potential for a LOCA outside the containment. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.14.1 Performance of leakage testing on each RCS PIV or isolation valve used to satisfy Required Action A.1 and Required Action A.2 is required to verify that leakage is below the specified limit and to identify each leaking valve. The leakage limit of 0.5 gpm per inch of nominal valve diameter up to 5 gpm maximum applies to each valve. Leakage testing requires a stable pressure condition.
For the two PIVs in series, the leakage requirement applies to each valve individually and not to the combined leakage across both valves. If the PIVs are not individually leakage tested, one valve may have failed completely and not be detected if the other valve in series meets the leakage requirement. In this situation, the protection provided by redundant valves would be lost.


by assuming leakage is directly proportional to the pressure differential to  
RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-82 (developmental)
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.14.1 (continued)
Testing is to be performed every 18 months, a typical refueling cycle, if the plant does not go into MODE 5 for at least 7 days. The 18 month Frequency is consistent with 10 CFR 50.55a(g) (Ref. 8) as contained in the Inservice Testing Program, is within the frequency allowed by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) OM Code (Ref. 7),
and is based on the need to perform such surveillances under the conditions that apply during an outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power.
In addition, testing must be performed once after the valve has been opened by flow or exercised to ensure tight reseating. PIVs disturbed in the performance of this Surveillance should also be tested unless documentation shows that an infinite testing loop cannot practically be avoided. Testing must be performed within 24 hours after the valve has been reseated. Within 24 hours is a reasonable and practical time limit for performing this test after opening or reseating a valve.
The leakage limit is to be met at the RCS pressure associated with MODES 1 and 2. This permits leakage testing at high differential pressures with stable conditions not possible in the MODES with lower pressures.
Entry into MODES 3 and 4 is allowed to establish the necessary differential pressures and stable conditions to allow for performance of this Surveillance. The Note that allows this provision is complementary to the Frequency of prior to entry into MODE 2 whenever the unit has been in MODE 5 for 7 days or more, if leakage testing has not been performed in the previous 9 months. In addition, this Surveillance is not required to be performed on the RHR System when the RHR System is aligned to the RCS in the shutdown cooling mode of operation. PIVs contained in the RHR shutdown cooling flow path must be leakage rate tested after RHR is secured and stable unit conditions and the necessary differential pressures are established.


the one half power.  
RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-83 (developmental)
A REFERENCES
: 1.
Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Section 50.2, "Definitions - Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary."
: 2.
Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Section 50.55a, "Codes and Standards," Subsection (c), "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary."
: 3.
Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix A, Section V, "Reactor Containment," General Design Criterion 55, "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Penetrating Containment."
: 4.
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), "Reactor Safety Study
- An Assessment of Accident Risks in U.S. Commercial Nuclear Power Plants," Appendix V, WASH-1400 (NUREG-75/014),
October 1975.
: 5.
U.S. NRC, "The Probability of Intersystem LOCA: Impact Due to Leak Testing and Operational Changes," NUREG-0677, May 1980.
: 6.
Watts Bar FSAR, Section 3.9, "Mechanical Systems and Components" (Table 3.9-17).
: 7.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) OM Code, Code for Operation and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plants.
: 8.
Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Section 50.55a, "Codes and Standards," Subsection (g), "Inservice Inspection Requirements."


APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, this LCO applies because the PIV leakage potential is greatest when the RCS is pressurized. In MODE 4, valves in
RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 (continued)
 
the RHR flow path are not required to meet the requirements of this LCO
 
when in or during the transition to or from the RHR mode of operation.
 
In MODES 5 and 6, leakage limits are not provided because the lower
 
reactor coolant pressure results in a reduced potential for leakage and for
 
a LOCA outside the containment.
 
ACTIONS The Actions are modified by two Notes. Note 1 provides clarification that each flow path allows separate entry into a Condition. This is allowed
 
based upon the functional independence of the flow path. Note 2
 
requires an evaluation of affected systems if a PIV is inoperable. The
 
leakage may have affected system operability, or isolation of a leaking
 
flow path with an alternate valve may have degraded the ability of the
 
interconnected system to perform its safety function.
 
A.1 and A.2
 
The flow path must be isolated. Required Actions A.1 and A.2 are
 
modified by a Note that the valve used for isolation must meet the same
 
leakage requirements as the PIVs and must be within the RCPB.
 
Required Action A.1 requires that the isolation with one valve must be
 
performed within 4 hours. Four hours provides time to reduce leakage in
 
excess of the allowable limit and to isolate the affected system if leakage
 
cannot be reduced. The 4-hour Completion Time allows the actions and
 
restricts the operation with leaking isolation valves.
 
RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-81  (developmental)
A ACTIONS  A.1 and A.2 (continued)
The 72 hour Completion Time after exceeding the limit allows for the
 
restoration of the leaking PIV to OPERABLE status. This timeframe
 
considers the time required to complete this Action and the low probability
 
of a second valve failing during this period.
 
B.1 and B.2
 
If leakage cannot be reduced, or the system isolated, the plant must be
 
brought to a MODE in which the requirement does not apply. To achieve
 
this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours and
 
MODE 5 within 36 hours. This Action may reduce the leakage and also
 
reduces the potential for a LOCA outside the containment. The allowed
 
Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to
 
reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an
 
orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
 
SURVEILLANCE
 
REQUIREMENTS SR  3.4.14.1
 
Performance of leakage testing on each RCS PIV or isolation valve used
 
to satisfy Required Action A.1 and Required Action A.2 is required to
 
verify that leakage is below the specified limit and to identify each leaking
 
valve. The leakage limit of 0.5 gpm per inch of nominal valve diameter up to 5 gpm maximum applies to each valve. Leakage testing requires a
 
stable pressure condition.
 
For the two PIVs in series, the leakage requirement applies to each valve
 
individually and not to the combined leakage across both valves. If the
 
PIVs are not individually leakage tested, one valve may have failed completely and not be detected if the other valve in series meets the leakage requirement. In this situation, the protection provided by
 
redundant valves would be lost.
 
RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-82  (developmental)
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR  3.4.14.1 (continued)
 
Testing is to be performed every 18 months, a typical refueling cycle, if
 
the plant does not go into MODE 5 for at least 7 days. The 18 month
 
Frequency is consistent with 10 CFR 50.55a(g) (Ref. 8) as contained in
 
the Inservice Testing Program, is within the frequency allowed by the
 
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) OM Code (Ref. 7),
and is based on the need to perform such surveillances under the
 
conditions that apply during an outage and the potential for an unplanned
 
transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power.
 
In addition, testing must be performed once after the valve has been opened by flow or exercised to ensure tight reseating. PIVs disturbed in
 
the performance of this Surveillance should also be tested unless
 
documentation shows that an infinite testing loop cannot practically be
 
avoided. Testing must be performed within 24 hours after the valve has
 
been reseated. Within 24 hours is a reasonable and practical time limit
 
for performing this test after opening or reseating a valve.
 
The leakage limit is to be met at the RCS pressure associated with
 
MODES 1 and 2. This permits leakage testing at high differential
 
pressures with stable conditions not possible in the MODES with lower
 
pressures.
 
Entry into MODES 3 and 4 is allowed to establish the necessary
 
differential pressures and stable conditions to allow for performance of
 
this Surveillance. The Note that allows this provision is complementary to
 
the Frequency of prior to entry into MODE 2 whenever the unit has been
 
in MODE 5 for 7 days or more, if leakage testing has not been performed
 
in the previous 9 months. In addition, this Surveillance is not required to
 
be performed on the RHR System when the RHR System is aligned to the
 
RCS in the shutdown cooling mode of operation. PIVs contained in the
 
RHR shutdown cooling flow path must be leakage rate tested after RHR is secured and stable unit conditions and the necessary differential pressures are established.
 
RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES  (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-83  (developmental)
A REFERENCES
: 1. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Section 50.2, "Definitions - Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary."  2. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Section 50.55a, "Codes and Standards," Subsection (c), "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary."  3. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix A, Section V, "Reactor Containment," General Design Criterion 55, "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Penetrating Containment."  4. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), "Reactor Safety Study - An Assessment of Accident Risks in U.S. Commercial Nuclear
 
Power Plants," Appendix V, WASH-1400 (NUREG-75/014),
October 1975.
: 5. U.S. NRC, "The Probability of Intersystem LOCA: Impact Due to Leak Testing and Operational Changes," NUREG-0677, May 1980.
: 6. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 3.9, "Mechanical Systems and Components" (Table 3.9-17).
: 7. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) OM Code, "Code for Operation and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plants."
: 8. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Section 50.55a, "Codes and Standards," Subsection (g), "Inservice Inspection
 
Requirements."
RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-84 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-84 (developmental)
B B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.15 RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation  
B 3.4.15 RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation BASES BACKGROUND GDC 30 of Appendix A to 10 CFR 50 (Ref. 1) requires means for detecting and, to the extent practical, identifying the location of the source of RCS LEAKAGE. Regulatory Guide 1.45 (Ref. 2) describes acceptable methods for selecting leakage detection systems.
Leakage detection systems must have the capability to detect significant reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) degradation as soon after occurrence as practical to minimize the potential for propagation to a gross failure. Thus, an early indication or warning signal is necessary to permit proper evaluation of all unidentified LEAKAGE.
Industry practice has shown that water flow changes of 0.5 gpm to 1.0 gpm can be readily detected in contained volumes by monitoring changes in water level, in flow rate, or in the operating frequency of a pump. The containment pocket sump used to collect unidentified LEAKAGE is instrumented to alarm for increases of 0.5 gpm to 1.0 gpm in the normal flow rates. This sensitivity is acceptable for detecting increases in unidentified LEAKAGE.
The reactor coolant contains radioactivity that, when released to the containment, can be detected by radiation monitoring instrumentation.
Reactor coolant radioactivity levels will be low during initial reactor startup and for a few weeks thereafter, until activated corrosion products have been formed and fission products appear from fuel element cladding contamination or cladding defects. Instrument sensitivity of 10-9 &#xb5;Ci/cc radioactivity for particulate monitoring is practical for this leakage detection system. A radioactivity detection system is included for monitoring particulate activity because of its sensitivity and rapid response to RCS LEAKAGE.


BASES BACKGROUND GDC 30 of Appendix A to 10 CFR 50 (Ref. 1) requires means for detecting and, to the extent practical, identifying the location of the source
RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES (continued)
 
of RCS LEAKAGE. Regulatory Guide 1.45 (Ref. 2) describes acceptable
 
methods for selecting leakage detection systems.
 
Leakage detection systems must have the capability to detect significant
 
reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) degradation as soon after
 
occurrence as practical to minimize the potential for propagation to a
 
gross failure. Thus, an early indication or warning signal is necessary to
 
permit proper evaluation of all unidentified LEAKAGE.
 
Industry practice has shown that water flow changes of 0.5 gpm to
 
1.0 gpm can be readily detected in contained volumes by monitoring
 
changes in water level, in flow rate, or in the operating frequency of a
 
pump. The containment pocket sump used to collect unidentified
 
LEAKAGE is instrumented to alarm for increases of 0.5 gpm to 1.0 gpm in
 
the normal flow rates. This sensitivity is acceptable for detecting
 
increases in unidentified LEAKAGE.
 
The reactor coolant contains radioactivity that, when released to the
 
containment, can be detected by radiation monitoring instrumentation. 
 
Reactor coolant radioactivity levels will be low during initial reactor startup
 
and for a few weeks thereafter, until activated corrosion products have
 
been formed and fission products appear from fuel element cladding
 
contamination or cladding defects. Instrument sensitivity of 10
-9 &#xb5;Ci/cc radioactivity for particulate monitoring is practical for this leakage detection system. A radioactivity detection system is included for monitoring particulate activity because of its sensitivity and rapid response to RCS LEAKAGE.
 
RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-85 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-85 (developmental)
B BACKGROUND (continued)
B BACKGROUND (continued)
An atmospheric gaseous radioactivity monitor will provide a positive indication of leakage in the event that high levels of reactor coolant gaseous activity exist due to fuel cladding defects. The effectiveness of the atmospheric gaseous radioactivity monitors depends primarily on the activity of the reactor coolant and also, in part, on the containment volume and the background activity level. Shortly after startup and also during steady state operation with low levels of fuel defects, the level of radioactivity in the reactor coolant may be too low for the containment atmosphere gaseous radiation monitors to detect a reactor coolant leak of 1 gpm within one hour. Atmospheric gaseous radioactivity monitors are not required by this LCO.
An atmospheric gaseous radioactivity monitor will provide a positive indication of leakage in the event that high levels of reactor coolant gaseous activity exist due to fuel cladding defects. The effectiveness of the atmospheric gaseous radioactivity monitors depends primarily on the activity of the reactor coolant and also, in part, on the containment volume and the background activity level. Shortly after startup and also during steady state operation with low levels of fuel defects, the level of radioactivity in the reactor coolant may be too low for the containment atmosphere gaseous radiation monitors to detect a reactor coolant leak of 1 gpm within one hour. Atmospheric gaseous radioactivity monitors are not required by this LCO.
The sample lines supplying the radioactivity monitoring instrumentation are heated (heat traced) to ensure that a representative sample can be  
The sample lines supplying the radioactivity monitoring instrumentation are heated (heat traced) to ensure that a representative sample can be obtained. During periods when the heat tracing is inoperable, the particulate channel of the radioactivity monitoring instrumentation is inoperable and grab samples for particulates may not be taken using the sample lines.
An increase in humidity of the containment atmosphere would indicate release of water vapor to the containment. Dew point temperature measurements can thus be used to monitor humidity levels of the containment atmosphere as an indicator of potential RCS LEAKAGE.
A 1&deg;F increase in dew point is well within the sensitivity range of available instruments.
Since the humidity level is influenced by several factors, a quantitative evaluation of an indicated leakage rate by this means may be questionable and should be compared to observed increases in liquid flow into or from the containment pocket sump. Humidity level monitoring is considered most useful as an indirect alarm or indication to alert the operator to a potential problem. Humidity monitors are not required by this LCO.


obtained. During periods when the heat tracing is inoperable, the
RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
particulate channel of the radioactivity monitoring instrumentation is
 
inoperable and grab samples for particulates may not be taken using the
 
sample lines.
 
An increase in humidity of the containment atmosphere would indicate
 
release of water vapor to the containment. Dew point temperature
 
measurements can thus be used to monitor humidity levels of the
 
containment atmosphere as an indicator of potential RCS LEAKAGE. 
 
A 1&deg;F increase in dew point is well within the sensitivity range of available instruments.
 
Since the humidity level is influenced by several factors, a quantitative
 
evaluation of an indicated leakage rate by this means may be
 
questionable and should be compared to observed increases in liquid
 
flow into or from the containment pocket sump. Humidity level monitoring
 
is considered most useful as an indirect alarm or indication to alert the
 
operator to a potential problem. Humidity monitors are not required by
 
this LCO.
 
RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES (continued)  
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-86 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-86 (developmental)
B BACKGROUND (continued)
B BACKGROUND (continued)
Air temperature and pressure monitoring methods may also be used to  
Air temperature and pressure monitoring methods may also be used to infer unidentified LEAKAGE to the containment. Containment temperature and pressure fluctuate slightly during plant operation, but a rise above the normally indicated range of values may indicate RCS leakage into the containment. The relevance of temperature and pressure measurements are affected by containment free volume and, for temperature, detector location. Alarm signals from these instruments can be valuable in recognizing rapid and sizable leakage to the containment.
 
Temperature and pressure monitors are not required by this LCO.
infer unidentified LEAKAGE to the containment. Containment  
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The need to evaluate the severity of an alarm or an indication is important to the operators, and the ability to compare and verify with indications from other systems is necessary. The system response times and sensitivities are described in the FSAR (Ref. 3).
 
The safety significance of RCS LEAKAGE varies widely depending on its source, rate, and duration. Therefore, detecting and monitoring RCS LEAKAGE into the containment area is necessary. Quickly separating the identified LEAKAGE from the unidentified LEAKAGE provides quantitative information to the operators, allowing them to take corrective action should a leak detrimental to the safety of the unit and the public occur. RCS leakage detection instrumentation satisfies Criterion 1 of the NRC Policy Statement.
temperature and pressure fluctuate slightly during plant operation, but a  
LCO One method of protecting against large RCS leakage derives from the ability of instruments to rapidly detect extremely small leaks. This LCO requires instruments of diverse monitoring principles to be OPERABLE to provide a high degree of confidence that extremely small leaks are detected in time to allow actions to place the plant in a safe condition when RCS LEAKAGE indicates possible RCPB degradation.
 
The LCO is satisfied when monitors of diverse measurement means are available. Thus, the containment pocket sump level monitor, in combination with a particulate radioactivity monitor, provides an acceptable minimum.
rise above the normally indicated range of values may indicate RCS  
The sample lines supplying the radioactivity monitoring instrumentation are heated (heat traced) to ensure that a representative sample can be obtained.
 
leakage into the containment. The relevance of temperature and  
 
pressure measurements are affected by containment free volume and, for  


temperature, detector location. Alarm signals from these instruments can
RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
be valuable in recognizing rapid and sizable leakage to the containment. 
 
Temperature and pressure monitors are not required by this LCO.
 
APPLICABLE
 
SAFETY ANALYSES The need to evaluate the severity of an alarm or an indication is important
 
to the operators, and the ability to compare and verify with indications from other systems is necessary. The system response times and
 
sensitivities are described in the FSAR (Ref. 3).
 
The safety significance of RCS LEAKAGE varies widely depending on its
 
source, rate, and duration. Therefore, detecting and monitoring RCS
 
LEAKAGE into the containment area is necessary. Quickly separating
 
the identified LEAKAGE from the unidentified LEAKAGE provides
 
quantitative information to the operators, allowing them to take corrective
 
action should a leak detrimental to the safety of the unit and the public
 
occur. RCS leakage detection instrumentation satisfies Criterion 1 of the
 
NRC Policy Statement.
 
LCO One method of protecting against large RCS leakage derives from the ability of instruments to rapidly detect extremely small leaks. This LCO
 
requires instruments of diverse monitoring principles to be OPERABLE to
 
provide a high degree of confidence that extremely small leaks are
 
detected in time to allow actions to place the plant in a safe condition
 
when RCS LEAKAGE indicates possible RCPB degradation.
 
The LCO is satisfied when monitors of diverse measurement means are
 
available. Thus, the containment pocket sump level monitor, in
 
combination with a particulate radioactivity monitor, provides an acceptable minimum.
 
The sample lines supplying the radioactivity monitoring instrumentation
 
are heated (heat traced) to ensure that a representative sample can be
 
obtained.
RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES (continued)  
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-87 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-87 (developmental)
B APPLICABILITY Because of elevated RCS temperature and pressure in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, RCS leakage detection instrumentation is required to be OPERABLE.  
B APPLICABILITY Because of elevated RCS temperature and pressure in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, RCS leakage detection instrumentation is required to be OPERABLE.
 
In MODE 5 or 6, the temperature is to be 200&deg;F and pressure is maintained low or at atmospheric pressure. Since the temperatures and pressures are far lower than those for MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, the likelihood of leakage and crack propagation are much smaller. Therefore, the requirements of this LCO are not applicable in MODES 5 and 6.
In MODE 5 or 6, the temperature is to be 200&deg;F and pressure is maintained low or at atmospheric pressure. Since the temperatures and  
ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 With the required containment pocket sump level monitor inoperable, no other form of sampling can provide the equivalent information; however, the containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor will provide indications of changes in leakage. Together with the atmosphere monitor, the periodic surveillance for RCS water inventory balance, SR 3.4.13.1, must be performed at an increased frequency of 24 hours to provide information that is adequate to detect leakage.
 
Restoration of the required containment pocket sump level monitor to OPERABLE status within a Completion Time of 30 days is required to regain the function after the monitor's failure. This time is acceptable, considering the Frequency and adequacy of the RCS water inventory balance required by Required Action A.1.
pressures are far lower than those for MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, the  
 
likelihood of leakage and crack propagation are much smaller. Therefore, the requirements of this LCO are not applicable in MODES 5 and 6.  
 
ACTIONS A.1 and A.2
 
With the required containment pocket sump level monitor inoperable, no  
 
other form of sampling can provide the equivalent information; however, the containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor will provide indications of changes in leakage. Together with the atmosphere  
 
monitor, the periodic surveillance for RCS water inventory balance, SR 3.4.13.1, must be performed at an increased frequency of 24 hours to  
 
provide information that is adequate to detect leakage.  
 
Restoration of the required containment pocket sump level monitor to  
 
OPERABLE status within a Completion Time of 30 days is required to  
 
regain the function after the monitor's failure. This time is acceptable, considering the Frequency and adequacy of the RCS water inventory  


balance required by Required Action A.1.
RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES (continued)  
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-88 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-88 (developmental)
B ACTIONS (continued)
B ACTIONS (continued)
B.1.1, B.1.2, and B.2 With the particulate containment atmosphere radioactivity monitoring instrumentation channel inoperable, alternative action is required. Either grab samples of the containment atmosphere must be taken and  
B.1.1, B.1.2, and B.2 With the particulate containment atmosphere radioactivity monitoring instrumentation channel inoperable, alternative action is required. Either grab samples of the containment atmosphere must be taken and analyzed or water inventory balances, in accordance with SR 3.4.13.1, must be performed to provide alternate periodic information.
 
During periods when the heat tracing is inoperable for the sample lines supplying the radioactivity monitoring instrumentation, the particulate channel of the instrumentation is inoperable and grab samples for particulates may not be taken using the sample lines.
analyzed or water inventory balances, in accordance with SR 3.4.13.1, must be performed to provide alternate periodic information.  
With a sample obtained and analyzed or water inventory balance performed every 24 hours, the reactor may be operated for up to 30 days to allow restoration of the required containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor.
 
The 24-hour interval provides periodic information that is adequate to detect leakage. The 30-day Completion Time recognizes at least one other form of leakage detection is available.
During periods when the heat tracing is inoperable for the sample lines  
C.1 and C.2 If a Required Action of Condition A or B cannot be met, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the requirement does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
 
D.1 With all required monitors inoperable, no automatic means of monitoring leakage are available, and immediate plant shutdown in accordance with LCO 3.0.3 is required.  
supplying the radioactivity monitoring instrumentation, the particulate  
 
channel of the instrumentation is inoperable and grab samples for  
 
particulates may not be taken using the sample lines.  
 
With a sample obtained and analyzed or water inventory balance  
 
performed every 24 hours, the reactor may be operated for up to 30 days  
 
to allow restoration of the required containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor.  


The 24-hour interval provides periodic information that is adequate to
RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES (continued)
 
detect leakage. The 30-day Completion Time recognizes at least one
 
other form of leakage detection is available.
 
C.1 and C.2
 
If a Required Action of Condition A or B cannot be met, the plant must be
 
brought to a MODE in which the requirement does not apply. To achieve
 
this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours
 
and to MODE 5 within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are
 
reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant
 
conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without
 
challenging plant systems.
 
D.1 With all required monitors inoperable, no automatic means of monitoring
 
leakage are available, and immediate plant shutdown in accordance with
 
LCO 3.0.3 is required.
 
RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-89 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-89 (developmental)
B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.15.1
B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.15.1 SR 3.4.15.1 requires the performance of a CHANNEL CHECK of the required containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor. The check gives reasonable confidence that the channel is operating properly.
 
The Frequency of 12 hours is based on instrument reliability and is reasonable for detecting off normal conditions.
SR 3.4.15.1 requires the performance of a CHANNEL CHECK of the  
SR 3.4.15.2 SR 3.4.15.2 requires the performance of a COT on the required containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor. The test ensures that the monitor can perform its function in the desired manner.
 
The test verifies the alarm setpoint and the relative accuracy of the instrument string. The Frequency of 92 days considers instrument reliability, and operating experience has shown that it is proper for detecting degradation.
required containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor. The check gives reasonable confidence that the channel is operating properly.  
SR 3.4.15.3 and SR 3.4.15.4 These SRs require the performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION for each of the RCS leakage detection instrumentation channels. The calibration verifies the accuracy of the instrument string, including the instruments located inside containment. The Frequency of 18 months is a typical refueling cycle and considers channel reliability. Again, operating experience has proven that this Frequency is acceptable.
REFERENCES
: 1.
10 CFR 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 30, "Quality of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary."
: 2.
Regulatory Guide 1.45, "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Leakage Detection Systems," Revision 0, May 1973.
: 3.
Watts Bar FSAR, Section 5.2.7, "RCPB Leakage Detection Systems."


The Frequency of 12 hours is based on instrument reliability and is
RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 (continued)
 
reasonable for detecting off normal conditions.
 
SR  3.4.15.2
 
SR 3.4.15.2 requires the performance of a COT on the required
 
containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor. The test ensures that the monitor can perform its function in the desired manner. 
 
The test verifies the alarm setpoint and the relative accuracy of the
 
instrument string. The Frequency of 92 days considers instrument
 
reliability, and operating experience has shown that it is proper for
 
detecting degradation.
 
SR  3.4.15.3 and SR  3.4.15.4
 
These SRs require the performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION for
 
each of the RCS leakage detection instrumentation channels. The
 
calibration verifies the accuracy of the instrument string, including the
 
instruments located inside containment. The Frequency of 18 months is
 
a typical refueling cycle and considers channel reliability. Again, operating experience has proven that this Frequency is acceptable.
 
REFERENCES 1. 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 30, "Quality of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary."  2. Regulatory Guide 1.45, "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Leakage Detection Systems," Revision 0, May 1973.
: 3. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 5.2.7, "RCPB Leakage Detection Systems."
RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-90 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-90 (developmental)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.16 RCS Specific Activity  
B 3.4.16 RCS Specific Activity BASES BACKGROUND The maximum dose to the whole body and the thyroid that an individual at the site boundary can receive for 2 hours during an accident is specified in 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 1). The maximum dose to the whole body and the thyroid that an individual occupying the Main Control Room can receive for the accident duration is specified in 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19.
 
The limits on specific activity ensure that the doses are held to a small fraction of the 10 CFR 100 limits and within the 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 limits during analyzed transients and accidents.
BASES BACKGROUND The maximum dose to the whole body and the thyroid that an individual at the site boundary can receive for 2 hours during an accident is specified  
The RCS specific activity LCO limits the allowable concentration level of radionuclides in the reactor coolant. The LCO limits are established to minimize the offsite and Main Control Room radioactivity dose consequences in the event of a steam generator tube rupture (SGTR) or main steam line break (MSLB) accident.
 
The LCO contains specific activity limits for both DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 and gross specific activity. The allowable levels are intended to limit the 2 hour dose at the site boundary to a small fraction of the 10 CFR 100 dose guideline limits, and ensure the Main Control Room accident dose is within the appropriate 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 dose guideline limits.
in 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 1). The maximum dose to the whole body and the  
The evaluations showed the potential offsite and Main Control Room dose levels for a SGTR and MSLB accident were within the appropriate 10 CFR 100 and GDC 19 guideline limits.
 
thyroid that an individual occupying the Main Control Room can receive  
 
for the accident duration is specified in 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19.  
 
The limits on specific activity ensure that the doses are held to a small  
 
fraction of the 10 CFR 100 limits and within the 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 limits during analyzed transients and accidents.  
 
The RCS specific activity LCO limits the allowable concentration level of  
 
radionuclides in the reactor coolant. The LCO limits are established to  
 
minimize the offsite and Main Control Room radioactivity dose  
 
consequences in the event of a steam generator tube rupture (SGTR) or  
 
main steam line break (MSLB) accident.  
 
The LCO contains specific activity limits for both DOSE EQUIVALENT  


I-131 and gross specific activity. The allowable levels are intended to
RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
limit the 2 hour dose at the site boundary to a small fraction of the
 
10 CFR 100 dose guideline limits, and ensure the Main Control Room
 
accident dose is within the appropriate 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19
 
dose guideline limits. 
 
The evaluations showed the potential offsite and Main Control Room
 
dose levels for a SGTR and MSLB accident were within the appropriate
 
10 CFR 100 and GDC 19 guideline limits.
 
RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES (continued)  
  (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-91 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-91 (developmental)
B APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The LCO limits on the specific activity of the reactor coolant ensures that  
B APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The LCO limits on the specific activity of the reactor coolant ensures that the resulting 2 hour doses at the site boundary and Main Control Room accident doses will not exceed the appropriate 10 CFR 100 dose guideline limits and 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 dose guideline limits following a SGTR or MSLB accident. The SGTR and MSLB safety analysis (Ref. 2) assumes the specific activity of the reactor coolant at the LCO limit and an existing reactor coolant steam generator (SG) tube leakage rate of 150 gallons per day (GPD). The safety analysis assumes the specific activity of the secondary coolant at its limit of 0.1 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 from LCO 3.7.14, "Secondary Specific Activity."
The analysis for the SGTR and MSLB accidents establish the acceptance limits for RCS specific activity. Reference to these analyses is used to assess changes to the unit that could affect RCS specific activity, as they relate to the acceptance limits.
The analyses are for two cases of reactor coolant specific activity. One case assumes specific activity at 0.265 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 with an iodine spike immediately after the accident that increases the iodine activity in the reactor coolant by a factor of 500 times the iodine production rate necessary to maintain a steady state iodine concentration of 0.265 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131. The second case assumes the initial reactor coolant iodine activity at 21 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 due to a pre-accident iodine spike caused by an RCS transient. In both cases, the noble gas activity in the reactor coolant equals the LCO limit of 100/E Ci/gm for gross specific activity.
The analysis also assumes a loss of offsite power at the same time as the SGTR and MSLB event. The SGTR causes a reduction in reactor coolant inventory. The reduction initiates a reactor trip from a low pressurizer pressure signal or an RCS overtemperature T signal. The MSLB results in a reactor trip due to low steam pressure.
The coincident loss of offsite power causes the steam dump valves to close to protect the condenser. The rise in pressure in the ruptured SG discharges radioactively contaminated steam to the atmosphere through the SG power operated relief valves and the main steam safety valves.
The unaffected SGs remove core decay heat by venting steam to the atmosphere until the cooldown ends.


the resulting 2 hour doses at the site boundary and Main Control Room
RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES (continued)
 
accident doses will not exceed the appropriate 10 CFR 100 dose
 
guideline limits and 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 dose guideline limits following a SGTR or MSLB accident. The SGTR and MSLB safety
 
analysis (Ref. 2) assumes the specific activity of the reactor coolant at the LCO limit and an existing reactor coolant steam generator (SG) tube
 
leakage rate of 150 gallons per day (GPD). The safety analysis assumes
 
the specific activity of the secondary coolant at its limit of 0.1  Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 from LCO 3.7.14, "Secondary Specific
 
Activity."
 
The analysis for the SGTR and MSLB accidents establish the acceptance
 
limits for RCS specific activity. Reference to these analyses is used to
 
assess changes to the unit that could affect RCS specific activity, as they
 
relate to the acceptance limits.
 
The analyses are for two cases of reactor coolant specific activity. One
 
case assumes specific activity at 0.265  Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 with an iodine spike immediately after the accident that increases
 
the iodine activity in the reactor coolant by a factor of 500 times the iodine
 
production rate necessary to maintain a steady state iodine concentration
 
of 0.265  Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131. The second case assumes the initial reactor coolant iodine activity at 21  Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 due to a pre-accident iodine spike caused by an
 
RCS transient. In both cases, the noble gas activity in the reactor coolant
 
equals the LCO limit of 100/ E  Ci/gm for gross specific activity.
 
The analysis also assumes a loss of offsite power at the same time as the
 
SGTR and MSLB event. The SGTR causes a reduction in reactor coolant
 
inventory. The reduction initiates a reactor trip from a low pressurizer
 
pressure signal or an RCS overtemperature T signal. The MSLB results in a reactor trip due to low steam pressure.
 
The coincident loss of offsite power causes the steam dump valves to
 
close to protect the condenser. The rise in pressure in the ruptured SG
 
discharges radioactively contaminated steam to the atmosphere through
 
the SG power operated relief valves and the main steam safety valves. 
 
The unaffected SGs remove core decay heat by venting steam to the
 
atmosphere until the cooldown ends.
 
RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-92 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-92 (developmental)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
The safety analysis shows the radiological consequences of an SGTR  
The safety analysis shows the radiological consequences of an SGTR and MSLB accident are within the appropriate 10 CFR 100 and 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 dose guideline limits. Operation with iodine specific activity levels greater than the LCO limit is permissible, if the activity levels do not exceed 21 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131, in the applicable specification, for more than 48 hours. The safety analysis has concurrent and pre-accident iodine spiking levels up to 21 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131.
The limits on RCS specific activity are also used for establishing standardization in radiation shielding and plant personnel radiation protection practices.
RCS specific activity satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.
LCO The specific iodine activity is limited to 0.265 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131, and the gross specific activity in the reactor coolant is limited to the number of Ci/gm equal to 100 divided by E (average disintegration energy of the sum of the average beta and gamma energies of the coolant nuclides). The limit on DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 ensures the 2 hour thyroid dose to an individual at the site boundary and accident dose to personnel in the Main Control Room during the Design Basis Accident (DBA) will be within the allowed thyroid dose. The limit on gross specific activity ensures the 2 hour whole body dose to an individual at the site boundary and accident dose to personnel in the Main Control Room during the DBA will be within the allowed whole body dose.
The SGTR and MSLB accident analysis (Ref. 2) shows that the 2 hour site boundary dose levels and Main Control Room accident dose are within acceptable limits. Violation of the LCO may result in reactor coolant radioactivity levels that could, in the event of a SGTR or MSLB, lead to site boundary doses that exceed the 10 CFR 100 dose guideline limits, or Main Control Room accident dose that exceed the 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 dose limits.


and MSLB accident are within the appropriate 10 CFR 100 and
RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 dose guideline limits. Operation with
 
iodine specific activity levels greater than the LCO limit is permissible, if
 
the activity levels do not exceed 21  Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131, in the applicable specification, for more than 48 hours. The safety analysis
 
has concurrent and pre-accident iodine spiking levels up to 21  Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131.
 
The limits on RCS specific activity are also used for establishing
 
standardization in radiation shielding and plant personnel radiation
 
protection practices.
 
RCS specific activity satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.
 
LCO The specific iodine activity is limited to 0.265  Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131, and the gross specific activity in the reactor coolant
 
is limited to the number of  Ci/gm equal to 100 divided by  E (average disintegration energy of the sum of the average beta and gamma
 
energies of the coolant nuclides). The limit on DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131
 
ensures the 2 hour thyroid dose to an individual at the site boundary and
 
accident dose to personnel in the Main Control Room during the Design
 
Basis Accident (DBA) will be within the allowed thyroid dose. The limit on
 
gross specific activity ensures the 2 hour whole body dose to an
 
individual at the site boundary and accident dose to personnel in the Main
 
Control Room during the DBA will be within the allowed whole body dose.
 
The SGTR and MSLB accident analysis (Ref. 2) shows that the 2 hour
 
site boundary dose levels and Main Control Room accident dose are
 
within acceptable limits. Violation of the LCO may result in reactor
 
coolant radioactivity levels that could, in the event of a SGTR or MSLB, lead to site boundary doses that exceed the 10 CFR 100 dose guideline
 
limits, or Main Control Room accident dose that exceed the 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 dose limits.
 
RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES (continued)  
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-93 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-93 (developmental)
A APPLICABILITY In MODES 1 and 2, and in MODE 3 with RCS average temperature 500 F, operation within the LCO limits for DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 and gross specific activity are necessary to contain the potential consequences of an accident to within the acceptable Main Control Room  
A APPLICABILITY In MODES 1 and 2, and in MODE 3 with RCS average temperature 500&deg;F, operation within the LCO limits for DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 and gross specific activity are necessary to contain the potential consequences of an accident to within the acceptable Main Control Room and site boundary dose values.
 
For operation in MODE 3 with RCS average temperature < 500&deg;F, and in MODES 4 and 5, the release of radioactivity in the event of a SGTR is unlikely since the saturation pressure of the reactor coolant is below the lift pressure settings of the main steam safety valves.
and site boundary dose values.  
ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 With the DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 greater than the LCO limit, samples at intervals of 4 hours must be taken to demonstrate that the limit of 21 Ci/gm is not exceeded. The Completion Time of 4 hours is required to obtain and analyze a sample. Sampling is done to continue to provide a trend.
 
The DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 must be restored to within limits within 48 hours. The Completion Time of 48 hours is required, if the limit violation resulted from normal iodine spiking.
For operation in MODE 3 with RCS average temperature < 500 F, and in MODES 4 and 5, the release of radioactivity in the event of a SGTR is  
A Note permits the use of the provisions of LCO 3.0.4.c. This allowance permits entry into the applicable MODE(S) while relying on the ACTIONS.
 
This allowance is acceptable due to the significant conservatism incorporated into the specific activity limit, the low probability of an event which is limiting due to exceeding this limit, and the ability to restore transient specific activity excursions while the plant remains at, or proceeds to power operation.
unlikely since the saturation pressure of the reactor coolant is below the  
 
lift pressure settings of the main steam safety valves.  
 
ACTIONS A.1 and A.2
 
With the DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 greater than the LCO limit, samples  
 
at intervals of 4 hours must be taken to demonstrate that the limit of  
 
21 Ci/gm is not exceeded. The Completion Time of 4 hours is required to obtain and analyze a sample. Sampling is done to continue to provide  
 
a trend.  
 
The DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 must be restored to within limits within  


48 hours. The Completion Time of 48 hours is required, if the limit
RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES (continued)
 
violation resulted from normal iodine spiking.
 
A Note permits the use of the provisions of LCO 3.0.4.c. This allowance
 
permits entry into the applicable MODE(S) while relying on the ACTIONS.
 
This allowance is acceptable due to the significant conservatism
 
incorporated into the specific activity limit, the low probability of an event
 
which is limiting due to exceeding this limit, and the ability to restore
 
transient specific activity excursions while the plant remains at, or
 
proceeds to power operation.
 
RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-94 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-94 (developmental)
A ACTIONS (continued)
A ACTIONS (continued)
B.1 and B.2 With the gross specific activity in excess of the allowed limit, an analysis  
B.1 and B.2 With the gross specific activity in excess of the allowed limit, an analysis must be performed within 4 hours to determine DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131. The Completion Time of 4 hours is required to obtain and analyze a sample.
 
must be performed within 4 hours to determine DOSE EQUIVALENT  
 
I-131. The Completion Time of 4 hours is required to obtain and analyze  
 
a sample.  
 
The change within 6 hours to MODE 3 and RCS average temperature  
The change within 6 hours to MODE 3 and RCS average temperature  
< 500&deg;F lowers the saturation pressure of the reactor coolant below the setpoints of the main steam safety valves and prevents venting the SG to the environment in an SGTR event. The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3 below 500&deg;F from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
C.1 If a Required Action and the associated Completion Time of Condition A is not met or if the DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 is greater than 21 Ci/gm, the reactor must be brought to MODE 3 with RCS average temperature
< 500&deg;F within 6 hours. The Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3 below 500&deg;F from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.16.1 SR 3.4.16.1 requires performing a gamma isotopic analysis as a measure of the gross specific activity of the reactor coolant at least once every 7 days. While basically a quantitative measure of radionuclides with half lives longer than 15 minutes, excluding iodines, this measurement is the sum of the degassed gamma activities and the gaseous gamma activities in the sample taken. This Surveillance provides an indication of any increase in gross specific activity.
Trending the results of this Surveillance allows proper remedial action to be taken before reaching the LCO limit under normal operating conditions. The Surveillance is applicable in MODES 1 and 2, and in MODE 3 with Tavg at least 500&deg;F. The 7-day Frequency considers the unlikelihood of a gross fuel failure during the time.


< 500 F lowers the saturation pressure of the reactor coolant below the setpoints of the main steam safety valves and prevents venting the SG to
RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-95 (developmental)
 
the environment in an SGTR event. The allowed Completion Time of
 
6 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3
 
below 500 F from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
 
C.1 If a Required Action and the associated Completion Time of Condition A
 
is not met or if the DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 is greater than 21  Ci/gm, the reactor must be brought to MODE 3 with RCS average temperature
 
< 500 F within 6 hours. The Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3 below 500 F from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
SURVEILLANCE
 
REQUIREMENTS SR  3.4.16.1
 
SR 3.4.16.1 requires performing a gamma isotopic analysis as a measure
 
of the gross specific activity of the reactor coolant at least once every
 
7 days. While basically a quantitative measure of radionuclides with half
 
lives longer than 15 minutes, excluding iodines, this measurement is the
 
sum of the degassed gamma activities and the gaseous gamma activities
 
in the sample taken. This Surveillance provides an indication of any
 
increase in gross specific activity.
 
Trending the results of this Surveillance allows proper remedial action to
 
be taken before reaching the LCO limit under normal operating
 
conditions. The Surveillance is applicable in MODES 1 and 2, and in
 
MODE 3 with Tavg at least 500 F. The 7-day Frequency considers the unlikelihood of a gross fuel failure during the time.
 
RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-95 (developmental)
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.4.16.2
SR 3.4.16.2 This Surveillance is performed in MODE 1 only to ensure iodine remains within limit during normal operation and following rapid power changes when fuel failure is more apt to occur. The 14-day Frequency is adequate to trend changes in the iodine activity level, considering gross activity is monitored every 7 days. The Frequency, between 2 hours and 6 hours after a power change 15% RTP within a 1 hour period, is established because the iodine levels peak during this time following fuel failure; samples at other times would provide inaccurate results.
 
SR 3.4.16.3 A radiochemical analysis forE determination is required every 184 days (6 months) with the plant operating in MODE 1 equilibrium conditions.
This Surveillance is performed in MODE 1 only to ensure iodine remains  
TheE determination directly relates to the LCO and is required to verify plant operation within the specified gross activity LCO limit. The analysis forE is a measurement of the average energies per disintegration for isotopes with half lives longer than 15 minutes, excluding iodines. The Frequency of 184 days recognizesE does not change rapidly.
This SR has been modified by a Note that indicates sampling is required to be performed within 31 days after a minimum of 2 effective full power days and 20 days of MODE 1 operation have elapsed since the reactor was last subcritical for at least 48 hours. This ensures that the radioactive materials are at equilibrium so the analysis forE is representative and not skewed by a crud burst or other similar abnormal event.
REFERENCES
: 1.
Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population Center Distance, 1973.
: 2.
Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.4, Condition IV - Limiting Faults.


within limit during normal operation and following rapid power changes
SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-96 (developmental)
A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.17 STEAM GENERATOR (SG) TUBE INTEGRITY BASES BACKGROUND Steam generator (SG) tubes are small diameter, thin walled tubes that carry primary coolant through the primary to secondary heat exchangers.
The SG tubes have a number of important safety functions. Steam generator tubes are an integral part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) and, as such, are relied on to maintain the primary systems pressure and inventory. The SG tubes isolate the radioactive fission products in the primary coolant from the secondary system. In addition, as part of the RCPB, the SG tubes are unique in that they act as the heat transfer surface between the primary and secondary systems to remove heat from the primary system. This Specification addresses only the RCPB integrity function of the SG. The SG heat removal function is addressed by LCO 3.4.4, RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2, LCO 3.4.5, RCS Loops - MODE 3, LCO 3.4.6, RCS Loops - MODE 4, and LCO 3.4.7, RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled.
SG tube integrity means that the tubes are capable of performing their intended RCPB safety function consistent with the licensing basis, including applicable regulatory requirements.
Steam generator tubing is subject to a variety of degradation mechanisms. Steam generator tubes may experience tube degradation related to corrosion phenomena, such as wastage, pitting, intergranular attack, and stress corrosion cracking, along with other mechanically induced phenomena such as denting and wear. These degradation mechanisms can impair tube integrity if they are not managed effectively.
The SG performance criteria are used to manage SG tube degradation.
Specification 5.7.2.12, Steam Generator (SG) Program, requires that a program be established and implemented to ensure that SG tube integrity is maintained. Pursuant to Specification 5.7.2.12, tube integrity is maintained when the SG performance criteria are met. There are three SG performance criteria: structural integrity, accident induced leakage, and operational LEAKAGE. The SG performance criteria are described in Specification 5.7.2.12. Meeting the SG performance criteria provides reasonable assurance of maintaining tube integrity at normal and accident conditions.


when fuel failure is more apt to occur. The 14-day Frequency is adequate
SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES (continued)
 
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-97 (developmental)
to trend changes in the iodine activity level, considering gross activity is
 
monitored every 7 days. The Frequency, between 2 hours and 6 hours
 
after a power change  15% RTP within a 1 hour period, is established because the iodine levels peak during this time following fuel failure;
 
samples at other times would provide inaccurate results.
 
SR  3.4.16.3
 
A radiochemical analysis for E determination is required every 184 days (6 months) with the plant operating in MODE 1 equilibrium conditions. 
 
The E determination directly relates to the LCO and is required to verify plant operation within the specified gross activity LCO limit. The analysis
 
for E is a measurement of the average energies per disintegration for isotopes with half lives longer than 15 minutes, excluding iodines. The
 
Frequency of 184 days recognizes E does not change rapidly.
 
This SR has been modified by a Note that indicates sampling is required
 
to be performed within 31 days after a minimum of 2 effective full power
 
days and 20 days of MODE 1 operation have elapsed since the reactor
 
was last subcritical for at least 48 hours. This ensures that the
 
radioactive materials are at equilibrium so the analysis for E is representative and not skewed by a crud burst or other similar abnormal
 
event.
REFERENCES 1. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, "Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population Center
 
Distance," 1973.
: 2. Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.4, "Condition IV - Limiting Faults."
 
SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17  (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-96  (developmental)
A B 3.4  REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
B 3.4.17  STEAM GENERATOR (SG) TUBE INTEGRITY
 
BASES BACKGROUND Steam generator (SG) tubes are small diameter, thin walled tubes that carry primary coolant through the primary to secondary heat exchangers.
 
The SG tubes have a number of impor tant safety functions. Steam generator tubes are an integral part of the reactor coolant pressure
 
boundary (RCPB) and, as such, are relied on to maintain the primary
 
system's pressure and inventory. The SG tubes isolate the radioactive
 
fission products in the primary coolant from the secondary system. In
 
addition, as part of the RCPB, the SG tubes are unique in that they act as
 
the heat transfer surface between the primary and secondary systems to
 
remove heat from the primary system. This Specification addresses only the RCPB integrity function of the SG. The SG heat removal function is addressed by LCO 3.4.4, "RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2," LCO 3.4.5, "RCS Loops - MODE 3," LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4," and
 
LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled."
 
SG tube integrity means that the tubes are capable of performing their
 
intended RCPB safety function consistent with the licensing basis, including applicable regulatory requirements.
 
Steam generator tubing is subject to a variety of degradation
 
mechanisms. Steam generator tubes may experience tube degradation
 
related to corrosion phenomena, such as wastage, pitting, intergranular
 
attack, and stress corrosion cracking, along with other mechanically
 
induced phenomena such as denting and wear. These degradation
 
mechanisms can impair tube integrity if they are not managed effectively.
 
The SG performance criteria are used to manage SG tube degradation.
 
Specification 5.7.2.12, "Steam Generator (SG) Program," requires that a
 
program be established and implemented to ensure that SG tube integrity
 
is maintained. Pursuant to Specification 5.7.2.12, tube integrity is
 
maintained when the SG performance criteria are met. There are three
 
SG performance criteria:  structural integrity, accident induced leakage, and operational LEAKAGE. The SG performance criteria are described in Specification 5.7.2.12. Meeting the SG performance criteria provides
 
reasonable assurance of maintaining tube integrity at normal and
 
accident conditions.
SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-97 (developmental)
A BACKGROUND (continued)
A BACKGROUND (continued)
The processes used to meet the SG performance criteria are defined by the Steam Generator Program Guidelines (Ref. 1).  
The processes used to meet the SG performance criteria are defined by the Steam Generator Program Guidelines (Ref. 1).
 
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The steam generator tube rupture (SGTR) accident is the limiting design basis event for SG tubes and avoiding an SGTR is the basis for this Specification. The analysis of an SGTR event assumes a bounding primary to secondary LEAKAGE rate equal to the operational LEAKAGE rate limits in LCO 3.4.13, RCS Operational LEAKAGE, plus the leakage rate associated with a double-ended rupture of a single tube. The accident analysis for a SGTR assumes the contaminated secondary fluid is only briefly released to the atmosphere via safety valves and the majority is discharged to the main condenser.
APPLICABLE  
The analysis for design basis accidents and transients other than an SGTR assume the SG tubes retain their structural integrity (i.e., they are assumed not to rupture). In these analyses, the steam discharge to the atmosphere is based on the total primary to secondary LEAKAGE from 150 gallons per day (gpd) per steam generator and 1 gallon per minute (gpm) in the faulted steam generator. For accidents that do not involve fuel damage, the primary coolant activity level of DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 is assumed to be equal to the LCO 3.4.16, RCS Specific Activity, limits. For accidents that assume fuel damage, the primary coolant activity is a function of the amount of activity released from the damaged fuel. The dose consequences of these events are within the limits of GDC 19 (Ref. 2), and 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 3) or the NRC approved licensing basis.
 
Steam generator tube integrity satisfies Criterion 2 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
SAFETY ANALYSES The steam generator tube rupture (SGTR) accident is the limiting design  
LCO The LCO requires that SG tube integrity be maintained. The LCO also requires that all SG tubes that satisfy the repair criteria be plugged in accordance with the Steam Generator Program.
 
During an SG inspection, any inspected tube that satisfies the Steam Generator Program repair criteria is removed from service by plugging. If a tube was determined to satisfy the repair criteria but was not plugged, the tube may still have tube integrity.  
basis event for SG tubes and avoiding an SGTR is the basis for this  
 
Specification. The analysis of an SGTR event assumes a bounding  
 
primary to secondary LEAKAGE rate equal to the operational LEAKAGE  
 
rate limits in LCO 3.4.13, "RCS Operational LEAKAGE," plus the leakage  
 
rate associated with a double-ended rupture of a single tube. The  
 
accident analysis for a SGTR assumes the contaminated secondary fluid  
 
is only briefly released to the atmosphere via safety valves and the  
 
majority is discharged to the main condenser.  
 
The analysis for design basis accidents and transients other than an SGTR assume the SG tubes retain their structural integrity (i.e., they are assumed not to rupture). In these analyses, the steam discharge to the  
 
atmosphere is based on the total primary to secondary LEAKAGE from  
 
150 gallons per day (gpd) per steam generator and 1 gallon per minute (gpm) in the faulted steam generator. For accidents that do not involve  
 
fuel damage, the primary coolant activity level of DOSE EQUIVALENT  
 
I-131 is assumed to be equal to the LCO 3.4.16, "RCS Specific Activity,"
 
limits. For accidents that assume fuel damage, the primary coolant  
 
activity is a function of the amount of activity released from the damaged  
 
fuel. The dose consequences of these events are within the limits of  
 
GDC 19 (Ref. 2), and 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 3) or the NRC approved licensing  
 
basis.  


Steam generator tube integrity satisfies Criterion 2 of
SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES (continued)
 
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-98 (developmental)
10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
 
LCO The LCO requires that SG tube integrity be maintained. The LCO also requires that all SG tubes that satisfy the repair criteria be plugged in
 
accordance with the Steam Generator Program.
 
During an SG inspection, any inspected tube that satisfies the Steam
 
Generator Program repair criteria is removed from service by plugging. If a tube was determined to satisfy the repair criteria but was not plugged, the tube may still have tube integrity.
SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-98 (developmental)
A LCO (continued)
A LCO (continued)
In the context of this Specification, an SG tube is defined as the entire length of the tube, including the tube wall, between the tube-to-tubesheet  
In the context of this Specification, an SG tube is defined as the entire length of the tube, including the tube wall, between the tube-to-tubesheet weld at the tube inlet and the tube-to-tubesheet weld at the tube outlet.
 
The tube-to-tubesheet weld is not considered part of the tube.
weld at the tube inlet and the tube-to-tubesheet weld at the tube outlet.  
An SG tube has tube integrity when it satisfies the SG performance criteria. The SG performance criteria are defined in Specification 5.7.2.12, Steam Generator Program, and describe acceptable SG tube performance. The Steam Generator Program also provides the evaluation process for determining conformance with the SG performance criteria.
 
There are three SG performance criteria: structural integrity, accident induced leakage, and operational LEAKAGE. Failure to meet any one of these criteria is considered failure to meet the LCO.
The tube-to-tubesheet weld is not considered part of the tube.  
The structural integrity performance criterion provides a margin of safety against tube burst or collapse under normal and accident conditions, and ensures structural integrity of the SG tubes under all anticipated transients included in the design specification. Tube burst is defined as, The gross structural failure of the tube wall. The condition typically corresponds to an unstable opening displacement (e.g., opening area increased in response to constant pressure) accompanied by ductile (plastic) tearing of the tube material at the ends of the degradation. Tube collapse is defined as, For the load displacement curve for a given structure, collapse occurs at the top of the load versus displacement curve where the slope of the curve becomes zero. The structural integrity performance criterion provides guidance on assessing loads that have a significant effect on burst or collapse. In that context, the term significant is defined as An accident loading condition other than differential pressure is considered significant when the addition of such loads in the assessment of the structural integrity performance criterion could cause a lower structural limit or limiting burst/collapse condition to be established. For tube integrity evaluations, except for circumferential degradation, axial thermal loads are classified as secondary loads. For circumferential degradation, the classification of axial thermal loads as primary or secondary loads will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
The division between primary and secondary classifications will be based on detailed analysis and/or testing.  


An SG tube has tube integrity when it satisfies the SG performance
SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES (continued)
 
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-99 (developmental)
criteria. The SG performance criteria are defined in Specification
 
5.7.2.12, "Steam Generator Program," and describe acceptable SG tube
 
performance. The Steam Generator Program also provides the
 
evaluation process for determining conformance with the SG performance
 
criteria.
 
There are three SG performance criteria: structural integrity, accident
 
induced leakage, and operational LEAKAGE. Failure to meet any one of
 
these criteria is considered failure to meet the LCO.
The structural integrity performance criterion provides a margin of safety
 
against tube burst or collapse under normal and accident conditions, and
 
ensures structural integrity of the SG tubes under all anticipated
 
transients included in the design specification. Tube burst is defined as, "The gross structural failure of the tube wall. The condition typically
 
corresponds to an unstable opening displacement (e.g., opening area
 
increased in response to constant pressure) accompanied by ductile (plastic) tearing of the tube material at the ends of the degradation." Tube
 
collapse is defined as, "For the load displacement curve for a given
 
structure, collapse occurs at the top of the load versus displacement
 
curve where the slope of the curve becomes zero."  The structural
 
integrity performance criterion provides guidance on assessing loads that
 
have a significant effect on burst or collapse. In that context, the term
 
"significant" is defined as "An accident loading condition other than
 
differential pressure is considered significant when the addition of such
 
loads in the assessment of the structural integrity performance criterion
 
could cause a lower structural limit or limiting burst/collapse condition to
 
be established." For tube integrity evaluations, except for circumferential
 
degradation, axial thermal loads are classified as secondary loads. For
 
circumferential degradation, the classification of axial thermal loads as
 
primary or secondary loads will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
The division between primary and secondary classifications will be based on detailed analysis and/or testing.
SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES   (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-99 (developmental)
A LCO (continued)
A LCO (continued)
Structural integrity requires that the primary membrane stress intensity in a tube not exceed the yield strength for all ASME Code, Section III, Service Level A (normal operating conditions), and Service Level B (upset  
Structural integrity requires that the primary membrane stress intensity in a tube not exceed the yield strength for all ASME Code, Section III, Service Level A (normal operating conditions), and Service Level B (upset or abnormal conditions) transients included in the design specification.
 
This includes safety factors and applicable design basis loads based on ASME Code, Section III, Subsection NB (Ref. 4) and Draft Regulatory Guide 1.121 (Ref. 5).
or abnormal conditions) transients included in the design specification.
The accident induced leakage performance criterion ensures that the primary to secondary LEAKAGE caused by a design basis accident, other than an SGTR, is within the accident analysis assumptions. The accident analysis assumes that accident induced leakage does not exceed 1 gpm in the faulted SG. The accident induced leakage rate includes any primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE existing prior to the accident in addition to primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE induced during the accident.
 
The operational LEAKAGE performance criterion provides an observable indication of SG tube conditions during plant operation. The limit on operational LEAKAGE is contained in LCO 3.4.13, RCS Operational LEAKAGE, and limits primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE through any one SG to 150 gallons per day. This limit is based on the assumption that a single crack leaking this amount would not propagate to an SGTR under the stress conditions of a LOCA or a main steam line break. If this amount of LEAKAGE is due to more than one crack, the cracks are very small, and the above assumption is conservative.
This includes safety factors and applicable design basis loads based on  
APPLICABILITY Steam generator tube integrity is challenged when the pressure differential across the tubes is large. Large differential pressures across SG tubes can only be experienced in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4.
 
RCS conditions are far less challenging in MODES 5 and 6 than during MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. In MODES 5 and 6, primary-to-secondary differential pressure is low, resulting in lower stresses and reduced potential for LEAKAGE.
ASME Code, Section III, Subsection NB (Ref. 4) and Draft Regulatory  
ACTIONS The ACTIONS are modified by a Note that the Conditions may be entered independently for each SG tube. This is acceptable because the Required Actions provide appropriate compensatory actions for each affected SG tube. Complying with the Required Actions may allow for continued operation, and subsequent affected SG tubes are governed by subsequent Condition entry, and application of associated Required Actions.
 
Guide 1.121 (Ref. 5).  
 
The accident induced leakage performance criterion ensures that the  
 
primary to secondary LEAKAGE caused by a design basis accident, other  
 
than an SGTR, is within the accident analysis assumptions. The accident  
 
analysis assumes that accident induced leakage does not exceed 1 gpm  
 
in the faulted SG. The accident induced leakage rate includes any  
 
primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE existing prior to the accident in addition  
 
to primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE induced during the accident.
The operational LEAKAGE performance criterion provides an observable  
 
indication of SG tube conditions during plant operation. The limit on  
 
operational LEAKAGE is contained in LCO 3.4.13, "RCS Operational  
 
LEAKAGE," and limits primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE through any one  
 
SG to 150 gallons per day. This limit is based on the assumption that a  
 
single crack leaking this amount would not propagate to an SGTR under  
 
the stress conditions of a LOCA or a main steam line break. If this  
 
amount of LEAKAGE is due to more than one crack, the cracks are very  
 
small, and the above assumption is conservative.  
 
APPLICABILITY Steam generator tube integrity is challenged when the pressure differential across the tubes is large. Large differential pressures across  
 
SG tubes can only be experienced in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4.  
 
RCS conditions are far less challenging in MODES 5 and 6 than during  
 
MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. In MODES 5 and 6, primary-to-secondary  
 
differential pressure is low, resulting in lower stresses and reduced  
 
potential for LEAKAGE.  
 
ACTIONS The ACTIONS are modified by a Note that the Conditions may be entered independently for each SG tube. This is acceptable because the  
 
Required Actions provide appropriate compensatory actions for each  


affected SG tube. Complying with the Required Actions may allow for
SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES (continued)
 
continued operation, and subsequent affected SG tubes are governed by
 
subsequent Condition entry, and application of associated Required
 
Actions.
SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES     (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-100 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-100 (developmental)
A ACTIONS (continued)
A ACTIONS (continued)
A.1 and A.2 Condition A applies if it is discovered that one or more SG tubes  
A.1 and A.2 Condition A applies if it is discovered that one or more SG tubes examined in an inservice inspection satisfy the tube repair criteria but were not plugged in accordance with the Steam Generator Program as required by SR 3.4.17.2. An evaluation of SG tube integrity of the affected tube(s) must be made. Steam generator tube integrity is based on meeting the SG performance criteria described in the Steam Generator Program. The SG repair criteria define limits on SG tube degradation that allow for flaw growth between inspections while still providing assurance that the SG performance criteria will continue to be met. In order to determine if an SG tube that should have been plugged, has tube integrity, an evaluation must be completed that demonstrates that the SG performance criteria will continue to be met until the next refueling outage or SG tube inspection. The tube integrity determination is based on the estimated condition of the tube at the time the situation is discovered and the estimated growth of the degradation prior to the next SG tube inspection. If it is determined that tube integrity is not being maintained, Condition B applies.
 
A Completion Time of 7 days is sufficient to complete the evaluation while minimizing the risk of plant operation with a SG tube that may not have tube integrity.
examined in an inservice inspection satisfy the tube repair criteria but  
If the evaluation determines that the affected tube(s) have tube integrity, Required Action A.2 allows plant operation to continue until the next refueling outage or SG inspection provided the inspection interval continues to be supported by an operational assessment that reflects the affected tubes. However, the affected tube(s) must be plugged prior to entering MODE 4 following the next refueling outage or SG inspection.
 
This Completion Time is acceptable since operation until the next inspection is supported by the operational assessment.
were not plugged in accordance with the Steam Generator Program as  
B.1 and B.2 If the Required Actions and associated Completion Times of Condition A are not met or if SG tube integrity is not being maintained, the reactor must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours and MODE 5 within 36 hours.
 
The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the desired plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
required by SR 3.4.17.2. An evaluation of SG tube integrity of the  
 
affected tube(s) must be made. Steam generator tube integrity is based  
 
on meeting the SG performance criteria described in the Steam  
 
Generator Program. The SG repair criteria define limits on SG tube  


degradation that allow for flaw growth between inspections while still
SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES (continued)
 
(continued)
providing assurance that the SG performance criteria will continue to be met. In order to determine if an SG tube that should have been plugged, has tube integrity, an evaluation must be completed that demonstrates
 
that the SG performance criteria will continue to be met until the next
 
refueling outage or SG tube inspection. The tube integrity determination
 
is based on the estimated condition of the tube at the time the situation is
 
discovered and the estimated growth of the degradation prior to the next
 
SG tube inspection. If it is determined that tube integrity is not being
 
maintained, Condition B applies.
 
A Completion Time of 7 days is sufficient to complete the evaluation while
 
minimizing the risk of plant operation with a SG tube that may not have
 
tube integrity.
 
If the evaluation determines that the affected tube(s) have tube integrity, Required Action A.2 allows plant operation to continue until the next
 
refueling outage or SG inspection provided the inspection interval
 
continues to be supported by an operational assessment that reflects the
 
affected tubes. However, the affected tube(s) must be plugged prior to
 
entering MODE 4 following the next refueling outage or SG inspection. 
 
This Completion Time is acceptable since operation until the next
 
inspection is supported by the operational assessment.
 
B.1 and B.2
 
If the Required Actions and associated Completion Times of Condition A
 
are not met or if SG tube integrity is not being maintained, the reactor
 
must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours and MODE 5 within 36 hours.
 
The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating
 
experience, to reach the desired plant conditions from full power
 
conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES (continued)  
    (continued)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-101 (developmental)
Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-101 (developmental)
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.17.1
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.17.1 During shutdown periods the SGs are inspected as required by this SR and the Steam Generator Program. NEI 97-06, Steam Generator Program Guidelines (Ref. 1), and its referenced EPRI Guidelines, establish the content of the Steam Generator Program. Use of the Steam Generator Program ensures that the inspection is appropriate and consistent with accepted industry practices.
During SG inspections a condition monitoring assessment of the SG tubes is performed. The condition monitoring assessment determines the as found condition of the SG tubes. The purpose of the condition monitoring assessment is to ensure that the SG performance criteria have been met for the previous operating period.
The Steam Generator Program determines the scope of the inspection and the methods used to determine whether the tubes contain flaws satisfying the tube repair criteria. Inspection scope (i.e., which tubes or areas of tubing within the SG are to be inspected) is a function of existing and potential degradation locations. The Steam Generator Program also specifies the inspection methods to be used to find potential degradation.
Inspection methods are a function of degradation morphology, nondestructive examination (NDE) technique capabilities, and inspection locations.
The Steam Generator Program defines the Frequency of SR 3.4.17.1.
The Frequency is determined by the operational assessment and other limits in the SG examination guidelines (Ref. 6). The Steam Generator Program uses information on existing degradations and growth rates to determine an inspection Frequency that provides reasonable assurance that the tubing will meet the SG performance criteria at the next scheduled inspection. In addition, Specification 5.7.2.12 contains prescriptive requirements concerning inspection intervals to provide added assurance that the SG performance criteria will be met between scheduled inspections.


During shutdown periods the SGs are inspected as required by this SR
SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-102 (developmental)
 
and the Steam Generator Program. NEI 97-06, Steam Generator
 
Program Guidelines (Ref. 1), and its referenced EPRI Guidelines, establish the content of the Steam Generator Program. Use of the Steam
 
Generator Program ensures that the inspection is appropriate and
 
consistent with accepted industry practices.
 
During SG inspections a condition monitoring assessment of the
 
SG tubes is performed. The condition monitoring assessment determines the "as found" condition of the SG tubes. The purpose of the condition monitoring assessment is to ensure t hat the SG performance criteria have been met for the previous operating period.
 
The Steam Generator Program determines the scope of the inspection
 
and the methods used to determine whether the tubes contain flaws
 
satisfying the tube repair criteria. Inspection scope (i.e., which tubes or
 
areas of tubing within the SG are to be inspected) is a function of existing
 
and potential degradation locations. The Steam Generator Program also
 
specifies the inspection methods to be used to find potential degradation.
 
Inspection methods are a function of degradation morphology, nondestructive examination (NDE) technique capabilities, and inspection
 
locations.
 
The Steam Generator Program defines the Frequency of SR 3.4.17.1. 
 
The Frequency is determined by the operational assessment and other
 
limits in the SG examination guideli nes (Ref. 6). The Steam Generator Program uses information on existing degradations and growth rates to
 
determine an inspection Frequency that provides reasonable assurance
 
that the tubing will meet the SG performance criteria at the next
 
scheduled inspection. In addition, Specification 5.7.2.12 contains
 
prescriptive requirements concerning inspection intervals to provide added assurance that the SG performance criteria will be met between scheduled inspections.
 
SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES     Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-102 (developmental)
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.4.17.2
SR 3.4.17.2 During an SG inspection, any inspected tube that satisfies the Steam Generator Program repair criteria is removed from service by plugging.
 
The tube repair criteria delineated in Specification 5.7.2.12 are intended to ensure that tubes accepted for continued service satisfy the SG performance criteria with allowance for error in the flaw size measurement and for future flaw growth. In addition, the tube repair criteria, in conjunction with other elements of the Steam Generator Program, ensure that the SG performance criteria will continue to be met until the next inspection of the subject tube(s). Reference 1 provides guidance for performing operational assessments to verify that the tubes remaining in service will continue to meet the SG performance criteria.
During an SG inspection, any inspected tube that satisfies the Steam  
The Frequency of prior to entering MODE 4 following an SG inspection ensures that the Surveillance has been completed and all tubes meeting the repair criteria are plugged prior to subjecting the SG tubes to significant primary-to-secondary pressure differential.
 
REFERENCES
Generator Program repair criteria is removed from service by plugging.
: 1.
The tube repair criteria delineated in Specification 5.7.2.12 are intended  
NEI 97-06, Steam Generator Program Guidelines.
 
: 2.
to ensure that tubes accepted for continued service satisfy the  
10 CFR 50 Appendix A, GDC 19, Control Room.
 
: 3.
SG performance criteria with allowance for error in the flaw size  
10 CFR 100, Reactor Site Criteria.
 
: 4.
measurement and for future flaw growth. In addition, the tube repair  
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Subsection NB.
 
: 5.
criteria, in conjunction with other elements of the Steam Generator  
Draft Regulatory Guide 1.121, Basis for Plugging Degraded Steam Generator Tubes, August 1976.
 
: 6.
Program, ensure that the SG performance criteria will continue to be met  
EPRI, Pressurized Water Reactor Steam Generator Examination Guidelines.}}
 
until the next inspection of the subject tube(s). Reference 1 provides guidance for performing operational assessments to verify that the tubes remaining in service will continue to meet the SG performance criteria.  
 
The Frequency of prior to entering MODE 4 following an SG inspection  
 
ensures that the Surveillance has been completed and all tubes meeting  
 
the repair criteria are plugged prior to subjecting the SG tubes to  
 
significant primary-to-secondary pressure differential.  
 
REFERENCES  
: 1. NEI 97-06, "Steam Generator Program Guidelines."
: 2. 10 CFR 50 Appendix A, GDC 19, Control Room.  
: 3. 10 CFR 100, Reactor Site Criteria.  
: 4. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Subsection NB. 5. Draft Regulatory Guide 1.121, "Basis for Plugging Degraded Steam Generator Tubes," August 1976.  
: 6. EPRI, "Pressurized Water Reactor Steam Generator Examination Guidelines."}}

Latest revision as of 06:27, 14 January 2025

Developmental Revision B - Technical Specifications Bases B 3.4 - Reactor Coolant System
ML100550505
Person / Time
Site: Watts Bar 
Issue date: 02/02/2010
From:
Tennessee Valley Authority
To:
Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
Download: ML100550505 (102)


Text

RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-1 (developmental)

A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.1 RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) Limits BASES BACKGROUND These Bases address requirements for maintaining RCS pressure, temperature, and flow rate within limits assumed in the safety analyses.

The safety analyses (Ref. 1) of normal operating conditions and anticipated operational occurrences assume initial conditions within the normal steady state envelope. The limits placed on RCS pressure, temperature, and flow rate ensure that the minimum departure from nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR) will be met for each of the transients analyzed.

The RCS pressure limit is consistent with operation within the nominal operational envelope. Pressurizer pressure indications are averaged to come up with a value for comparison to the limit. A lower pressure will cause the reactor core to approach DNB limits.

The RCS coolant average temperature limit is consistent with full power operation within the nominal operational envelope. Indications of temperature are averaged to determine a value for comparison to the limit. A higher average temperature will cause the core to approach DNB limits.

The RCS flow rate normally remains constant during an operational fuel cycle with all pumps running. The minimum RCS flow limit corresponds to that assumed for DNB analyses. Flow rate indications are averaged to come up with a value for comparison to the limit. A lower RCS flow will cause the core to approach DNB limits.

Operation for significant periods of time outside these DNB limits increases the likelihood of a fuel cladding failure in a DNB limited event.

RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-2 (developmental)

A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The requirements of this LCO represent the initial conditions for DNB limited transients analyzed in the plant safety analyses (Ref. 1). The safety analyses have shown that transients initiated from the limits of this LCO will result in meeting the DNBR criterion. This is the acceptance limit for the RCS DNB parameters. Changes to the unit that could impact these parameters must be assessed for their impact on the DNBR criteria. The transients analyzed for include loss of coolant flow events and dropped or stuck rod events. A key assumption for the analysis of these events is that the core power distribution is within the limits of LCO 3.1.7, Control Bank Insertion Limits; LCO 3.2.3, AXIAL FLUX DIFFERENCE (AFD); and LCO 3.2.4, QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR).

The pressurizer pressure limit of 2214 psig and the RCS average temperature limit of 593.2°F correspond to analytical limits of 2185 psig and 594.2°F used in the safety analyses, with allowance for measurement uncertainty.

The RCS DNB parameters satisfy Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.

LCO This LCO specifies limits on the monitored process variables - pressurizer pressure, RCS average temperature, and RCS total flow rate - to ensure the core operates within the limits assumed in the safety analyses.

Operating within these limits will result in meeting the DNBR criterion in the event of a DNB limited transient.

RCS total flow rate contains a measurement error of 1.6% (process computer) or 1.8% (control board indication) based on performing a precision heat balance and using the result to calibrate the RCS flow rate indicators. Potential fouling of the feedwater venturi, which might not be detected, could bias the result from the precision heat balance in a nonconservative manner. Therefore, a penalty of 0.1% for undetected fouling of the feedwater venturi raises the nominal flow measurement allowance to 1.7% (process computer) or 1.9% (control board indication).

Any fouling that might bias the flow rate measurement greater than 0.1%

can be detected by monitoring and trending various plant performance parameters. If detected, either the effect of the fouling shall be quantified and compensated for in the RCS flow rate measurement or the venturi shall be cleaned to eliminate the fouling. The LCO numerical values for pressure, temperature, and flow rate are given for the measurement location and have been adjusted for instrument error.

RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-3 (developmental)

B APPLICABILITY In MODE 1, the limits on pressurizer pressure, RCS coolant average temperature, and RCS flow rate must be maintained during steady state operation in order to ensure DNBR criteria will be met in the event of an unplanned loss of forced coolant flow or other DNB limited transient. In all other MODES, the power level is low enough that DNB is not a concern.

A Note has been added to indicate the limit on pressurizer pressure is not applicable during short term operational transients such as a THERMAL POWER ramp increase > 5% RTP per minute or a THERMAL POWER step increase > 10% RTP. These conditions represent short term perturbations where actions to control pressure variations might be counterproductive. Also, since they represent transients initiated from power levels < 100% RTP, an increased DNBR margin exists to offset the temporary pressure variations.

Another set of limits on DNB related parameters is provided in SL 2.1.1, Reactor Core SLs. Those limits are less restrictive than the limits of this LCO, but violation of a Safety Limit (SL) merits a stricter, more severe Required Action. Should a violation of this LCO occur, the operator must check whether or not an SL may have been exceeded.

ACTIONS A.1 RCS pressure and RCS average temperature are controllable and measurable parameters. With one or both of these parameters not within LCO limits, action must be taken to restore parameter(s).

RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-4 (developmental)

A ACTIONS A.1 (continued)

RCS total flow rate is not a controllable parameter and is not expected to vary during steady state operation. If the indicated RCS total flow rate is below the LCO limit, power must be reduced, as required by Required Action B.1, to restore DNB margin and eliminate the potential for violation of the accident analysis bounds.

The 2-hour Completion Time for restoration of the parameters provides sufficient time to adjust plant parameters, to determine the cause for the off normal condition, and to restore the readings within limits, and is based on plant operating experience.

B.1 If Required Action A.1 is not met within the associated Completion Time, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply.

To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 2 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />. In MODE 2, the reduced power condition eliminates the potential for violation of the accident analysis bounds. The Completion Time of 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> is reasonable to reach the required plant conditions in an orderly manner.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.1.1

  • Since Required Action A.1 allows a Completion Time of 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> to restore parameters that are not within limits, the 12-hour Surveillance Frequency for verifying that the pressurizer pressure is sufficient to ensure the pressure can be restored to a normal operation, steady state condition following load changes and other expected transient operations. The 12-hour interval has been shown by operating practice to be sufficient to regularly assess for potential degradation and to verify operation is within safety analysis assumptions.

RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-5 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.4.1.2

  • Since Required Action A.1 allows a Completion Time of 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> to restore parameters that are not within limits, the 12-hour Surveillance Frequency for verifying RCS average temperature is sufficient to ensure the temperature can be restored to a normal operation, steady state condition following load changes and other expected transient operations. The 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> interval has been shown by operating practice to be sufficient to regularly assess for potential degradation and to verify operation is within safety analysis assumptions.

SR 3.4.1.3

  • The 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> Surveillance Frequency to verify the RCS total flow rate is performed using the installed flow instrumentation. The 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> interval has been shown by operating practice to be sufficient to regularly assess potential degradation and to verify operation within safety analysis assumptions.

SR 3.4.1.4

  • Measurement of RCS total flow rate by performance of a precision calorimetric heat balance once every 18 months allows the installed RCS flow instrumentation to be calibrated and verifies the actual RCS flow rate is greater than or equal to the minimum required RCS flow rate.

The Frequency of 18 months reflects the importance of verifying flow after a refueling outage when the core has been altered, which may have caused an alteration of flow resistance.

This SR is modified by a Note that allows entry into MODE 1, without having performed the SR, and placement of the unit in the best condition for performing the SR. The Note states that the SR is not required to be performed until 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after 90% RTP. This exception is appropriate since the heat balance method requires the plant to be at a minimum of 90% RTP to obtain the stated RCS flow accuracies. The Surveillance shall be performed within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after reaching 90% RTP.

  • Note:

The accuracy of the instruments used for monitoring RCS pressure, temperature and flow rate is discussed in this Bases section under LCO.

RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits B 3.4.1 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-6 (developmental)

B REFERENCES

1.

Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, Accident Analysis, Section 15.2, Condition II - Faults of Moderate Frequency, and Section 15.3.4, Complete Loss Of Forced Reactor Coolant Flow.

RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality B 3.4.2 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-7 (developmental)

A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.2 RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality BASES BACKGROUND This LCO is based upon meeting several major considerations before the reactor can be made critical and while the reactor is critical.

The first consideration is moderator temperature coefficient (MTC),

LCO 3.1.4, "Moderator Temperature Coefficient (MTC)." In the transient and accident analyses, the MTC is assumed to be in a range from slightly positive to negative, and the operating temperature is assumed to be within the nominal operating envelope while the reactor is critical. The LCO on minimum temperature for criticality helps ensure the plant is operated consistent with these assumptions.

The second consideration is the protective instrumentation. Because certain protective instrumentation (e.g., excore neutron detectors) can be affected by moderator temperature, a temperature value within the nominal operating envelope is chosen to ensure proper indication and response while the reactor is critical.

The third consideration is the pressurizer operating characteristics. The transient and accident analyses assume that the pressurizer is within its normal startup and operating range (i.e., saturated conditions and steam bubble present). It is also assumed that the RCS temperature is within its normal expected range for startup and power operation. Since the density of the water, and hence the response of the pressurizer to transients, depends upon the initial temperature of the moderator, a minimum value for moderator temperature within the nominal operating envelope is chosen.

The fourth consideration is that the reactor vessel is above its minimum nil ductility reference temperature when the reactor is critical.

RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality B 3.4.2 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-8 (developmental)

A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Although the RCS minimum temperature for criticality is not itself an initial condition assumed in Design Basis Accidents (DBAs), the closely aligned temperature for hot zero power (HZP) is a process variable that is an initial condition of DBAs, such as the rod cluster control assembly (RCCA) withdrawal, RCCA ejection, and main steam line break accidents performed at zero power that either assumes the failure of, or presents a challenge to, the integrity of a fission product barrier.

All low power safety analyses assume initial RCS loop temperatures the HZP temperature of 557°F (Ref. 1). The minimum temperature for criticality limitation provides a small band, 6°F, for critical operation below HZP. This band allows critical operation below HZP during plant startup and does not adversely affect any safety analyses since the MTC is not significantly affected by the small temperature difference between HZP and the minimum temperature for criticality.

The RCS minimum temperature for criticality satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.

LCO Compliance with the LCO ensures that the reactor will not be made or maintained critical (keff 1.0) at a temperature less than a small band below the HZP temperature, which is assumed in the safety analysis.

Failure to meet the requirements of this LCO may produce initial conditions inconsistent with the initial conditions assumed in the safety analysis.

APPLICABILITY In MODE 1 and MODE 2, with keff 1.0, LCO 3.4.2 is applicable since the reactor can only be critical (keff 1.0) in these MODES.

The special test exception of LCO 3.1.10, "PHYSICS TESTS Exceptions

- MODE 2," permits PHYSICS TESTS to be performed at 5% RTP with RCS loop average temperatures slightly lower than normally allowed so that fundamental nuclear characteristics of the core can be verified. In order for nuclear characteristics to be accurately measured, it may be necessary to operate outside the normal restrictions of this LCO. For example, to measure the MTC at beginning of cycle, it is necessary to allow RCS loop average temperatures to fall below Tno load, which may cause RCS loop average temperatures to fall below the temperature limit of this LCO.

RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality B 3.4.2 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-9 (developmental)

B ACTIONS A.1 If the parameters that are outside the limit cannot be restored, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3 within 30 minutes. Rapid reactor shutdown can be readily and practically achieved within a 30-minute period. The allowed time is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3 in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.2.1 RCS loop average temperature is required to be verified at or above 551°F (value does not account for instrument error) every 30 minutes when the Tavg - Tref deviation alarm is not reset and any RCS loop Tavg <

561°F.

The Note modifies the SR. When any RCS loop average temperature is

< 561°F and the Tavg - Tref deviation alarm is alarming, RCS loop average temperatures could fall below the LCO requirement without additional warning. The SR to verify RCS loop average temperatures every 30 minutes is frequent enough to prevent the inadvertent violation of the LCO.

REFERENCES

1.

Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analysis."

RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-10 (developmental)

B B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.3 RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits BASES BACKGROUND All components of the RCS are designed to withstand effects of cyclic loads due to system pressure and temperature changes. These loads are introduced by startup (heatup) and shutdown (cooldown) operations, power transients, and reactor trips. This LCO limits the pressure and temperature changes during RCS heatup and cooldown, within the design assumptions and the stress limits for cyclic operation.

The PTLR contains P/T limit curves for heatup, cooldown, inservice leak and hydrostatic (ISLH) testing, and data for the maximum rate of change of reactor coolant temperature (Ref. 1).

Each P/T limit curve defines an acceptable region for normal operation.

The usual use of the curves is operational guidance during heatup or cooldown maneuvering, when pressure and temperature indications are monitored and compared to the applicable curve to determine that operation is within the allowable region.

The LCO establishes operating limits that provide a margin to brittle failure of the reactor vessel and piping of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB). The vessel is the component most subject to brittle failure, and the LCO limits apply mainly to the vessel. The limits do not apply to the pressurizer, which has different design characteristics and operating functions.

10 CFR 50, Appendix G (Ref. 2), requires the establishment of P/T limits for specific material fracture toughness requirements of the RCPB materials. Reference 2 requires an adequate margin to brittle failure during normal operation, anticipated operational occurrences, and system hydrostatic tests. It mandates the use of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Code,Section XI, Appendix G (Ref. 3).

The neutron embrittlement effect on the material toughness is reflected by increasing the nil ductility reference temperature (RTNDT) as exposure to neutron fluence increases.

RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-11 (developmental)

A BACKGROUND (continued)

The actual shift in the RTNDT of the vessel material will be established periodically by removing and evaluating the irradiated reactor vessel material specimens, in accordance with ASTM E 185 (Ref. 4) and Appendix H of 10 CFR 50 (Ref. 5). The operating P/T limit curves will be adjusted, as necessary, based on the evaluation findings and the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.99 (Ref. 6).

The P/T limit curves are composite curves established by superimposing limits derived from stress analyses of those portions of the reactor vessel and head that are the most restrictive. At any specific pressure, temperature, and temperature rate of change, one location within the reactor vessel will dictate the most restrictive limit. Across the span of the P/T limit curves, different locations are more restrictive, and, thus, the curves are composites of the most restrictive regions.

The heatup curve represents a different set of restrictions than the cooldown curve because the directions of the thermal gradients through the vessel wall are reversed. The thermal gradient reversal alters the location of the tensile stress between the outer and inner walls.

The criticality limit curve includes the Reference 2 requirement that it be 40°F above the heatup curve or the cooldown curve, and not less than the minimum permissible temperature for ISLH testing. However, the criticality curve is not operationally limiting; a more restrictive limit exists in LCO 3.4.2, "RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality."

The consequence of violating the LCO limits is that the RCS has been operated under conditions that can result in brittle failure of the RCPB, possibly leading to a nonisolable leak or loss of coolant accident. In the event these limits are exceeded, an evaluation must be performed to determine the effect on the structural integrity of the RCPB components.

The ASME Code,Section XI, Appendix E (Ref. 7), provides a recommended methodology for evaluating an operating event that causes an excursion outside the limits.

RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-12 (developmental)

B APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The P/T limits are not derived from Design Basis Accident (DBA) analyses. They are prescribed during normal operation to avoid encountering pressure, temperature, and temperature rate of change conditions that might cause undetected flaws to propagate and cause nonductile failure of the RCPB, an unanalyzed condition. Reference 8 establishes the methodology for determining the P/T limits. Although the P/T limits are not derived from any DBA, the P/T limits are acceptance limits since they preclude operation in an unanalyzed condition.

RCS P/T limits satisfy Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.

LCO The two elements of this LCO are:

a.

The limit curves for heatup, cooldown, and ISLH testing; and

b.

Limits on the rate of change of temperature.

The LCO limits apply to all components of the RCS, except the pressurizer. These limits define allowable operating regions and permit a large number of operating cycles while providing a wide margin to nonductile failure.

The limits for the rate of change of temperature control and the thermal gradient through the vessel wall are used as inputs for calculating the heatup, cooldown, and ISLH testing P/T limit curves. Thus, the LCO for the rate of change of temperature restricts stresses caused by thermal gradients and also ensures the validity of the P/T limit curves.

Violating the LCO limits places the reactor vessel outside of the bounds of the stress analyses and can increase stresses in other RCPB components. The consequences depend on several factors, as follow:

a.

The severity of the departure from the allowable operating P/T regime or the severity of the rate of change of temperature;

b.

The length of time the limits were violated (longer violations allow the temperature gradient in the thick vessel walls to become more pronounced); and

c.

The existences, sizes, and orientations of flaws in the vessel material.

RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-13 (developmental)

A APPLICABILITY The RCS P/T limits LCO provides a definition of acceptable operation for prevention of nonductile failure in accordance with 10 CFR 50, Appendix G (Ref. 2). Although the P/T limits were developed to provide guidance for operation during heatup or cooldown (MODES 3, 4, and 5) or ISLH testing, their Applicability is at all times in keeping with the concern for nonductile failure. The limits do not apply to the pressurizer.

During MODES 1 and 2, other Technical Specifications provide limits for operation that can be more restrictive than or can supplement these P/T limits. LCO 3.4.1, "RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) Limits"; LCO 3.4.2, "RCS Minimum Temperature for Criticality"; and Safety Limit 2.1, "Safety Limits," also provide operational restrictions for pressure and temperature and maximum pressure. Furthermore, MODES 1 and 2 are above the temperature range of concern for nonductile failure, and stress analyses have been performed for normal maneuvering profiles, such as power ascension or descent.

ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 Operation outside the P/T limits during MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4 must be corrected so that the RCPB is returned to a condition that has been verified by stress analyses.

The 30 minute Completion Time reflects the urgency of restoring the parameters to within the analyzed range. Most violations will not be severe, and the activity can be accomplished in this time in a controlled manner.

Besides restoring operation within limits, an evaluation is required to determine if RCS operation can continue. The evaluation must verify the RCPB integrity remains acceptable and must be completed before continuing operation. Several methods may be used, including comparison with pre-analyzed transients in the stress analyses, new analyses, or inspection of the components.

ASME Code,Section XI, Appendix E (Ref. 7), may be used to support the evaluation. However, its use is restricted to evaluation of the vessel beltline.

RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-14 (developmental)

A ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 (continued)

The 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> Completion Time is reasonable to accomplish the evaluation.

The evaluation for a mild violation is possible within this time, but more severe violations may require special, event specific stress analyses or inspections. A favorable evaluation must be completed before continuing to operate.

Condition A is modified by a Note requiring Required Action A.2 to be completed whenever the Condition is entered. The Note emphasizes the need to perform the evaluation of the effects of the excursion outside the allowable limits. Restoration alone per Required Action A.1 is insufficient because higher than analyzed stresses may have occurred and may have affected the RCPB integrity.

B.1 and B.2 If a Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A are not met, the plant must be placed in a lower MODE because either the RCS remained in an unacceptable P/T region for an extended period of increased stress or a sufficiently severe event caused entry into an unacceptable region. Either possibility indicates a need for more careful examination of the event, best accomplished with the RCS at reduced pressure and temperature. In reduced pressure and temperature conditions, the possibility of propagation with undetected flaws is decreased.

If the required restoration activity cannot be accomplished within 30 minutes, Required Action B.1 and Required Action B.2 must be implemented to reduce pressure and temperature.

If the required evaluation for continued operation cannot be accomplished within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> or the results are indeterminate or unfavorable, action must proceed to reduce pressure and temperature as specified in Required Action B.1 and Required Action B.2. A favorable evaluation must be completed and documented before returning to operating pressure and temperature conditions.

Pressure and temperature are reduced by bringing the plant to MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and to MODE 5 with RCS pressure < 500 psig within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />.

RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-15 (developmental)

A ACTIONS B.1 and B.2 (continued)

The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

C.1 and C.2 Actions must be initiated immediately to correct operation outside of the P/T limits at times other than when in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4, so that the RCPB is returned to a condition that has been verified by stress analysis.

The immediate Completion Time reflects the urgency of initiating action to restore the parameters to within the analyzed range. Most violations will not be severe, and the activity can be accomplished in this time in a controlled manner.

Besides restoring operation within limits, an evaluation is required to determine if RCS operation can continue. The evaluation must verify that the RCPB integrity remains acceptable and must be completed prior to entry into MODE 4. Several methods may be used, including comparison with pre-analyzed transients in the stress analyses, or inspection of the components.

ASME Code,Section XI, Appendix E (Ref. 7), may be used to support the evaluation. However, its use is restricted to evaluation of the vessel beltline.

Condition C is modified by a Note requiring Required Action C.2 to be completed whenever the Condition is entered. The Note emphasizes the need to perform the evaluation of the effects of the excursion outside the allowable limits. Restoration alone per Required Action C.1 is insufficient because higher than analyzed stresses may have occurred and may have affected the RCPB integrity.

RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-16 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.3.1 Verification that operation is within the PTLR limits is required every 30 minutes when RCS pressure and temperature conditions are undergoing planned changes. This Frequency is considered reasonable in view of the control room indication available to monitor RCS status.

Also, since temperature rate of change limits are specified in hourly increments, 30 minutes permit assessment and correction for minor deviations within a reasonable time.

Surveillance for heatup, cooldown, or ISLH testing may be discontinued when the definition given in the relevant plant procedure for ending the activity is satisfied.

This SR is modified by a Note that only requires this SR to be performed during system heatup, cooldown, and ISLH testing. No SR is given for criticality operations because LCO 3.4.2 contains a more restrictive requirement.

REFERENCES

1.

Appendix "B" to RCS System Description N3-68-4001, "Watts Bar Unit 2 RCS Pressure and Temperature Limits Report."

2.

Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix G, "Fracture Toughness Requirements."

3.

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section XI, Appendix G, "Fracture Toughness Criteria for Protection Against Failure."

4.

ASTM E 185-82, "Standard Practice for Conducting Surveillance Tests for Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Reactor Vessels,"

July 1982.

5.

Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix H, "Reactor Vessel Material Surveillance Program Requirements."

6.

Regulatory Guide 1.99, Revision 2, "Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials," May 1988.

RCS P/T Limits B 3.4.3 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-17 (developmental)

B REFERENCES (continued)

7.

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section XI, Appendix E, "Evaluation of Unanticipated Operating Events."

8.

WCAP-14040-A, Revision 4, Methodology Used to Develop Cold Overpressure Mitigating System Setpoints and RCS Heatup and Cooldown Limit Curves, May 2004.

RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 B 3.4.4 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-18 (developmental)

A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.4 RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 BASES BACKGROUND The primary function of the RCS is removal of the heat generated in the fuel due to the fission process, and transfer of this heat, via the steam generators (SGs), to the secondary plant.

The secondary functions of the RCS include:

a.

Moderating the neutron energy level to the thermal state, to increase the probability of fission;

b.

Improving the neutron economy by acting as a reflector;

c.

Carrying the soluble neutron poison, boric acid;

d.

Providing a second barrier against fission product release to the environment; and

e.

Removing the heat generated in the fuel due to fission product decay following a unit shutdown.

The reactor coolant is circulated through four loops connected in parallel to the reactor vessel, each containing an SG, a reactor coolant pump (RCP), and appropriate flow and temperature instrumentation for both control and protection. The reactor vessel contains the clad fuel. The SGs provide the heat sink to the isolated secondary coolant. The RCPs circulate the coolant through the reactor vessel and SGs at a sufficient rate to ensure proper heat transfer and prevent fuel damage. This forced circulation of the reactor coolant ensures mixing of the coolant for proper boration and chemistry control.

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Safety analyses contain various assumptions for the design bases accident initial conditions including RCS pressure, RCS temperature, reactor power level, core parameters, and safety system setpoints. The important aspect for this LCO is the reactor coolant forced flow rate, which is represented by the number of RCS loops in service.

RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 B 3.4.4 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-19 (developmental)

A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)

Both transient and steady state analyses have been performed to establish the effect of flow on the departure from nucleate boiling (DNB).

The transient and accident analyses for the plant have been performed assuming four RCS loops are in operation. The majority of the plant safety analyses are based on initial conditions at high core power or zero power. The accident analyses that are most important to RCP operation are the four pump coastdown, single pump locked rotor, single pump (broken shaft or coastdown), and rod withdrawal events (Ref. 1).

Steady state DNB analysis has been performed for the four RCS loop operation. For four RCS loop operation, the steady state DNB analysis, which generates the pressure and temperature Safety Limit (SL) (i.e., the departure from nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR) limit) assumes a maximum power level of 118% RTP. This is the design overpower condition for four RCS loop operation. The value for the accident analysis setpoint of the nuclear overpower (high flux) trip is 118% and is based on an analysis assumption that bounds possible instrumentation errors. The DNBR limit defines a locus of pressure and temperature points that result in a minimum DNBR greater than or equal to the critical heat flux correlation limit.

The plant is designed to operate with all RCS loops in operation to maintain DNBR above the SL, during all normal operations and anticipated transients. By ensuring heat transfer in the nucleate boiling region, adequate heat transfer is provided between the fuel cladding and the reactor coolant.

RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 satisfy Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.

LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require an adequate forced flow rate for core heat removal. Flow is represented by the number of RCPs in operation for removal of heat by the SGs. To meet safety analysis acceptance criteria for DNB, four pumps are required at rated power.

An OPERABLE RCS loop consists of an OPERABLE RCP in operation providing forced flow for heat transport and an OPERABLE SG.

RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 B 3.4.4 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-20 (developmental)

A APPLICABILITY In MODES 1 and 2, the reactor is critical and thus has the potential to produce maximum THERMAL POWER. Thus, to ensure that the assumptions of the accident analyses remain valid, all RCS loops are required to be OPERABLE and in operation in these MODES to prevent DNB and core damage.

The decay heat production rate is much lower than the full power heat rate. As such, the forced circulation flow and heat sink requirements are reduced for lower, noncritical MODES as indicated by the LCOs for MODES 3, 4, and 5.

Operation in other MODES is covered by:

LCO 3.4.5, "RCS Loops - MODE 3";

LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4";

LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled";

LCO 3.4.8, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled";

LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation -

Low Water Level" (MODE 6).

ACTIONS A.1 If the requirements of the LCO are not met, the Required Action is to reduce power and bring the plant to MODE 3. This lowers power level and thus reduces the core heat removal needs and minimizes the possibility of violating DNB limits.

The Completion Time of 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3 from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging safety systems.

RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2 B 3.4.4 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-21 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.4.1 This SR requires verification every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> that each RCS loop is in operation. Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal while maintaining the margin to DNB. The Frequency of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> is sufficient considering other indications and alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RCS loop performance.

REFERENCES

1.

Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analysis."

RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-22 (developmental)

A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.5 RCS Loops - MODE 3 BASES BACKGROUND In MODE 3, the primary function of the reactor coolant is removal of decay heat and transfer of this heat, via the steam generators (SGs), to the secondary plant fluid. The secondary function of the reactor coolant is to act as a carrier for soluble neutron poison, boric acid.

The reactor coolant is circulated through four RCS loops, connected in parallel to the reactor vessel, each containing an SG, a reactor coolant pump (RCP), and appropriate flow, pressure, level, and temperature instrumentation for control, protection, and indication. The reactor vessel contains the clad fuel. The SGs provide the heat sink. The RCPs circulate the water through the reactor vessel and SGs at a sufficient rate to ensure proper heat transfer and prevent fuel damage.

In MODE 3, RCPs are used to provide forced circulation for heat removal during heatup and cooldown. The MODE 3 decay heat removal requirements are low enough that a single RCS loop with one RCP running is sufficient to remove core decay heat. However, two RCS loops are required to be OPERABLE to ensure redundant capability for decay heat removal.

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Whenever the reactor trip breakers (RTBs) are in the closed position and the control rod drive mechanisms (CRDMs) are energized, an inadvertent rod withdrawal from subcritical, resulting in a power excursion, is possible. Such a transient could be caused by a malfunction of the rod control system. In addition, the possibility of a power excursion due to the ejection of an inserted control rod is possible with the breakers closed or open. Such a transient could be caused by the mechanical failure of a CRDM.

RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-23 (developmental)

A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)

Therefore, in MODE 3 with RTBs in the closed position and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, accidental control rod withdrawal from subcritical is postulated and requires at least two RCS loops to be OPERABLE and in operation to ensure that the accident analyses limits are met. For those conditions when the Rod Control System is not capable of rod withdrawal, two RCS loops are required to be OPERABLE, but only one RCS loop is required to be in operation to be consistent with MODE 3 accident analyses.

Failure to provide decay heat removal may result in challenges to a fission product barrier. The RCS loops are part of the primary success path that functions or actuates to prevent or mitigate a Design Basis Accident or transient that either assumes the failure of, or presents a challenge to, the integrity of a fission product barrier.

RCS Loops - MODE 3 satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.

LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require that at least two RCS loops be OPERABLE. In MODE 3 with the RTBs in the closed position and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, two RCS loops must be in operation. Two RCS loops are required to be in operation in MODE 3 with RTBs closed and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal due to the postulation of a power excursion because of an inadvertent control rod withdrawal. The required number of RCS loops in operation ensures that the Safety Limit criteria will be met for all of the postulated accidents.

With the RTBs in the open position, or the CRDMs de-energized, the Rod Control System is not capable of rod withdrawal; therefore, only one RCS loop in operation is necessary to ensure removal of decay heat from the core and homogenous boron concentration throughout the RCS. An additional RCS loop is required to be OPERABLE to ensure adequate decay heat removal capability.

The Note permits all RCPs to be de-energized for 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> per 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> period. The purpose of the Note is to perform tests that are designed to validate various accident analyses values. One of these tests is validation of the pump coastdown curve used as input to a number of accident analyses including a loss of flow accident. This test is generally performed in MODE 3 during the initial startup testing program, and as such should only be performed once.

RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-24 (developmental)

A LCO (continued)

If, however, changes are made to the RCS that would cause a change to the flow characteristics of the RCS, the input values of the coastdown curve must be revalidated by conducting the test again. The 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> time period specified is adequate to perform the desired tests, and operating experience has shown that boron stratification is not a problem during this short period with no forced flow.

Utilization of the Note is permitted provided the following conditions are met, along with any other conditions imposed by initial startup test procedures:

a.

No operations are permitted that would dilute the RCS boron concentration, thereby maintaining the margin to criticality. Boron reduction is prohibited because a uniform concentration distribution throughout the RCS cannot be ensured when in natural circulation; and

b.

Core outlet temperature is maintained at least 10°F below saturation temperature, so that no vapor bubble may form and possibly cause a natural circulation flow obstruction.

An OPERABLE RCS loop consists of one OPERABLE RCP and one OPERABLE SG, which has the minimum water level specified in SR 3.4.5.2. An RCP is OPERABLE if it is capable of being powered and is able to provide forced flow if required.

RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-25 (developmental)

A APPLICABILITY In MODE 3, this LCO ensures forced circulation of the reactor coolant to remove decay heat from the core and to provide proper boron mixing.

The most stringent condition of the LCO, that is, two RCS loops OPERABLE and two RCS loops in operation, applies to MODE 3 with RTBs in the closed position. The least stringent condition, that is, two RCS loops OPERABLE and one RCS loop in operation, applies to MODE 3 with the RTBs open.

Operation in other MODES is covered by:

LCO 3.4.4, "RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2";

LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4";

LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled";

LCO 3.4.8, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled";

LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation -

Low Water Level" (MODE 6).

ACTIONS A.1 If one required RCS loop is inoperable, redundancy for heat removal is lost. The Required Action is restoration of the required RCS loop to OPERABLE status within the Completion Time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />. This time allowance is a justified period to be without the redundant, non-operating loop because a single loop in operation has a heat transfer capability greater than that needed to remove the decay heat produced in the reactor core and because of the low probability of a failure in the remaining loop occurring during this period.

B.1 If restoration is not possible within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />, the unit must be brought to MODE 4. In MODE 4, the unit may be placed on the Residual Heat Removal System. The additional Completion Time of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> is compatible with required operations to achieve cooldown and depressurization from the existing plant conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-26 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued)

C.1 and C.2 If the required RCS loop is not in operation, and the RTBs are closed and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, the Required Action is either to restore the required RCS loop to operation or to de-energize all CRDMs by opening the RTBs or de-energizing the motor generator (MG) sets. When the RTBs are in the closed position and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, it is postulated that a power excursion could occur in the event of an inadvertent control rod withdrawal. This mandates having the heat transfer capacity of two RCS loops in operation. If only one loop is in operation, the RTBs must be opened.

The Completion Times of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> to restore the required RCS loop to operation or de-energize all CRDMs is adequate to perform these operations in an orderly manner without exposing the unit to risk for an undue time period.

D.1, D.2, and D.3 If all RCS loops are inoperable or no RCS loop is in operation, except as during conditions permitted by the Note in the LCO section, all CRDMs must be de-energized by opening the RTBs or de-energizing the MG sets. All operations involving a reduction of RCS boron concentration must be suspended, and action to restore one of the RCS loops to OPERABLE status and operation must be initiated. Boron dilution requires forced circulation for proper mixing, and opening the RTBs or de-energizing the MG sets removes the possibility of an inadvertent rod withdrawal. The immediate Completion Time reflects the importance of maintaining operation for heat removal. The action to restore must be continued until one loop is restored to OPERABLE status and operation.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.5.1 This SR requires verification every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> that the required loops are in operation. Verification includes flow rate, temperature, and pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal.

The Frequency of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> is sufficient considering other indications and alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RCS loop performance.

RCS Loops - MODE 3 B 3.4.5 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-27 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.4.5.2 SR 3.4.5.2 requires verification of SG OPERABILITY. SG OPERABILITY is verified by ensuring that the secondary side narrow range water level is 6 % (value does not account for instrument error) for required RCS loops. If the SG secondary side narrow range water level is less than 6 %, the tubes may become uncovered and the associated loop may not be capable of providing the heat sink for removal of the decay heat. The 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> Frequency is considered adequate in view of other indications available in the control room to alert the operator to a loss of SG level.

SR 3.4.5.3 Verification that the required RCPs are OPERABLE ensures that safety analyses limits are met. The requirement also ensures that an additional RCP can be placed in operation, if needed, to maintain decay heat removal and reactor coolant circulation. Verification is performed by verifying proper breaker alignment and power availability to the required RCPs.

REFERENCES None

RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-28 (developmental)

A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.6 RCS Loops - MODE 4 BASES BACKGROUND In MODE 4, the primary function of the reactor coolant is the removal of decay heat and the transfer of this heat to either the steam generator (SG) secondary side coolant or the component cooling water via the residual heat removal (RHR) heat exchangers. The secondary function of the reactor coolant is to act as a carrier for soluble neutron poison, boric acid.

The reactor coolant is circulated through four RCS loops connected in parallel to the reactor vessel, each loop containing an SG, a reactor coolant pump (RCP), and appropriate flow, pressure, level, and temperature instrumentation for control, protection, and indication. The RCPs circulate the coolant through the reactor vessel and SGs at a sufficient rate to ensure proper heat transfer and to prevent boric acid stratification.

In MODE 4, with the reactor trip breakers open and the rods not capable of withdrawal, either RCPs or RHR loops can be used to provide forced circulation. The intent in this case is to provide forced flow from at least one RCP or one RHR loop for decay heat removal and transport. The flow provided by one RCP loop or RHR loop is adequate for decay heat removal. The other intent is to require that two paths be available to provide redundancy for decay heat removal.

In MODE 4, with the reactor trip breakers closed and the rods capable of withdrawal, two RCPs must be OPERABLE and in operation to provide forced circulation.

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES In MODE 4, with the reactor trip breakers open and the rods not capable of withdrawal, RCS circulation is considered in determination of the time available for mitigation of the accidental boron dilution event. The RCS and RHR loops provide this circulation.

RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-29 (developmental)

A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)

Whenever the reactor trip breakers (RTBs) are in the closed position and the control rod drive mechanisms (CRDMs) are energized, an inadvertent rod withdrawal from subcritical, resulting in a power excursion, is possible. Such a transient could be caused by a malfunction of the rod control system. In addition, the possibility of a power excursion due to the ejection of an inserted control rod is possible with the breakers closed or open. Such a transient could be caused by the mechanical failure of a CRDM.

Therefore, in MODE 4 with RTBs in the closed position and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, accidental control rod withdrawal from subcritical is postulated and requires at least two RCS loops to be OPERABLE and in operation to ensure that the accident analyses limits are met. For those conditions when the Rod Control System is not capable of rod withdrawal, any combination of two RCS or RHR loops are required to be OPERABLE, but only one loop is required to be in operation to meet decay heat removal requirements.

RCS Loops - MODE 4 have been identified in the NRC Policy Statement as important contributors to risk reduction.

LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require that at least two loops be OPERABLE. In MODE 4 with the RTBs in the closed position and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, two RCS loops must be OPERABLE and in operation. Two RCS loops are required to be in operation in MODE 4 with RTBs closed and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal due to the postulation of a power excursion because of an inadvertent control rod withdrawal. The required number of RCS loops in operation ensures that the Safety Limit criteria will be met for all of the postulated accidents.

With the RTBs in the open position, or the CRDMs de-energized, the Rod Control System is not capable of rod withdrawal; therefore, only one loop in operation is necessary to ensure removal of decay heat from the core and homogenous boron concentration throughout the RCS. In this case, the LCO allows the two loops that are required to be OPERABLE to consist of any combination of RCS loops and RHR loops. An additional loop is required to be OPERABLE to provide redundancy for heat removal.

RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-30 (developmental)

B LCO (continued)

The Note requires that the secondary side water temperature of each SG be 50°F above each of the RCS cold leg temperatures before the start of an RCP with any RCS cold leg temperature the COMS arming temperature as specified in the PTLR. This restraint is to prevent a low temperature overpressure event due to a thermal transient when an RCP is started.

An OPERABLE RCS loop comprises an OPERABLE RCP and an OPERABLE SG, which has the minimum water level specified in SR 3.4.6.3.

Similarly for the RHR System, an OPERABLE RHR loop comprises an OPERABLE RHR pump capable of providing forced flow to an OPERABLE RHR heat exchanger. RCPs and RHR pumps are OPERABLE if they are capable of being powered and are able to provide forced flow if required.

APPLICABILITY In MODE 4, this LCO ensures forced circulation of the reactor coolant to remove decay heat from the core and to provide proper boron mixing.

One loop of either RCS or RHR provides sufficient circulation for these purposes. However, two loops consisting of any combination of RCS and RHR loops are required to be OPERABLE to meet single failure considerations.

Operation in other MODES is covered by:

LCO 3.4.4, "RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2";

LCO 3.4.5, "RCS Loops - MODE 3";

LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled";

LCO 3.4.8, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled";

LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation -

Low Water Level" (MODE 6).

RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-31 (developmental)

A ACTIONS A.1 If only one RCS loop is OPERABLE and both RHR loops are inoperable, redundancy for heat removal is lost. Action must be initiated to restore a second RCS or RHR loop to OPERABLE status. The immediate Completion Time reflects the importance of maintaining the availability of two paths for heat removal.

B.1 If one required RHR loop is OPERABLE and in operation and there are no RCS loops OPERABLE, an inoperable RCS or RHR loop must be restored to OPERABLE status to provide a redundant means for decay heat removal.

If the parameters that are outside the limits cannot be restored, the plant must be brought to MODE 5 within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. Bringing the plant to MODE 5 is a conservative action with regard to decay heat removal. With only one RHR loop OPERABLE, redundancy for decay heat removal is lost and, in the event of a loss of the remaining RHR loop, it would be safer to initiate that loss from MODE 5 ( 200°F) rather than MODE 4 (200 to 350°F). The Completion Time of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is a reasonable time, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 5 from MODE 4 in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

C.1 and C.2 If one required RCS loop is not in operation, and the RTBs are closed and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, the Required Action is either to restore the required RCS loop to operation or to de-energize all CRDMs by opening the RTBs or de-energizing the motor generator (MG) sets. When the RTBs are in the closed position and Rod Control System capable of rod withdrawal, it is postulated that a power excursion could occur in the event of an inadvertent control rod withdrawal. This mandates having the heat transfer capacity of two RCS loops in operation. If only one loop is in operation, the RTBs must be opened.

The Completion Times of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> to restore the required RCS loop to operation or de-energize all CRDMs is adequate to perform these operations in an orderly manner without exposing the unit to risk for an undue time period.

RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-32 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued)

D.1, D.2 and D.3 If no loop is OPERABLE or in operation, all CRDMs must be de-energized by opening the RTBs or de-energizing the MG sets. All operations involving a reduction of RCS boron concentration must be suspended, and action to restore one RCS or RHR loop to OPERABLE status and operation must be initiated. Boron dilution requires forced circulation for proper mixing, and the margin to criticality must not be reduced in this type of operation. Opening the RTBs or de-energizing the MG sets removes the possibility of an inadvertent rod withdrawal. The immediate Completion Times reflect the importance of maintaining operation for decay heat removal. The action to restore must be continued until one loop is restored to OPERABLE status and operation.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.6.1 This SR requires verification every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> that two RCS loops are in operation when the rod control system is capable of rod withdrawal.

Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal. The Frequency of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> is sufficient considering other indications and alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RCS and RHR loop performance.

SR 3.4.6.2 This SR requires verification every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> that one RCS or RHR loop is in operation when the rod control system is not capable of rod withdrawal.

Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal. The Frequency of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> is sufficient considering other indications and alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RCS and RHR loop performance.

RCS Loops - MODE 4 B 3.4.6 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-33 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.4.6.3 SR 3.4.6.3 requires verification of SG OPERABILITY. SG OPERABILITY is verified by ensuring that the secondary side narrow range water level is 6% (value does not account for instrument error). If the SG secondary side narrow range water level is < 6%, the tubes may become uncovered and the associated loop may not be capable of providing the heat sink necessary for removal of decay heat. The 12-hour Frequency is considered adequate in view of other indications available in the control room to alert the operator to the loss of SG level.

SR 3.4.6.4 Verification that the required pump is OPERABLE ensures that an additional RCS or RHR pump can be placed in operation, if needed, to maintain decay heat removal and reactor coolant circulation. Verification is performed by verifying proper breaker alignment and power available to the required pump. The Frequency of 7 days is considered reasonable in view of other administrative controls available and has been shown to be acceptable by operating experience.

REFERENCES None

RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled B 3.4.7 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-34 (developmental)

A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.7 RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled BASES BACKGROUND In MODE 5 with the RCS loops filled, the primary function of the reactor coolant is the removal of decay heat and the transfer of this heat to either the steam generator (SG) secondary side coolant or the component cooling water via the residual heat removal (RHR) heat exchangers.

While the principal means for decay heat removal is via the RHR System, the SGs are specified as a backup means for redundancy. Even though the SGs cannot produce steam in this MODE, they are capable of being a heat sink due to their large contained volume of secondary water. As long as the SG secondary side water is at a lower temperature than the reactor coolant, heat transfer will occur. The rate of heat transfer is directly proportional to the temperature difference. The secondary function of the reactor coolant is to act as a carrier for soluble neutron poison, boric acid.

In MODE 5 with RCS loops filled, the reactor coolant is circulated by means of two RHR loops connected to the RCS, each loop containing an RHR heat exchanger, an RHR pump, and appropriate flow and temperature instrumentation for control, protection, and indication.

One RHR pump circulates the water through the RCS at a sufficient rate to prevent boric acid stratification.

The number of loops in operation can vary to suit the operational needs.

The intent of this LCO is to provide forced flow from at least one RHR loop for decay heat removal and transport. The flow provided by one RHR loop is adequate for decay heat removal. The other intent of this LCO is to require that a second path be available to provide redundancy for heat removal.

The LCO provides for redundant paths of decay heat removal capability.

The first path can be an RHR loop that must be OPERABLE and in operation. The second path can be another OPERABLE RHR loop or maintaining two SGs with secondary side water levels greater than or equal to 6% narrow range to provide an alternate method for decay heat removal.

RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled B 3.4.7 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-35 (developmental)

B APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES In MODE 5, RCS circulation is considered in the determination of the time available for mitigation of the accidental boron dilution event. The RHR loops provide this circulation.

RCS Loops - MODE 5 (Loops Filled) have been identified in the NRC Policy Statement as important contributors to risk reduction.

LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require that at least one of the RHR loops be OPERABLE and in operation with an additional RHR loop OPERABLE or two SGs with secondary side water level greater than or equal to 6% narrow range. One RHR loop provides sufficient forced circulation to perform the safety functions of the reactor coolant under these conditions.

An additional RHR loop is required to be OPERABLE to meet single failure considerations. However, if the standby RHR loop is not OPERABLE, an acceptable alternate method is two SGs with their secondary side water levels greater than or equal to 6% narrow range.

Should the operating RHR loop fail, the SGs could be used to remove the decay heat.

Note 1 allows one RHR loop to be inoperable for a period of up to 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />, provided that the other RHR loop is OPERABLE and in operation. This permits periodic surveillance tests to be performed on the inoperable loop during the only time when such testing is safe and possible.

Note 2 requires that the secondary side water temperature of each SG be 50°F above each of the RCS cold leg temperatures before the start of a reactor coolant pump (RCP) with an RCS cold leg temperature the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR. This restriction is to prevent a low temperature overpressure event due to a thermal transient when an RCP is started.

Note 3 provides for an orderly transition from MODE 5 to MODE 4 during a planned heatup by permitting removal of RHR loops from operation when at least one RCS loop is in operation. This Note provides for the transition to MODE 4 where an RCS loop is permitted to be in operation and replaces the RCS circulation function provided by the RHR loops.

RHR pumps are OPERABLE if they are capable of being powered and are able to provide flow if required. An SG can perform as a heat sink when it has an adequate water level and is OPERABLE.

RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled B 3.4.7 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-36 (developmental)

A APPLICABILITY In MODE 5 with RCS loops filled, this LCO requires forced circulation of the reactor coolant to remove decay heat from the core and to provide proper boron mixing. One loop of RHR provides sufficient circulation for these purposes. However, one additional RHR loop is required to be OPERABLE, or the secondary side water level of at least two SGs is required to be 6% narrow range.

Operation in other MODES is covered by:

LCO 3.4.4, "RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2";

LCO 3.4.5, "RCS Loops - MODE 3";

LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4";

LCO 3.4.8, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled";

LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation -

Low Water Level" (MODE 6).

ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 If one RHR loop is inoperable and the required SGs have secondary side water levels < 6% narrow range, redundancy for heat removal is lost.

Action must be initiated immediately to restore a second RHR loop to OPERABLE status or to restore the required SG secondary side water levels. Either Required Action A.1 or Required Action A.2 will restore redundant heat removal paths. The immediate Completion Time reflects the importance of maintaining the availability of two paths for heat removal.

B.1 and B.2 If no RHR loop is in operation, except during conditions permitted by Note 1, or if no loop is OPERABLE, all operations involving a reduction of RCS boron concentration must be suspended and action to restore one RHR loop to OPERABLE status and operation must be initiated. To prevent boron dilution, forced circulation is required to provide proper mixing and preserve the margin to criticality in this type of operation. The immediate Completion Times reflect the importance of maintaining operation for heat removal.

RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled B 3.4.7 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-37 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.7.1 This SR requires verification every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> that the required loop is in operation. Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal.

The Frequency of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> is sufficient considering other indications and alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RHR loop performance.

SR 3.4.7.2 Verifying that at least two SGs are OPERABLE by ensuring their secondary side narrow range water levels are greater than or equal to 6%

(value does not account for instrument error) narrow range ensures an alternate decay heat removal method in the event that the second RHR loop is not OPERABLE. If both RHR loops are OPERABLE, this Surveillance is not needed. The 12-hour Frequency is considered adequate in view of other indications available in the control room to alert the operator to the loss of SG level.

SR 3.4.7.3 Verification that a second RHR pump is OPERABLE ensures that an additional pump can be placed in operation, if needed, to maintain decay heat removal and reactor coolant circulation. Verification is performed by verifying proper breaker alignment and power available to the RHR pump.

If secondary side water level is greater than or equal to 6% narrow range in at least two SGs, this Surveillance is not needed. The Frequency of 7 days is considered reasonable in view of other administrative controls available and has been shown to be acceptable by operating experience.

REFERENCES None

RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled B 3.4.8 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-38 (developmental)

A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.8 RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled BASES BACKGROUND In MODE 5 with the RCS loops not filled, the primary function of the reactor coolant is the removal of decay heat generated in the fuel, and the transfer of this heat to the component cooling water via the residual heat removal (RHR) heat exchangers. The steam generators (SGs) are not available as a heat sink when the loops are not filled. The secondary function of the reactor coolant is to act as a carrier for the soluble neutron poison, boric acid.

In MODE 5 with loops not filled, only RHR pumps can be used for coolant circulation. The number of pumps in operation can vary to suit the operational needs. The intent of this LCO is to provide forced flow from at least one RHR pump for decay heat removal and transport and to require that two paths be available to provide redundancy for heat removal.

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES In MODE 5, RCS circulation is considered in the determination of the time available for mitigation of the accidental boron dilution event. The RHR loops provide this circulation. The flow provided by one RHR loop is adequate for heat removal and for boron mixing.

RCS loops in MODE 5 (loops not filled) have been identified in the NRC Policy Statement as important contributors to risk reduction.

LCO The purpose of this LCO is to require that at least two RHR loops be OPERABLE and one of these loops be in operation. An OPERABLE loop is one that has the capability of transferring heat from the reactor coolant at a controlled rate. Heat cannot be removed via the RHR System unless forced flow is used. A minimum of one running RHR pump meets the LCO requirement for one loop in operation. An additional RHR loop is required to be OPERABLE to meet single failure considerations.

RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled B 3.4.8 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-39 (developmental)

A LCO (continued)

Note 1 permits all RHR pumps to be de-energized for 15 minutes when switching from one loop to another. The circumstances for stopping both RHR pumps are to be limited to situations when the outage time is short and core outlet temperature is maintained > 10°F below saturation temperature. The Note prohibits boron dilution or draining operations when RHR forced flow is stopped.

Note 2 allows one RHR loop to be inoperable for a period of 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />, provided that the other loop is OPERABLE and in operation. This permits periodic surveillance tests to be performed on the inoperable loop during the only time when these tests are safe and possible.

An OPERABLE RHR loop is comprised of an OPERABLE RHR pump capable of providing forced flow to an OPERABLE RHR heat exchanger.

RHR pumps are OPERABLE if they are capable of being powered and are able to provide flow if required.

APPLICABILITY In MODE 5 with loops not filled, this LCO requires core heat removal and coolant circulation by the RHR System.

Operation in other MODES is covered by:

LCO 3.4.4, "RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2;"

LCO 3.4.5, "RCS Loops - MODE 3;"

LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4;"

LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled;"

LCO 3.9.5, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - High Water Level" (MODE 6); and LCO 3.9.6, "Residual Heat Removal (RHR) and Coolant Circulation - Low Water Level" (MODE 6).

RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Not Filled B 3.4.8 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-40 (developmental)

A ACTIONS A.1 If only one RHR loop is OPERABLE and in operation, redundancy for RHR is lost. Action must be initiated to restore a second loop to OPERABLE status. The immediate Completion Time reflects the importance of maintaining the availability of two paths for heat removal.

B.1 and B.2 If no required RHR loops are OPERABLE or in operation, except during conditions permitted by Note 1, all operations involving a reduction of RCS boron concentration must be suspended and action must be initiated immediately to restore an RHR loop to OPERABLE status and operation.

Boron dilution requires forced circulation for uniform dilution, and the margin to criticality must not be reduced in this type of operation. The immediate Completion Time reflects the importance of maintaining operation for heat removal. The action to restore must continue until one loop is restored to OPERABLE status and operation.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.8.1 This SR requires verification every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> that one loop is in operation.

Verification includes flow rate, temperature, or pump status monitoring, which help ensure that forced flow is providing heat removal. The Frequency of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> is sufficient considering other indications and alarms available to the operator in the control room to monitor RHR loop performance.

SR 3.4.8.2 Verification that the required number of pumps are OPERABLE ensures that additional pumps can be placed in operation, if needed, to maintain decay heat removal and reactor coolant circulation. Verification is performed by verifying proper breaker alignment and power available to the required pumps. The Frequency of 7 days is considered reasonable in view of other administrative controls available and has been shown to be acceptable by operating experience.

REFERENCES None.

Pressurizer B 3.4.9 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-41 (developmental)

A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.9 Pressurizer BASES BACKGROUND The pressurizer provides a point in the RCS where liquid and vapor are maintained in equilibrium under saturated conditions for pressure control purposes to prevent bulk boiling in the remainder of the RCS. Key functions include maintaining required primary system pressure during steady state operation, and limiting the pressure changes caused by reactor coolant thermal expansion and contraction during normal load transients.

The pressure control components addressed by this LCO include the pressurizer water level, the required heaters, and their controls.

Pressurizer safety valves and pressurizer power operated relief valves are addressed by LCO 3.4.10, "Pressurizer Safety Valves," and LCO 3.4.11, "Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valves (PORVs),"

respectively.

The intent of the LCO is to ensure that a steam bubble exists in the pressurizer prior to power operation to minimize the consequences of potential overpressure transients. The presence of a steam bubble is consistent with analytical assumptions. Relatively small amounts of noncondensible gases can inhibit the condensation heat transfer between the pressurizer spray and the steam, and diminish the spray effectiveness for pressure control.

Electrical immersion heaters, located in the lower section of the pressurizer vessel, keep the water in the pressurizer at saturation temperature and maintain a constant operating pressure. A minimum required available capacity of pressurizer heaters ensures that the RCS pressure can be maintained. The capability to maintain and control system pressure is important for maintaining subcooled conditions in the RCS and ensuring the capability to remove core decay heat by either forced or natural circulation of reactor coolant. Unless adequate heater capacity is available, the hot, high pressure condition cannot be maintained indefinitely and still provide the required subcooling margin in the primary system. Inability to control the system pressure and maintain subcooling under conditions of natural circulation flow in the primary system could lead to a loss of single phase natural circulation and decreased capability to remove core decay heat.

Pressurizer B 3.4.9 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-42 (developmental)

A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES In MODES 1, 2, and 3, the LCO requirement for a steam bubble is reflected implicitly in the accident analyses. Safety analyses performed for lower MODES are not limiting. All analyses performed from a critical reactor condition assume the existence of a steam bubble and saturated conditions in the pressurizer. In making this assumption, the analyses neglect the small fraction of noncondensible gases normally present.

Safety analyses presented in the FSAR (Ref. 1) do not take credit for pressurizer heater operation; however, an implicit initial condition assumption of the safety analyses is that the RCS is operating at normal pressure.

The maximum pressurizer water level limit satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement. Although the heaters are not specifically used in accident analysis, the need to maintain subcooling in the long term during loss of offsite power, as indicated in NUREG-0737 (Ref. 2), is the reason for providing an LCO.

LCO The LCO requirement for the pressurizer to be OPERABLE with a water volume 1656 cubic feet, which is equivalent to 92%, ensures that a steam bubble exists. Limiting the LCO maximum operating water level preserves the steam space for pressure control. The LCO has been established to ensure the capability to establish and maintain pressure control for steady state operation and to minimize the consequences of potential overpressure transients. Requiring the presence of a steam bubble is also consistent with analytical assumptions.

The LCO requires two groups of OPERABLE pressurizer heaters, each with a capacity 150 kW. The minimum heater capacity required is sufficient to maintain the RCS near normal operating pressure when accounting for heat losses through the pressurizer insulation. By maintaining the pressure near the operating conditions, a wide margin to subcooling can be obtained in the loops. The design value of 150 kW per group is exceeded by the use of fifteen heaters in a group rated at 23.1 kW each. The amount needed to maintain pressure is dependent on the heat losses.

Pressurizer B 3.4.9.

BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-43 (developmental)

A APPLICABILITY The need for pressure control is most pertinent when core heat can cause the greatest effect on RCS temperature, resulting in the greatest effect on pressurizer level and RCS pressure control. Thus, applicability has been designated for MODES 1 and 2. The applicability is also provided for MODE 3. The purpose is to prevent solid water RCS operation during heatup and cooldown to avoid rapid pressure rises caused by normal operational perturbation, such as reactor coolant pump startup.

In MODES 1, 2, and 3, there is need to maintain the availability of pressurizer heaters. In the event of a loss of offsite power, the initial conditions of these MODES give the greatest demand for maintaining the RCS in a hot pressurized condition with loop subcooling for an extended period. For MODE 4, 5, or 6, it is not necessary to control pressure (by heaters) to ensure loop subcooling for heat transfer when the Residual Heat Removal (RHR) System is in service, and therefore, the LCO is not applicable.

ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 Pressurizer water level control malfunctions or other plant evolutions may result in a pressurizer water level above the nominal upper limit, even with the plant at steady state conditions. Normally the plant will trip in this event since the upper limit of this LCO is the same as the Pressurizer Water Level - High Trip.

If the pressurizer water level is not within the limit, action must be taken to restore the plant to operation within the bounds of the safety analyses. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3, with the reactor trip breakers open, within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and to MODE 4 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

This takes the plant out of the applicable MODES and restores the plant to operation within the bounds of the safety analyses.

The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

Pressurizer B 3.4.9.

BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-44 (developmental)

B ACTIONS (continued)

B.1 If one required group of pressurizer heaters is inoperable, restoration is required within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />. The Completion Time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is reasonable considering the anticipation that a demand caused by loss of offsite power would be unlikely in this period.

C.1 and C.2 If one group of pressurizer heaters is inoperable and cannot be restored in the allowed Completion Time of Required Action B.1, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and to MODE 4 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.9.1 This SR requires that during steady state operation, pressurizer level is maintained below the nominal upper level limit of 92% (value does not account for instrument error) to provide a minimum space for a steam bubble. The Surveillance is performed by observing the indicated level.

The Frequency of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> corresponds to verifying the parameter each shift. The 12-hour interval has been shown by operating practice to be sufficient to regularly assess level for any deviation and verify that operation is within safety analyses assumptions. Alarms are also available for early detection of abnormal level indications.

SR 3.4.9.2 The SR is satisfied when the power supplies are demonstrated to be capable of producing the minimum power and the associated pressurizer heaters are verified to be at their design rating. This may be done by testing the power supply output and by performing an electrical check on heater element continuity and resistance. The Frequency of 92 days is considered adequate to detect heater degradation and has been shown by operating experience to be acceptable.

Pressurizer B 3.4.9.

BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-45 (developmental)

B REFERENCES

1.

Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analyses."

2.

NUREG-0737, "Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements,"

November 1980.

Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-46 (developmental)

B B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.10 Pressurizer Safety Valves BASES BACKGROUND The pressurizer safety valves provide, in conjunction with the Reactor Protection System, overpressure protection for the RCS. The pressurizer safety valves are totally enclosed pop type, spring loaded, self actuated valves with backpressure compensation. The safety valves are designed to prevent the system pressure from exceeding the system Safety Limit (SL), 2735 psig, which is 110% of the design pressure.

Because the safety valves are totally enclosed and self actuating, they are considered independent components. The relief capacity for each valve, 420,000 lb/hr, is based on postulated overpressure transient conditions resulting from a complete loss of steam flow to the turbine.

This event results in the maximum surge rate into the pressurizer, which specifies the minimum relief capacity for the safety valves. The discharge flow from the pressurizer safety valves is directed to the pressurizer relief tank. This discharge flow is indicated by an increase in temperature downstream of the pressurizer safety valves or increase in the pressurizer relief tank temperature or level.

Overpressure protection is required in MODES 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; however, in MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg temperature < the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, MODE 5, and MODE 6 with the reactor vessel head on, overpressure protection is provided by operating procedures and by meeting the requirements of LCO 3.4.12, "Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS)."

The upper and lower pressure limits are based on a +/- 3% tolerance. The lift setting is for the ambient conditions associated with MODES 1, 2, 3, and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR. This requires either that the valves be set hot or that a correlation between hot and cold settings be established.

The pressurizer safety valves are part of the primary success path and mitigate the effects of postulated accidents. OPERABILITY of the safety valves ensures that the RCS pressure will be limited to 110% of design pressure.

Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-47 (developmental)

A BACKGROUND (continued)

The consequences of exceeding the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) pressure limit (Ref. 1) could include damage to RCS components, increased leakage, or a requirement to perform additional stress analyses prior to resumption of reactor operation.

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES All accident and safety analyses in the FSAR (Ref. 2) that require safety valve actuation assume operation of three pressurizer safety valves to limit increases in RCS pressure. The overpressure protection analysis (Ref. 3) is also based on operation of three safety valves. Accidents that could result in overpressurization if not properly terminated include:

a.

Uncontrolled rod withdrawal from full power;

b.

Loss of reactor coolant flow;

c.

Loss of external electrical load;

d.

Loss of normal feedwater;

e.

Loss of all AC power to station auxiliaries;

f.

Locked rotor; and

g.

Feedwater line break.

Detailed analyses of the above transients are contained in Reference 2.

Safety valve actuation is required in events c, d, e, f, and g (above) to limit the pressure increase. Compliance with this LCO is consistent with the design bases and accident analyses assumptions.

Pressurizer safety valves satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.

Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-48 (developmental)

B LCO The three pressurizer safety valves are set to open at the RCS design pressure (2485 psig), and within the specified tolerance, to avoid exceeding the maximum design pressure SL, to maintain accident analyses assumptions, and to comply with ASME requirements. The upper and lower pressure tolerance limits are based on a +/- 3% tolerance.

The limit protected by this Specification is the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) SL of 110% of design pressure. Inoperability of one or more valves could result in exceeding the SL if a transient were to occur.

The consequences of exceeding the ASME pressure limit could include damage to one or more RCS components, increased leakage, or additional stress analysis being required prior to resumption of reactor operation.

APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, OPERABILITY of three valves is required because the combined capacity is required to keep reactor coolant pressure below 110% of its design value during certain accidents. MODE 3 is conservatively included, although the listed accidents may not require the safety valves for protection.

The LCO is not applicable in MODE 4 when all RCS cold leg temperatures are the COMS arming temperature as specified in the PTLR, in MODE 5, or in MODE 6 (with the reactor vessel head on) because COMS is provided. Overpressure protection is not required in MODE 6 with reactor vessel head detensioned.

The Note allows entry into MODE 3 and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, with the lift settings outside the LCO limits. This permits testing and examination of the safety valves at high pressure and temperature near their normal operating range, but only after the valves have had a preliminary cold setting. The cold setting gives assurance that the valves are OPERABLE near their design condition. Only one valve at a time will be removed from service for testing. The 54-hour exception is based on 18 hour2.083333e-4 days <br />0.005 hours <br />2.97619e-5 weeks <br />6.849e-6 months <br /> outage time for each of the three valves. The 18 hour2.083333e-4 days <br />0.005 hours <br />2.97619e-5 weeks <br />6.849e-6 months <br /> period is derived from operating experience that hot testing can be performed in this timeframe.

Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-49 (developmental)

B ACTIONS A.1 With one pressurizer safety valve inoperable, restoration must take place within 15 minutes. The Completion Time of 15 minutes reflects the importance of maintaining the RCS Overpressure Protection System. An inoperable safety valve coincident with an RCS overpressure event could challenge the integrity of the pressure boundary.

B.1 and B.2 If the Required Action of A.1 cannot be met within the required Completion Time or if two or more pressurizer safety valves are inoperable, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the requirement does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and to MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg temperature < the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. With any RCS cold leg temperatures at or below the COMS arming temperature as specified in the PTLR, overpressure protection is provided by the COMS System. The change from MODE 1, 2, or 3 to MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg temperature < the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLRreduces the RCS energy (core power and pressure), lowers the potential for large pressurizer insurges, and thereby removes the need for overpressure protection by three pressurizer safety valves.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.10.1 SRs are specified in the Inservice Testing Program. Pressurizer safety valves are to be tested in accordance with the requirements of the ASME OM Code (Ref. 4), which provides the activities and Frequencies necessary to satisfy the SRs. No additional requirements are specified.

The pressurizer safety valve setpoint is +/- 3% for OPERABILITY, however, the valves are reset to +/- 1% during the surveillance to allow for drift.

Pressurizer Safety Valves B 3.4.10 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-50 (developmental)

B REFERENCES

1.

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section III, NB 7000, 1971 Edition through Summer 1973.

2.

Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.0, "Accident Analyses."

3.

WCAP-7769, Rev. 1, "Topical Report on Overpressure Protection for Westinghouse Pressurized Water Reactors," June 1972.

4.

American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) OM Code, Code for Operation and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plants."

Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-51 (developmental)

A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.11 Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valves (PORVs)

BASES BACKGROUND The pressurizer is equipped with two types of devices for pressure relief:

pressurizer safety valves and PORVs. The PORVs are pilot-operated solenoid valves that are controlled to open at a specific set pressure when the pressurizer pressure increases and close when the pressurizer pressure decreases. The PORVs may also be manually operated from the control room.

Block valves, which are normally open, are located between the pressurizer and the PORVs. The block valves are used to isolate the PORVs in case of excessive leakage or a stuck open PORV. Block valve closure is accomplished manually using controls in the control room. A stuck open PORV is, in effect, a small break loss of coolant accident (LOCA). As such, block valve closure terminates the RCS depressurization and coolant inventory loss.

The PORVs and their associated block valves may be used by plant operators to depressurize the RCS to recover from certain transients if normal pressurizer spray is not available. Additionally, the series arrangement of the PORVs and their block valves permit performance of surveillances on the valves during power operation.

The PORVs may also be used for feed and bleed core cooling in the case of multiple equipment failure events that are not within the design basis, such as a total loss of feedwater.

The PORVs, their block valves, and their controls are powered from the vital buses that normally receive power from offsite power sources, but are also capable of being powered from emergency power sources in the event of a loss of offsite power. Two PORVs and their associated block valves are powered from two separate safety trains (Ref. 1).

Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-52 (developmental)

A BACKGROUND (continued)

The plant has two PORVs, each having a relief capacity of 210,000 lb/hr at 2485 psig. The functional design of the PORVs is based on maintaining pressure below the Pressurizer Pressure - High reactor trip setpoint following a step reduction of 50% of full load with steam dump.

In addition, the PORVs minimize challenges to the pressurizer safety valves and also may be used for low temperature overpressure protection (LTOP). See LCO 3.4.12, "Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS)."

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Plant operators employ the PORVs to depressurize the RCS in response to certain plant transients if normal pressurizer spray is not available. For the Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR) event, the safety analysis assumes that manual operator actions are required to mitigate the event.

A loss of offsite power is assumed to accompany the event, and thus, normal pressurizer spray is unavailable to reduce RCS pressure. The PORVs are assumed to be used for RCS depressurization, which is one of the steps performed to equalize the primary and secondary pressures in order to terminate the primary to secondary break flow and the radioactive releases from the affected steam generator.

The PORVs are modeled in safety analyses for events that result in increasing RCS pressure for which departure from nucleate boiling ratio (DNBR), pressurizer filling, or reactor coolant saturation criteria are critical (Ref. 2). By assuming PORV actuation, the primary pressure remains below the high pressurizer pressure trip setpoint; thus, the DNBR calculation is more conservative. As such, this actuation is not required to mitigate these events, and PORV automatic operation is, therefore, not an assumed safety function.

Pressurizer PORVs satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statement.

Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-53 (developmental)

A LCO The LCO requires the PORVs and their associated block valves to be OPERABLE for manual operation to mitigate the effects associated with an SGTR.

By maintaining two PORVs and their associated block valves OPERABLE, the single failure criterion is satisfied. An OPERABLE block valve may be either open and energized with the capability to be closed, or closed and energized with the capability to be opened, since the required safety function is accomplished by manual operation, the block valves may be OPERABLE when closed to isolate the flow path of an inoperable PORV that is capable of being manually cycled (e.g., as in the case of excessive PORV leakage). Similarly, isolation of an OPERABLE PORV does not render that PORV or block valve inoperable provided the relief function remains available with manual action.

An OPERABLE PORV is required to be capable of manually opening and closing and not experiencing excessive seat leakage. Excessive seat leakage although not associated with a specific acceptance criteria, exists when conditions dictate closure of block valve to limit leakage.

Satisfying the LCO helps minimize challenges to fission product barriers.

APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, and 3, the PORV and its block valve are required to be OPERABLE to limit the potential for a small break LOCA through the flow path. The most likely cause for a PORV small break LOCA is a result of a pressure increase transient that causes the PORV to open. Imbalances in the energy output of the core and heat removal by the secondary system can cause the RCS pressure to increase to the PORV opening setpoint. The most rapid increases will occur at the higher operating power and pressure conditions of MODES 1 and 2. The PORVs are also required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3 for manual actuation to mitigate a steam generator tube rupture event.

Pressure increases are less prominent in MODE 3 because the core input energy is reduced, but the RCS pressure is high. Therefore, the LCO is applicable in MODES 1, 2, and 3. The LCO is not applicable in MODE 4, 5, and 6 with the reactor vessel head in place when both pressure and core energy are decreased and the pressure surges become much less significant. LCO 3.4.12 addresses the PORV requirements in these MODES.

Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-54 (developmental)

A ACTIONS A Note has been added to clarify that all pressurizer PORVs are treated as separate entities, each with separate Completion Times (i.e., the Completion Time is on a component basis).

A.1 PORVs may be inoperable and capable of being manually cycled (e.g., due to excessive seat leakage). In this condition, either the PORV must be restored or the flow path isolated within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. The associated block valve is required to be closed, but power must be maintained to the associated block valve, since removal of power would render the block valve inoperable. This permits operation of the plant until the next refueling outage (MODE 6) so that maintenance can be performed on the PORVs to eliminate the problem condition.

Quick access to the PORV for pressure control can be made when power remains on the closed block valve. The Completion Time of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> is based on plant operating experience that has shown that minor problems can be corrected or closure accomplished in this time period.

B.1, B.2, and B.3 If one PORV is inoperable and not capable of being manually cycled, it must be either restored or isolated by closing the associated block valve and removing the power to the associated block valve. The Completion Times of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> are reasonable, based on challenges to the PORVs during this time period, and provide the operator adequate time to correct the situation. If the inoperable valve cannot be restored to OPERABLE status, it must be isolated within the specified time. Because there is at least one PORV that remains OPERABLE, an additional 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is provided to restore the inoperable PORV to OPERABLE status. If the PORV cannot be restored within this additional time, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply, as required by Condition D.

C.1 and C.2 If one block valve is inoperable, then it is necessary to either restore the block valve to OPERABLE status within the Completion Time of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> or place the associated PORV in manual control. The prime importance for the capability to close the block valve is to isolate a stuck open PORV.

Therefore, if the block valve cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, the Required Action is to place the PORV in manual control

Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-55 (developmental)

A ACTIONS C.1 and C.2 (continued) to preclude its automatic opening for an overpressure event and to avoid the potential for a stuck open PORV at a time that the block valve is inoperable. The Completion Time of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> is reasonable, based on the small potential for challenges to the system during this time period, and provides the operator time to correct the situation. Because at least one PORV remains OPERABLE, the operator is permitted a Completion Time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> to restore the inoperable block valve to OPERABLE status.

The time allowed to restore the block valve is based upon the Completion Time for restoring an inoperable PORV in Condition B, since the PORVs may not be capable of mitigating an event if the inoperable block valve is not full open. If the block valve is restored within the Completion Time of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />, the PORV may be restored to automatic operation. If it cannot be restored within this additional time, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply, as required by Condition D.

D.1 and D.2 If the Required Action of Condition A, B, or C is not met, then the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and to MODE 4 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. In MODES 4 and 5, automatic PORV OPERABILITY may be required. See LCO 3.4.12.

E.1, E.2, E.3, and E.4 If both PORVs are inoperable and not capable of being manually cycled, it is necessary to either restore at least one valve within the Completion Time of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> or isolate the flow path by closing and removing the power to the associated block valves. The Completion Time of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> is reasonable, based on the small potential for challenges to the system during this time and provides the operator time to correct the situation. If no PORVs are restored within the Completion Time, then the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and to MODE 4 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. In MODES 4 and 5, automatic PORV OPERABILITY may be required. See LCO 3.4.12.

Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-56 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued)

F.1 and F.2 If both block valves are inoperable, it is necessary to either restore the block valves within the Completion Time of 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, or place the associated PORVs in manual control and restore at least one block valve within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />. The Completion Times are reasonable, based on the small potential for challenges to the system during this time and provide the operator time to correct the situation.

G.1 and G.2 If the Required Actions of Condition F are not met, then the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and to MODE 4 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. In MODES 4 and 5, automatic PORV OPERABILITY may be required. See LCO 3.4.12.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.11.1 Block valve cycling verifies that the valve(s) can be opened and closed if needed. The basis for the Frequency of 92 days is the ASME OM Code (Ref. 3). If the block valve is closed to isolate a PORV that is capable of being manually cycled, the OPERABILITY of the block valve is of importance, because opening the block valve is necessary to permit the PORV to be used for manual control of reactor pressure. If the block valve is closed to isolate an inoperable PORV that is incapable of being manually cycled, the maximum Completion Time to restore the PORV and open the block valve is 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />, which is well within the allowable limits (25%) to extend the block valve Frequency of 92 days. Furthermore, these test requirements would be completed by the reopening of a recently closed block valve upon restoration of the PORV to OPERABLE status.

The Note modifies this SR by stating that it is not required to be met with the block valve closed, in accordance with the Required Action of this LCO.

Pressurizer PORVs B 3.4.11 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-57 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.4.11.2 SR 3.4.11.2 requires a complete cycle of each PORV. Operating a PORV through one complete cycle ensures that the PORV can be manually actuated for mitigation of an SGTR. The Frequency of 18 months is based on a typical refueling cycle and industry accepted practice.

REFERENCES

1.

Regulatory Guide 1.32, "Criteria for Safety Related Electric Power Systems for Nuclear Power Plants," U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, February 1977.

2.

Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.2, "Condition II - Faults of Moderate Frequency."

3.

American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) OM Code, "Code for Operation and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plants."

COMS B 3.4.12 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-58 (developmental)

A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.12 Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS)

BASES BACKGROUND The COMS controls RCS pressure at low temperatures so the integrity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) is not compromised by violating the pressure and temperature (P/T) limits of 10 CFR 50, Appendix G (Ref. 1). The reactor vessel is the limiting RCPB component for demonstrating such protection. The PTLR provides the maximum allowable actuation logic setpoints for the power operated relief valves (PORVs) and the maximum RCS pressure for the existing RCS cold leg temperature during cooldown, shutdown, and heatup to meet the Reference 1 requirements during the COMS MODES.

The reactor vessel material is less tough at low temperatures than at normal operating temperature. As the vessel neutron exposure accumulates, the material toughness decreases and becomes less resistant to pressure stress at low temperatures (Ref. 2). RCS pressure, therefore, is maintained low at low temperatures and is increased only as temperature is increased.

The potential for vessel overpressurization is most acute when the RCS is water solid, occurring only while shutdown; a pressure fluctuation can occur more quickly than an operator can react to relieve the condition.

Exceeding the RCS P/T limits by a significant amount could cause brittle cracking of the reactor vessel. LCO 3.4.3, "RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits," requires administrative control of RCS pressure and temperature during heatup and cooldown to prevent exceeding the PTLR limits.

This LCO provides RCS overpressure protection by having a minimum coolant input capability and having adequate pressure relief capacity.

Limiting coolant input capability requires all safety injection pumps and all but one charging pump incapable of injection into the RCS and isolating the accumulators. The pressure relief capacity requires either two redundant RCS relief valves or a depressurized RCS and an RCS vent of sufficient size. One RCS relief valve or the open RCS vent is the overpressure protection device that acts to terminate an increasing pressure event.

COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-59 (developmental)

A BACKGROUND (continued)

With minimum coolant input capability, the ability to provide core coolant addition is restricted. The LCO does not require the makeup control system deactivated or the safety injection (SI) actuation circuits blocked.

Due to the lower pressures in the COMS MODES and the expected core decay heat levels, the makeup system can provide adequate flow via the makeup control valve. If conditions require the use of more than one charging pump or safety injection pump for makeup in the event of loss of inventory, then pumps can be made available through manual actions.

The COMS for pressure relief consists of two PORVs with reduced lift settings, or one PORV and the Residual Heat Removal (RHR) suction relief valve, or a depressurized RCS and an RCS vent of sufficient size.

Two RCS relief valves are required for redundancy. One RCS relief valve has adequate relieving capability to keep from overpressurization for the required coolant input capability.

PORV Requirements As designed for the COMS, each PORV is signaled to open if the RCS pressure approaches a limit determined by the COMS actuation logic.

The COMS actuation logic monitors both RCS temperature and RCS pressure and determines when a condition not acceptable in the PTLR limits is approached. The wide range RCS temperature indications are auctioneered to select the lowest temperature signal.

The lowest temperature signal is processed through a function generator that calculates a pressure limit for that temperature. The calculated pressure limit is then compared with the indicated RCS pressure from a wide range pressure channel. If the indicated pressure meets or exceeds the calculated value, a PORV is signaled to open.

The PTLR presents the PORV setpoints for COMS. The setpoints are normally staggered so only one valve opens during a low temperature overpressure transient. Having the setpoints of both valves within the limits in the PTLR ensures that the Reference 1 limits will not be exceeded in any analyzed event.

When a PORV is opened in an increasing pressure transient, the release of coolant will cause the pressure increase to slow and reverse. As the PORV releases coolant, the RCS pressure decreases until a reset pressure is reached and the valve is signaled to close. The pressure continues to decrease below the reset pressure as the valve closes.

COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-60 (developmental)

B BACKGROUND (continued)

RHR Suction Relief Valve Requirements During COMS MODES, the RHR System is operated for decay heat removal and low pressure letdown control. Therefore, the RHR suction isolation valves are open in the piping from the RCS hot leg to the inlet header of the RHR pumps. While these valves are open, the RHR suction relief valve is exposed to the RCS and is able to relieve pressure transients in the RCS.

The RHR suction isolation valves must be open to make the RHR suction relief valve OPERABLE for RCS overpressure mitigation. Autoclosure interlocks are not permitted to cause the RHR suction isolation valves to close. The RHR suction relief valve is a spring loaded, bellows type water relief valve with pressure tolerances and accumulation limits established by Section III of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Code (Ref. 3) for Class 2 relief valves.

RCS Vent Requirements Once the RCS is depressurized, a vent exposed to the containment atmosphere will maintain the RCS at containment ambient pressure in an RCS overpressure transient, if the relieving requirements of the transient do not exceed the capabilities of the vent. Thus, the vent path must be capable of relieving the flow resulting from the limiting COMS mass or heat input transient, and maintaining pressure below the P/T limits. The required vent capacity may be provided by one or more vent paths.

For an RCS vent to meet the flow capacity requirement, it requires removing a pressurizer safety valve, removing a PORV, and disabling its block valve in the open position, or opening the pressurizer manway. The vent path(s) must be above the level of reactor coolant, so as not to drain the RCS when open.

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Safety analyses (Ref. 4) demonstrate that the reactor vessel is adequately protected against exceeding the Reference 1 P/T limits. In MODES 1, 2, 3, and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, the pressurizer safety valves will prevent RCS pressure from exceeding the Reference 1 limits.

Below the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, overpressure prevention falls to two OPERABLE RCS relief valves or to a depressurized RCS and a sufficient sized RCS vent. Each of these means has a limited overpressure relief capability.

COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-61 (developmental)

A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)

The actual temperature at which the pressure in the P/T limit curve falls below the pressurizer safety valve setpoint increases as the reactor vessel material toughness decreases due to neutron embrittlement. Each time the PTLR curves are revised, the COMS must be re-evaluated to ensure its functional requirements can still be met using the RCS relief valve method or the depressurized and vented RCS condition.

The PTLR contains the acceptance limits that define the COMS requirements. Any change to the RCS must be evaluated against the Reference 4 analyses to determine the impact of the change on the COMS acceptance limits.

Transients that are capable of overpressurizing the RCS are categorized as either mass or heat input transients, examples of which follow:

Mass Input Type Transients

a.

Inadvertent safety injection; or

b.

Charging/letdown flow mismatch.

Heat Input Type Transients

a.

Inadvertent actuation of pressurizer heaters;

b.

Loss of RHR cooling; or

c.

Reactor coolant pump (RCP) startup with temperature asymmetry within the RCS or between the RCS and steam generators.

The following are required during the COMS MODES to ensure that mass and heat input transients do not occur, which either of the COMS overpressure protection means cannot handle:

a.

Rendering all safety injection pumps and all but one charging pump incapable of injection;

b.

Deactivating the accumulator discharge isolation valves in their closed positions; and

c.

Disallowing start of an RCP if secondary temperature is more than 50°F above primary temperature in any one loop. LCO 3.4.6, "RCS Loops - MODE 4," and LCO 3.4.7, "RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled," provide this protection.

COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-62 (developmental)

B APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)

The Reference 4 analyses demonstrate that either one RCS relief valve or the depressurized RCS and RCS vent can maintain RCS pressure below limits when no safety injection pumps and only one centrifugal charging pump is actuated. Thus, the LCO allows only one charging pump OPERABLE during the COMS MODES. Since neither one RCS relief valve nor the RCS vent can handle the pressure transient induced from accumulator injection, when RCS temperature is low, the LCO also requires the accumulators be isolated when accumulator pressure is greater than or equal to the maximum RCS pressure for the existing RCS cold leg temperature allowed in the PTLR.

The isolated accumulators must have their discharge valves closed and the valve power supply breakers fixed in their open positions. Fracture mechanics analyses established the temperature of COMS Applicability at as specified in the PTLR.

The consequences of a small break loss of coolant accident (LOCA) in COMS MODE 4 conform to 10 CFR 50.46 and 10 CFR 50, Appendix K (Refs. 5 and 6) requirements by having a maximum of one charging pump OPERABLE and SI actuation enabled.

PORV Performance The fracture mechanics analyses show that the vessel is protected when the PORVs are set to open at or below the limit shown in the PTLR. The setpoints are derived by analyses that model the performance of the COMS, assuming the mass injection COMS transient of no safety injection pumps and only one centrifugal charging pump injecting into the RCS and the heat injection COMS transient of starting a RCP with the RCS 50°F colder than the secondary side. These analyses consider pressure overshoot and undershoot beyond the PORV opening and closing, resulting from signal processing and valve stroke times. The PORV setpoints at or below the derived limit ensures the Reference 1 P/T limits will be met.

The PORV setpoints in the PTLR will be updated when the revised P/T limits conflict with the COMS analysis limits. The P/T limits are periodically modified as the reactor vessel material toughness decreases due to neutron embrittlement caused by neutron irradiation. Revised limits are determined using neutron fluence projections and the results of examinations of the reactor vessel material irradiation surveillance specimens. The Bases for LCO 3.4.3, "RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits," discuss these examinations.

COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-63 (developmental)

A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES PORV Performance (continued)

The PORVs are considered active components. Thus, the failure of one PORV is assumed to represent the worst case, single active failure.

RHR Suction Relief Valve Performance The RHR suction relief valve does not have variable pressure and temperature lift setpoints like the PORVs. Analyses must show that the RHR suction relief valve with a setpoint at or between 436.5 psig and 463.5 psig will pass flow greater than that required for the limiting COMS transient while maintaining RCS pressure less than the P/T limit curve.

Assuming all relief flow requirements during the limiting COMS event, the RHR suction relief valve will maintain RCS pressure to within the valve rated lift setpoint, plus an accumulation < 3% of the rated lift setpoint.

The RHR suction relief valve inclusion and location within the RHR System does not allow it to meet single failure criteria when spurious RHR suction isolation valve closure is postulated. Also, as the RCS P/T limits are decreased to reflect the loss of toughness in the reactor vessel materials due to neutron embrittlement, the RHR suction relief valves must be analyzed to still accommodate the design basis transients for COMS.

The RHR suction relief valve is considered an active component. Thus, the failure of this valve is assumed to represent the worst case single active failure.

RCS Vent Performance With the RCS depressurized, analyses show a vent capable of relieving

> 475 gpm water flow is capable of mitigating the allowed COMS overpressure transient. The capacity of 475 gpm is greater than the flow of the limiting transient for the COMS configuration, with one centrifugal charging pump OPERABLE, maintaining RCS pressure less than the maximum pressure on the P/T limit curve.

Three vent flow paths have been identified in the RCS which could serve as pressure release (vent) paths. With one safety or PORV removed, the open line could serve as one vent path. The pressurizer manway could serve as an alternative vent path with the manway cover removed. These flow paths are capable of discharging 475 gpm at low pressure in the RCS. Thus, any one of the openings can be used for relieving the pressure to prevent violating the P/T limits.

COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-64 (developmental)

A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES RCS Vent Performance (continued)

The RCS vent size will be re-evaluated for compliance each time the P/T limit curves are revised based on the results of the vessel material surveillance. The RCS vent is passive and is not subject to active failure.

The COMS satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.

LCO This LCO requires that the COMS is OPERABLE. The COMS is OPERABLE when the minimum coolant input and pressure relief capabilities are OPERABLE. Violation of this LCO could lead to the loss of low temperature overpressure mitigation and violation of the Reference 1 limits as a result of an operational transient.

To limit the coolant input capability, the LCO requires no safety injection pumps and a maximum of one charging pump be capable of injecting into the RCS, and all accumulator discharge isolation valves be closed and immobilized when accumulator pressure is greater than or equal to the maximum RCS pressure for the existing RCS cold leg temperature allowed in the PTLR.

The LCO is modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows two charging pumps to be made capable of injecting for less than or equal to 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> during pump swap operations. One hour provides sufficient time to safely complete the actual transfer and to complete the administrative controls and surveillance requirements associated with the swap. The intent is to minimize the actual time that more than one charging pump is physically capable of injection.

Note 2 states that accumulator isolation is only required when the accumulator pressure is more than or at the maximum RCS pressure for the existing temperature, as allowed by the P/T limit curves. This Note permits the accumulator discharge isolation valve Surveillance to be performed only under these pressure and temperature conditions.

COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-65 (developmental)

B LCO (continued)

The elements of the LCO that provide low temperature overpressure mitigation through pressure relief are:

a.

Two RCS relief valves, as follows:

1. Two OPERABLE PORVs; or A PORV is OPERABLE for COMS when its block valve is open, its lift setpoint is set to the limit required by the PTLR and testing proves its ability to open at this setpoint, and motive power is available to the valve and its control circuit.
2. One OPERABLE PORV and the OPERABLE RHR suction relief valve; or An RHR suction relief valve is OPERABLE for COMS when both RHR suction isolation valves are open, its setpoint is at or between 436.5 psig and 463.5 psig, and testing has proven its ability to open at this setpoint.
b.

A depressurized RCS and an RCS vent.

An RCS vent is OPERABLE when capable of relieving > 475 gpm water flow.

Each of these methods of overpressure prevention is capable of mitigating the limiting COMS transient.

APPLICABILITY This LCO is applicable in MODE 4 with any RCS cold leg temperature

< the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, MODE 5, and MODE 6 when the reactor vessel head is on. The pressurizer safety valves provide overpressure protection that meets the Reference 1 P/T limits above the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR. When the reactor vessel head is off, overpressurization cannot occur.

LCO 3.4.3 provides the operational P/T limits for all MODES.

LCO 3.4.10, "Pressurizer Safety Valves," requires the OPERABILITY of the pressurizer safety valves that provide overpressure protection during MODES 1, 2, and 3 and MODE 4 with all RCS cold leg temperatures

> the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR.

COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-66 (developmental)

B APPLICABILITY (continued)

Low temperature overpressure prevention is most critical during shutdown when the RCS is water solid, and a mass or heat input transient can cause a very rapid increase in RCS pressure when little or no time allows operator action to mitigate the event.

ACTIONS A Note prohibits the application of LCO 3.0.4.b to an inoperable COMS.

There is an increased risk associated with entering MODE 4 from MODE 5 with COMS inoperable and the provisions of LCO 3.0.4.b, which allow entry into a MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability with the LCO not met after performance of a risk assessment addressing inoperable systems and components, should not be applied in this circumstance.

A.1 and B.1 With two or more charging pumps or any safety injection pumps capable of injecting into the RCS, RCS overpressurization is possible.

To immediately initiate action to restore restricted coolant input capability to the RCS reflects the urgency of removing the RCS from this condition.

C.1, D.1, and D.2 An unisolated accumulator requires isolation within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. This is only required when the accumulator pressure is at or more than the maximum RCS pressure for the existing temperature allowed by the P/T limit curves.

If isolation is needed and cannot be accomplished in 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, Required Action D.1 and Required Action D.2 provide two options, either of which must be performed in the next 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />. By increasing the RCS temperature to > the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR, an accumulator pressure specified in WAT-D-0863 (Ref. 8) cannot exceed the COMS limits if the accumulators are fully injected.

Depressurizing the accumulators below the COMS limit from the PTLR also gives this protection.

The Completion Times are based on operating experience that these activities can be accomplished in these time periods and on engineering evaluations indicating that an event requiring COMS is not likely in the allowed times.

COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-67 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued)

E.1 In MODE 4 with one required RCS relief valve inoperable, the RCS relief valve must be restored to OPERABLE status within a Completion Time of 7 days. Two RCS relief valves are required to provide low temperature overpressure mitigation while withstanding a single failure of an active component.

The Completion Time considers the facts that only one of the RCS relief valves is required to mitigate an overpressure transient and that the likelihood of an active failure of the remaining valve path during this time period is very low.

F.1 The consequences of operational events that will overpressurize the RCS are more severe at lower temperature (Ref. 7). Thus, with one of the two RCS relief valves inoperable in MODE 5 or in MODE 6 with the head on, the Completion Time to restore two valves to OPERABLE status is 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

The Completion Time represents a reasonable time to investigate and repair several types of relief valve failures without exposure to a lengthy period with only one OPERABLE RCS relief valve to protect against overpressure events.

G.1 The RCS must be depressurized and a vent must be established within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> when:

a.

Both required RCS relief valves are inoperable; or

b.

A Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A, B, D, E or F is not met; or

c.

The COMS is inoperable for any reason other than Condition A, B, C, D, E or F.

This action is needed to protect the RCPB from a low temperature overpressure event and a possible brittle failure of the reactor vessel.

COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-68 (developmental)

A ACTIONS G.1 (continued)

The Completion Time considers the time required to place the plant in this Condition and the relatively low probability of an overpressure event during this time period due to increased operator awareness of administrative control requirements.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.12.1, SR 3.4.12.2, and SR 3.4.12.3 To minimize the potential for a low temperature overpressure event by limiting the mass input capability, no safety injection pumps and all but one charging pump are verified incapable of injecting into the RCS and the accumulator discharge isolation valves are verified closed and locked out.

The safety injection pumps and charging pump are rendered incapable of injecting into the RCS through removing the power from the pumps by racking the breakers out under administrative control. Alternative methods of low temperature overpressure protection control may be employed using at least two independent means such that a single failure or single action will not result in an injection into the RCS. This may be accomplished through the pump control switch being placed in pull to lock and at least one valve in the discharge flow path being closed, or closing discharge MOV(s) and de-energizing the motor operator(s) under administrative control, or locking closed and tagging manual valve(s) in the discharge flow path.

The Frequency of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> is sufficient, considering other indications and alarms available to the operator in the control room, to verify the required status of the equipment. The additional Frequency for SR 3.4.12.1 and SR 3.4.12.2 is necessary to allow time during the transition from MODE 3 to MODE 4 to make the pumps inoperable.

SR 3.4.12.4 The RCS vent capable of relieving > 475 gpm water flow is proven OPERABLE by verifying its open condition either:

a.

Once every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> for a vent path that cannot be locked.

b.

Once every 31 days for a vent path that is locked, sealed, or secured in position. A removed safety or PORV fits this category.

COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-69 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.12.4 (continued)

The passive vent arrangement must only be open to be OPERABLE.

This Surveillance is required to be performed if the vent is being used to satisfy the pressure relief requirements of the LCO 3.4.12b.

SR 3.4.12.5 The PORV block valve must be verified open every 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> to provide the flow path for each required PORV to perform its function when actuated. The valve must be remotely verified open in the main control room. This Surveillance is performed if the PORV satisfies the LCO.

The block valve is a remotely controlled, motor operated valve. The power to the valve operator is not required removed, and the manual operator is not required locked in the inactive position. Thus, the block valve can be closed in the event the PORV develops excessive leakage or does not close (sticks open) after relieving an overpressure situation.

The 72-hour Frequency is considered adequate in view of other administrative controls available to the operator in the control room, such as valve position indication, that verify that the PORV block valve remains open.

SR 3.4.12.6 The required RHR suction relief valve shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by verifying both RHR suction isolation valves are open and by testing it in accordance with the Inservice Testing Program. This Surveillance is only performed if the RHR suction relief valve is being used to satisfy this LCO.

Every 31 days both RHR suction isolation valves are verified locked open, with power to the valve operator removed, to ensure that accidental closure will not occur. The "locked open" valves must be locally verified in the open position with the manual actuator locked. The 31 day Frequency is based on engineering judgment, is consistent with the procedural controls governing valve operation, and ensures correct valve position.

COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-70 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.4.12.7 The COT is required to be in frequency prior to decreasing RCS temperature to the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR or be performed within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after decreasing RCS temperature to the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR on each required PORV to verify and, as necessary, adjust its lift setpoint. The COT will verify the setpoint is within the PTLR allowed maximum limits in the PTLR. PORV actuation could depressurize the RCS and is not required. The COT is required to be performed every 31 days when RCS temperature is the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR with the reactor head in place.

The 12-hour allowance to meet the requirement considers the unlikelihood of a low temperature overpressure event during this time.

A Note has been added indicating that this SR is required to be met within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after decreasing RCS cold leg temperature to the COMS arming temperature specified in the PTLR.

SR 3.4.12.8 Performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION on each required PORV actuation channel is required every 18 months to adjust the whole channel so that it responds and the valve opens within the required range and accuracy to known input.

COMS B 3.4.12 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-71 (developmental)

B REFERENCES

1.

Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix G, "Fracture Toughness Requirements."

2.

Generic Letter 88-11, "NRC Position on Radiation Embrittlement of Reactor Vessel Materials and Its Impact on Plant Operation."

3.

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section III.

4.

Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.2, "Condition II - Faults of Moderate Frequency."

5.

Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50.46, "Acceptance Criteria for Emergency Core Cooling Systems for Light Water Nuclear Power Reactors."

6.

Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix K, "ECCS Evaluation Models."

7.

Generic Letter 90-06, "Resolution of Generic Issue 70,

'Power-Operated Relief Valve and Block Valve Reliability, and Generic Issue 94, 'Additional Low-Temperature Overpressure Protection for Light Water Reactors,' pursuant to 10 CFR 50.44(f)."

8.

Westinghouse Letter to TVA, WBT-D-0863, WBS 5.6.10 Cold Overpressure Mitigation System Setpoint Analysis, July 2009.

RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-72 (developmental)

A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.13 RCS Operational LEAKAGE BASES BACKGROUND Components that contain or transport the coolant to or from the reactor core make up the RCS. Component joints are made by welding, bolting, rolling, or pressure loading, and valves isolate connecting systems from the RCS.

During plant life, the joint and valve interfaces can allow varying amounts of reactor coolant LEAKAGE, through either normal operational wear or mechanical deterioration. The purpose of the RCS Operational LEAKAGE LCO is to limit system operation in the presence of LEAKAGE from these sources to amounts that do not compromise safety. This LCO specifies the types and amounts of LEAKAGE.

10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 30 (Ref. 1), requires means for detecting and, to the extent practical, identifying the source of reactor coolant LEAKAGE. Regulatory Guide 1.45 (Ref. 2) describes acceptable methods for selecting leakage detection systems.

The safety significance of RCS LEAKAGE varies widely depending on its source, rate, and duration. Therefore, detecting and monitoring reactor coolant LEAKAGE into the containment area is necessary. Quickly separating the identified LEAKAGE from the unidentified LEAKAGE is necessary to provide quantitative information to the operators, allowing them to take corrective action should a leak occur that is detrimental to the safety of the facility and the public.

A limited amount of leakage inside containment is expected from auxiliary systems that cannot be made 100% leaktight. Leakage from these systems should be detected, located, and isolated from the containment atmosphere, if possible, to not interfere with RCS leakage detection.

This LCO deals with protection of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) from degradation and the core from inadequate cooling, in addition to preventing the accident analyses radiation release assumptions from being exceeded. The consequences of violating this LCO include the possibility of a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) or steam generator tube rupture (SGTR).

RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-73 (developmental)

A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Except for primary to secondary LEAKAGE, the safety analyses do not address operational LEAKAGE. However, other operational LEAKAGE is related to the safety analyses for LOCA; the amount of leakage can affect the probability of such an event. The safety analysis for a main steam line break (MSLB) assumes that the pre-accident primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE from three steam generators is 150 gallons per day (gpd) per steam generator and 1 gallon per minute (gpm) from one steam generator. This leakage assumption remains the same after the accident.

For an SGTR accident, the accident analysis assumes a primary-to-secondary leakage of 150 gpd per steam generator prior to the accident.

Subsequent to the SGTR a leakage of 150 gpd is assumed in each of three intact steam generators and RCS blowdown flow through the ruptured tube in the faulted steam generator. Consequently, the LCO requirement to limit primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE through any one steam generator to less than or equal to 150 gpd is acceptable.

The safety analysis for the SLB accident assumes the entire 1 gpm primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE is through the affected steam generator as an initial condition. The dose consequences resulting from the SLB accident are within the limits defined in 10 CFR 100 or the staff approved licensing basis (i.e., a small fraction of these limits).

The RCS operational LEAKAGE satisfies Criterion 2 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).

LCO RCS operational LEAKAGE shall be limited to:

a.

Pressure Boundary LEAKAGE No pressure boundary LEAKAGE is allowed, being indicative of an off-normal condition. LEAKAGE of this type is unacceptable as the leak itself could cause further deterioration, resulting in higher LEAKAGE. Violation of this LCO could result in continued degradation of the RCPB. LEAKAGE past seals and gaskets is not pressure boundary LEAKAGE.

RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-74 (developmental)

A LCO (continued)

b.

Unidentified LEAKAGE One gallon per minute (gpm) of unidentified LEAKAGE is allowed as a reasonable minimum detectable amount that the containment air monitoring and containment pocket sump level monitoring equipment can detect within a reasonable time period. Violation of this LCO could result in continued degradation of the RCPB, if the LEAKAGE is from the pressure boundary.

c.

Identified LEAKAGE Up to 10 gpm of identified LEAKAGE is considered allowable because LEAKAGE is from known sources that do not interfere with detection of unidentified LEAKAGE and is well within the capability of the RCS Makeup System. Identified LEAKAGE includes LEAKAGE to the containment from specifically known and located sources, but does not include pressure boundary LEAKAGE or controlled reactor coolant pump (RCP) seal leakoff (a normal function not considered LEAKAGE). Violation of this LCO could result in continued degradation of a component or system.

d.

Primary to Secondary LEAKAGE through ANY One SG The limit of 150 gallons per day (gpd) per SG (600 gpd total for all SGs) is based on the operational LEAKAGE performance criteria in NEI 97-06, Steam Generator Program Guidelines (Reference 4).

The Steam Generator Program operational LEAKAGE performance criterion in NEI 97-06 states, The RCS operational primary to secondary leakage through any one SG shall be limited to 150 gallons per day. The limit is based on operating experience with SG tube degradation mechanisms that result in tube leakage. The operational leakage rate criterion in conjunction with the implementation of the Steam Generator Program is an effective measure for minimizing the frequency of steam generator tube ruptures.

RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-75 (developmental)

A APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, the potential for RCPB LEAKAGE is greatest when the RCS is pressurized.

In MODES 5 and 6, LEAKAGE limits are not required because the reactor coolant pressure is far lower, resulting in lower stresses and reduced potentials for LEAKAGE.

ACTIONS A.1 Unidentified LEAKAGE or identified LEAKAGE in excess of the LCO limits must be reduced to within limits within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />. This Completion Time allows time to verify leakage rates and either identify unidentified LEAKAGE or reduce LEAKAGE to within limits before the reactor must be shut down. This action is necessary to prevent further deterioration of the RCPB.

B.1 and B.2 If any pressure boundary LEAKAGE exists, or primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE is not within limits, or if unidentified LEAKAGE or identified LEAKAGE cannot be reduced to within limits within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, the reactor must be brought to lower pressure conditions to reduce the severity of the LEAKAGE and its potential consequences. It should be noted that LEAKAGE past seals and gaskets is not pressure boundary LEAKAGE.

The reactor must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and MODE 5 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />. This action reduces the LEAKAGE and also reduces the factors that tend to degrade the pressure boundary.

The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

In MODE 5, the pressure stresses acting on the RCPB are much lower, and further deterioration is much less likely.

RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-76 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.13.1 Verifying RCS LEAKAGE to be within the LCO limits ensures the integrity of the RCPB is maintained. Pressure boundary LEAKAGE would at first appear as unidentified LEAKAGE and can only be positively identified by inspection. It should be noted that LEAKAGE past seals and gaskets is not pressure boundary LEAKAGE. Unidentified LEAKAGE and identified LEAKAGE are determined by performance of an RCS water inventory balance.

The RCS water inventory balance must be met with the reactor at steady state operating conditions and near operating pressure. The SR is modified by 2 Notes. Note 1 states that this SR is not required to be performed until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after establishing steady state operation. The 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> allowance provides sufficient time to collect and process all necessary data after stable plant conditions are established.

Steady state operation is required to perform a proper inventory balance; calculations during maneuvering are not useful. For RCS operational LEAKAGE determination by water inventory balance, steady state is defined as stable RCS pressure, temperature, power level, pressurizer and makeup tank levels, makeup and letdown, and RCP seal injection and return flows.

An early warning of pressure boundary LEAKAGE or unidentified LEAKAGE is provided by the automatic systems that monitor the containment atmosphere radioactivity and the containment pocket sump level. It should be noted that LEAKAGE past seals and gaskets is not pressure boundary LEAKAGE. These leakage detection systems are specified in LCO 3.4.15, "RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation."

Note 2 states that this SR is not applicable to primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE because LEAKAGE of 150 gallons per day cannot be measured accurately by an RCS water inventory balance.

The 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> Frequency is a reasonable interval to trend LEAKAGE and recognizes the importance of early leakage detection in the prevention of accidents.

RCS Operational LEAKAGE B 3.4.13 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-77 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.4.13.2 This SR verifies that primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE is less than or equal to 150 gallons per day through any one SG. Satisfying the primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE limit ensures that the operational LEAKAGE performance criterion in the Steam Generator Program is met. If this SR is not met, compliance with LCO 3.4.17 Steam Generator Tube Integrity, should be evaluated. The 150 gallons per day limit is measured at room temperature as described in Ref. 5. The operational LEAKAGE rate limit applies to LEAKAGE through any one SG. If it is not practical to assign the LEAKAGE to an individual SG, all the primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE should be conservatively assumed to be from one SG.

The Surveillance is modified by a NOTE which states that the Surveillance is not required to be performed until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after establishment of steady state operation. For RCS primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE determination, steady state is defined as stable RCS pressure, temperature, power level, pressurizer and makeup tank levels, makeup and letdown, and RCP seal injection and return flows.

The Surveillance Frequency of 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is a reasonable interval to trend primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE and recognizes the importance of early leakage detection in the prevention of accidents. The primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE is determined using continuous process radiation monitors or radiochemical grab sampling in accordance with EPRI guidelines (Ref. 5)

REFERENCES

1.

Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criteria 30, "Quality of Reactor Coolant Boundary."

2.

Regulatory Guide 1.45, "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Leakage Detection Systems," May 1973.

3.

Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.4, "Condition IV - Limiting Faults."

4.

NEI 97-06, Steam Generator Program Guidelines.

5.

EPRI Pressurized Water Reactor Primary-to-Secondary Leak Guidelines.

RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-78 (developmental)

A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.14 RCS Pressure Isolation Valve (PIV) Leakage BASES BACKGROUND 10 CFR 50.2, 10 CFR 50.55a(c), and GDC 55 of 10 CFR 50, Appendix A (Refs. 1, 2, and 3), define RCS PIVs as any two normally closed valves in series within the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB), which separate the high pressure RCS from an attached low pressure system.

During their lives, these valves can produce varying amounts of reactor coolant leakage through either normal operational wear or mechanical deterioration. The RCS PIV Leakage LCO allows RCS high pressure operation when leakage through these valves exists in amounts that do not compromise safety.

The PIV leakage limit applies to each individual valve.

Although this specification provides a limit on allowable PIV leakage rate, its main purpose is to prevent overpressure failure of the low pressure portions of connecting systems. The leakage limit is an indication that the PIVs between the RCS and the connecting systems are degraded or degrading. PIV leakage could lead to overpressure of the low pressure piping or components. Failure consequences could be a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) outside of containment, an unanalyzed accident, that could degrade the ability for low pressure injection.

The basis for this LCO is the 1975 NRC "Reactor Safety Study" (Ref. 4) that identified potential intersystem LOCAs as a significant contributor to the risk of core melt. A subsequent study (Ref. 5) evaluated various PIV configurations to determine the probability of intersystem LOCAs.

PIVs are provided to isolate the RCS from the following typically connected systems:

a.

Residual Heat Removal (RHR) System;

b.

Safety Injection System; and

c.

Chemical and Volume Control System.

The PIVs are listed in the FSAR, Section 3.9 (Ref. 6).

RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-79 (developmental)

A BACKGROUND (continued)

Violation of this LCO could result in continued degradation of a PIV, which could lead to overpressurization of a low pressure system and the loss of the integrity of a fission product barrier.

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES Reference 4 identified potential intersystem LOCAs as a significant contributor to the risk of core melt. The dominant accident sequence in the intersystem LOCA category is the failure of the low pressure portion of the RHR System outside of containment. The accident is the result of a postulated failure of the PIVs, which are part of the RCPB, and the subsequent pressurization of the RHR System downstream of the PIVs from the RCS. Because the low pressure portion of the RHR System is typically designed for 600 psig, overpressurization failure of the RHR low pressure line would result in a LOCA outside containment and subsequent risk of core melt.

Reference 5 evaluated various PIV configurations, leakage testing of the valves, and operational changes to determine the effect on the probability of intersystem LOCAs. This study concluded that periodic leakage testing of the PIVs can substantially reduce the probability of an intersystem LOCA.

RCS PIV leakage satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.

LCO RCS PIV leakage is LEAKAGE into closed systems connected to the RCS. Isolation valve leakage is usually on the order of drops per minute.

Leakage that increases significantly suggests that something is operationally wrong and corrective action must be taken.

The LCO PIV leakage limit is 0.5 gpm per nominal inch of valve size with a maximum limit of 5 gpm. The previous criterion of 1 gpm for all valve sizes imposed an unjustified penalty on the larger valves without providing information on potential valve degradation and resulted in higher personnel radiation exposures. A study concluded a leakage rate limit based on valve size was superior to a single allowable value.

RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-80 (developmental)

A LCO (continued)

Reference 7 permits leakage testing at a lower pressure differential than between the specified maximum RCS pressure and the normal pressure of the connected system during RCS operation (the maximum pressure differential) in those types of valves in which the higher service pressure will tend to diminish the overall leakage channel opening. In such cases, the observed rate may be adjusted to the maximum pressure differential by assuming leakage is directly proportional to the pressure differential to the one half power.

APPLICABILITY In MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, this LCO applies because the PIV leakage potential is greatest when the RCS is pressurized. In MODE 4, valves in the RHR flow path are not required to meet the requirements of this LCO when in or during the transition to or from the RHR mode of operation.

In MODES 5 and 6, leakage limits are not provided because the lower reactor coolant pressure results in a reduced potential for leakage and for a LOCA outside the containment.

ACTIONS The Actions are modified by two Notes. Note 1 provides clarification that each flow path allows separate entry into a Condition. This is allowed based upon the functional independence of the flow path. Note 2 requires an evaluation of affected systems if a PIV is inoperable. The leakage may have affected system operability, or isolation of a leaking flow path with an alternate valve may have degraded the ability of the interconnected system to perform its safety function.

A.1 and A.2 The flow path must be isolated. Required Actions A.1 and A.2 are modified by a Note that the valve used for isolation must meet the same leakage requirements as the PIVs and must be within the RCPB.

Required Action A.1 requires that the isolation with one valve must be performed within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />. Four hours provides time to reduce leakage in excess of the allowable limit and to isolate the affected system if leakage cannot be reduced. The 4-hour Completion Time allows the actions and restricts the operation with leaking isolation valves.

RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-81 (developmental)

A ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 (continued)

The 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> Completion Time after exceeding the limit allows for the restoration of the leaking PIV to OPERABLE status. This timeframe considers the time required to complete this Action and the low probability of a second valve failing during this period.

B.1 and B.2 If leakage cannot be reduced, or the system isolated, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the requirement does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and MODE 5 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />. This Action may reduce the leakage and also reduces the potential for a LOCA outside the containment. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.14.1 Performance of leakage testing on each RCS PIV or isolation valve used to satisfy Required Action A.1 and Required Action A.2 is required to verify that leakage is below the specified limit and to identify each leaking valve. The leakage limit of 0.5 gpm per inch of nominal valve diameter up to 5 gpm maximum applies to each valve. Leakage testing requires a stable pressure condition.

For the two PIVs in series, the leakage requirement applies to each valve individually and not to the combined leakage across both valves. If the PIVs are not individually leakage tested, one valve may have failed completely and not be detected if the other valve in series meets the leakage requirement. In this situation, the protection provided by redundant valves would be lost.

RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-82 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.14.1 (continued)

Testing is to be performed every 18 months, a typical refueling cycle, if the plant does not go into MODE 5 for at least 7 days. The 18 month Frequency is consistent with 10 CFR 50.55a(g) (Ref. 8) as contained in the Inservice Testing Program, is within the frequency allowed by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) OM Code (Ref. 7),

and is based on the need to perform such surveillances under the conditions that apply during an outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power.

In addition, testing must be performed once after the valve has been opened by flow or exercised to ensure tight reseating. PIVs disturbed in the performance of this Surveillance should also be tested unless documentation shows that an infinite testing loop cannot practically be avoided. Testing must be performed within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after the valve has been reseated. Within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is a reasonable and practical time limit for performing this test after opening or reseating a valve.

The leakage limit is to be met at the RCS pressure associated with MODES 1 and 2. This permits leakage testing at high differential pressures with stable conditions not possible in the MODES with lower pressures.

Entry into MODES 3 and 4 is allowed to establish the necessary differential pressures and stable conditions to allow for performance of this Surveillance. The Note that allows this provision is complementary to the Frequency of prior to entry into MODE 2 whenever the unit has been in MODE 5 for 7 days or more, if leakage testing has not been performed in the previous 9 months. In addition, this Surveillance is not required to be performed on the RHR System when the RHR System is aligned to the RCS in the shutdown cooling mode of operation. PIVs contained in the RHR shutdown cooling flow path must be leakage rate tested after RHR is secured and stable unit conditions and the necessary differential pressures are established.

RCS PIV Leakage B 3.4.14 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-83 (developmental)

A REFERENCES

1.

Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Section 50.2, "Definitions - Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary."

2.

Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Section 50.55a, "Codes and Standards," Subsection (c), "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary."

3.

Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix A,Section V, "Reactor Containment," General Design Criterion 55, "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Penetrating Containment."

4.

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), "Reactor Safety Study

- An Assessment of Accident Risks in U.S. Commercial Nuclear Power Plants," Appendix V, WASH-1400 (NUREG-75/014),

October 1975.

5.

U.S. NRC, "The Probability of Intersystem LOCA: Impact Due to Leak Testing and Operational Changes," NUREG-0677, May 1980.

6.

Watts Bar FSAR, Section 3.9, "Mechanical Systems and Components" (Table 3.9-17).

7.

American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) OM Code, Code for Operation and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plants.

8.

Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Section 50.55a, "Codes and Standards," Subsection (g), "Inservice Inspection Requirements."

RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-84 (developmental)

B B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.15 RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation BASES BACKGROUND GDC 30 of Appendix A to 10 CFR 50 (Ref. 1) requires means for detecting and, to the extent practical, identifying the location of the source of RCS LEAKAGE. Regulatory Guide 1.45 (Ref. 2) describes acceptable methods for selecting leakage detection systems.

Leakage detection systems must have the capability to detect significant reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) degradation as soon after occurrence as practical to minimize the potential for propagation to a gross failure. Thus, an early indication or warning signal is necessary to permit proper evaluation of all unidentified LEAKAGE.

Industry practice has shown that water flow changes of 0.5 gpm to 1.0 gpm can be readily detected in contained volumes by monitoring changes in water level, in flow rate, or in the operating frequency of a pump. The containment pocket sump used to collect unidentified LEAKAGE is instrumented to alarm for increases of 0.5 gpm to 1.0 gpm in the normal flow rates. This sensitivity is acceptable for detecting increases in unidentified LEAKAGE.

The reactor coolant contains radioactivity that, when released to the containment, can be detected by radiation monitoring instrumentation.

Reactor coolant radioactivity levels will be low during initial reactor startup and for a few weeks thereafter, until activated corrosion products have been formed and fission products appear from fuel element cladding contamination or cladding defects. Instrument sensitivity of 10-9 µCi/cc radioactivity for particulate monitoring is practical for this leakage detection system. A radioactivity detection system is included for monitoring particulate activity because of its sensitivity and rapid response to RCS LEAKAGE.

RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-85 (developmental)

B BACKGROUND (continued)

An atmospheric gaseous radioactivity monitor will provide a positive indication of leakage in the event that high levels of reactor coolant gaseous activity exist due to fuel cladding defects. The effectiveness of the atmospheric gaseous radioactivity monitors depends primarily on the activity of the reactor coolant and also, in part, on the containment volume and the background activity level. Shortly after startup and also during steady state operation with low levels of fuel defects, the level of radioactivity in the reactor coolant may be too low for the containment atmosphere gaseous radiation monitors to detect a reactor coolant leak of 1 gpm within one hour. Atmospheric gaseous radioactivity monitors are not required by this LCO.

The sample lines supplying the radioactivity monitoring instrumentation are heated (heat traced) to ensure that a representative sample can be obtained. During periods when the heat tracing is inoperable, the particulate channel of the radioactivity monitoring instrumentation is inoperable and grab samples for particulates may not be taken using the sample lines.

An increase in humidity of the containment atmosphere would indicate release of water vapor to the containment. Dew point temperature measurements can thus be used to monitor humidity levels of the containment atmosphere as an indicator of potential RCS LEAKAGE.

A 1°F increase in dew point is well within the sensitivity range of available instruments.

Since the humidity level is influenced by several factors, a quantitative evaluation of an indicated leakage rate by this means may be questionable and should be compared to observed increases in liquid flow into or from the containment pocket sump. Humidity level monitoring is considered most useful as an indirect alarm or indication to alert the operator to a potential problem. Humidity monitors are not required by this LCO.

RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-86 (developmental)

B BACKGROUND (continued)

Air temperature and pressure monitoring methods may also be used to infer unidentified LEAKAGE to the containment. Containment temperature and pressure fluctuate slightly during plant operation, but a rise above the normally indicated range of values may indicate RCS leakage into the containment. The relevance of temperature and pressure measurements are affected by containment free volume and, for temperature, detector location. Alarm signals from these instruments can be valuable in recognizing rapid and sizable leakage to the containment.

Temperature and pressure monitors are not required by this LCO.

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The need to evaluate the severity of an alarm or an indication is important to the operators, and the ability to compare and verify with indications from other systems is necessary. The system response times and sensitivities are described in the FSAR (Ref. 3).

The safety significance of RCS LEAKAGE varies widely depending on its source, rate, and duration. Therefore, detecting and monitoring RCS LEAKAGE into the containment area is necessary. Quickly separating the identified LEAKAGE from the unidentified LEAKAGE provides quantitative information to the operators, allowing them to take corrective action should a leak detrimental to the safety of the unit and the public occur. RCS leakage detection instrumentation satisfies Criterion 1 of the NRC Policy Statement.

LCO One method of protecting against large RCS leakage derives from the ability of instruments to rapidly detect extremely small leaks. This LCO requires instruments of diverse monitoring principles to be OPERABLE to provide a high degree of confidence that extremely small leaks are detected in time to allow actions to place the plant in a safe condition when RCS LEAKAGE indicates possible RCPB degradation.

The LCO is satisfied when monitors of diverse measurement means are available. Thus, the containment pocket sump level monitor, in combination with a particulate radioactivity monitor, provides an acceptable minimum.

The sample lines supplying the radioactivity monitoring instrumentation are heated (heat traced) to ensure that a representative sample can be obtained.

RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-87 (developmental)

B APPLICABILITY Because of elevated RCS temperature and pressure in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, RCS leakage detection instrumentation is required to be OPERABLE.

In MODE 5 or 6, the temperature is to be 200°F and pressure is maintained low or at atmospheric pressure. Since the temperatures and pressures are far lower than those for MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4, the likelihood of leakage and crack propagation are much smaller. Therefore, the requirements of this LCO are not applicable in MODES 5 and 6.

ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 With the required containment pocket sump level monitor inoperable, no other form of sampling can provide the equivalent information; however, the containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor will provide indications of changes in leakage. Together with the atmosphere monitor, the periodic surveillance for RCS water inventory balance, SR 3.4.13.1, must be performed at an increased frequency of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> to provide information that is adequate to detect leakage.

Restoration of the required containment pocket sump level monitor to OPERABLE status within a Completion Time of 30 days is required to regain the function after the monitor's failure. This time is acceptable, considering the Frequency and adequacy of the RCS water inventory balance required by Required Action A.1.

RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-88 (developmental)

B ACTIONS (continued)

B.1.1, B.1.2, and B.2 With the particulate containment atmosphere radioactivity monitoring instrumentation channel inoperable, alternative action is required. Either grab samples of the containment atmosphere must be taken and analyzed or water inventory balances, in accordance with SR 3.4.13.1, must be performed to provide alternate periodic information.

During periods when the heat tracing is inoperable for the sample lines supplying the radioactivity monitoring instrumentation, the particulate channel of the instrumentation is inoperable and grab samples for particulates may not be taken using the sample lines.

With a sample obtained and analyzed or water inventory balance performed every 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, the reactor may be operated for up to 30 days to allow restoration of the required containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor.

The 24-hour interval provides periodic information that is adequate to detect leakage. The 30-day Completion Time recognizes at least one other form of leakage detection is available.

C.1 and C.2 If a Required Action of Condition A or B cannot be met, the plant must be brought to a MODE in which the requirement does not apply. To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and to MODE 5 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

D.1 With all required monitors inoperable, no automatic means of monitoring leakage are available, and immediate plant shutdown in accordance with LCO 3.0.3 is required.

RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation B 3.4.15 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-89 (developmental)

B SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.15.1 SR 3.4.15.1 requires the performance of a CHANNEL CHECK of the required containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor. The check gives reasonable confidence that the channel is operating properly.

The Frequency of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> is based on instrument reliability and is reasonable for detecting off normal conditions.

SR 3.4.15.2 SR 3.4.15.2 requires the performance of a COT on the required containment atmosphere particulate radioactivity monitor. The test ensures that the monitor can perform its function in the desired manner.

The test verifies the alarm setpoint and the relative accuracy of the instrument string. The Frequency of 92 days considers instrument reliability, and operating experience has shown that it is proper for detecting degradation.

SR 3.4.15.3 and SR 3.4.15.4 These SRs require the performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION for each of the RCS leakage detection instrumentation channels. The calibration verifies the accuracy of the instrument string, including the instruments located inside containment. The Frequency of 18 months is a typical refueling cycle and considers channel reliability. Again, operating experience has proven that this Frequency is acceptable.

REFERENCES

1.

10 CFR 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 30, "Quality of Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary."

2.

Regulatory Guide 1.45, "Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Leakage Detection Systems," Revision 0, May 1973.

3.

Watts Bar FSAR, Section 5.2.7, "RCPB Leakage Detection Systems."

RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-90 (developmental)

A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.16 RCS Specific Activity BASES BACKGROUND The maximum dose to the whole body and the thyroid that an individual at the site boundary can receive for 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> during an accident is specified in 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 1). The maximum dose to the whole body and the thyroid that an individual occupying the Main Control Room can receive for the accident duration is specified in 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19.

The limits on specific activity ensure that the doses are held to a small fraction of the 10 CFR 100 limits and within the 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 limits during analyzed transients and accidents.

The RCS specific activity LCO limits the allowable concentration level of radionuclides in the reactor coolant. The LCO limits are established to minimize the offsite and Main Control Room radioactivity dose consequences in the event of a steam generator tube rupture (SGTR) or main steam line break (MSLB) accident.

The LCO contains specific activity limits for both DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 and gross specific activity. The allowable levels are intended to limit the 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> dose at the site boundary to a small fraction of the 10 CFR 100 dose guideline limits, and ensure the Main Control Room accident dose is within the appropriate 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 dose guideline limits.

The evaluations showed the potential offsite and Main Control Room dose levels for a SGTR and MSLB accident were within the appropriate 10 CFR 100 and GDC 19 guideline limits.

RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-91 (developmental)

B APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The LCO limits on the specific activity of the reactor coolant ensures that the resulting 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> doses at the site boundary and Main Control Room accident doses will not exceed the appropriate 10 CFR 100 dose guideline limits and 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 dose guideline limits following a SGTR or MSLB accident. The SGTR and MSLB safety analysis (Ref. 2) assumes the specific activity of the reactor coolant at the LCO limit and an existing reactor coolant steam generator (SG) tube leakage rate of 150 gallons per day (GPD). The safety analysis assumes the specific activity of the secondary coolant at its limit of 0.1 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 from LCO 3.7.14, "Secondary Specific Activity."

The analysis for the SGTR and MSLB accidents establish the acceptance limits for RCS specific activity. Reference to these analyses is used to assess changes to the unit that could affect RCS specific activity, as they relate to the acceptance limits.

The analyses are for two cases of reactor coolant specific activity. One case assumes specific activity at 0.265 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 with an iodine spike immediately after the accident that increases the iodine activity in the reactor coolant by a factor of 500 times the iodine production rate necessary to maintain a steady state iodine concentration of 0.265 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131. The second case assumes the initial reactor coolant iodine activity at 21 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 due to a pre-accident iodine spike caused by an RCS transient. In both cases, the noble gas activity in the reactor coolant equals the LCO limit of 100/E Ci/gm for gross specific activity.

The analysis also assumes a loss of offsite power at the same time as the SGTR and MSLB event. The SGTR causes a reduction in reactor coolant inventory. The reduction initiates a reactor trip from a low pressurizer pressure signal or an RCS overtemperature T signal. The MSLB results in a reactor trip due to low steam pressure.

The coincident loss of offsite power causes the steam dump valves to close to protect the condenser. The rise in pressure in the ruptured SG discharges radioactively contaminated steam to the atmosphere through the SG power operated relief valves and the main steam safety valves.

The unaffected SGs remove core decay heat by venting steam to the atmosphere until the cooldown ends.

RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-92 (developmental)

A APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)

The safety analysis shows the radiological consequences of an SGTR and MSLB accident are within the appropriate 10 CFR 100 and 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 dose guideline limits. Operation with iodine specific activity levels greater than the LCO limit is permissible, if the activity levels do not exceed 21 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131, in the applicable specification, for more than 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />. The safety analysis has concurrent and pre-accident iodine spiking levels up to 21 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131.

The limits on RCS specific activity are also used for establishing standardization in radiation shielding and plant personnel radiation protection practices.

RCS specific activity satisfies Criterion 2 of the NRC Policy Statement.

LCO The specific iodine activity is limited to 0.265 Ci/gm DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131, and the gross specific activity in the reactor coolant is limited to the number of Ci/gm equal to 100 divided by E (average disintegration energy of the sum of the average beta and gamma energies of the coolant nuclides). The limit on DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 ensures the 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> thyroid dose to an individual at the site boundary and accident dose to personnel in the Main Control Room during the Design Basis Accident (DBA) will be within the allowed thyroid dose. The limit on gross specific activity ensures the 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> whole body dose to an individual at the site boundary and accident dose to personnel in the Main Control Room during the DBA will be within the allowed whole body dose.

The SGTR and MSLB accident analysis (Ref. 2) shows that the 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> site boundary dose levels and Main Control Room accident dose are within acceptable limits. Violation of the LCO may result in reactor coolant radioactivity levels that could, in the event of a SGTR or MSLB, lead to site boundary doses that exceed the 10 CFR 100 dose guideline limits, or Main Control Room accident dose that exceed the 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 19 dose limits.

RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-93 (developmental)

A APPLICABILITY In MODES 1 and 2, and in MODE 3 with RCS average temperature 500°F, operation within the LCO limits for DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 and gross specific activity are necessary to contain the potential consequences of an accident to within the acceptable Main Control Room and site boundary dose values.

For operation in MODE 3 with RCS average temperature < 500°F, and in MODES 4 and 5, the release of radioactivity in the event of a SGTR is unlikely since the saturation pressure of the reactor coolant is below the lift pressure settings of the main steam safety valves.

ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 With the DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 greater than the LCO limit, samples at intervals of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> must be taken to demonstrate that the limit of 21 Ci/gm is not exceeded. The Completion Time of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> is required to obtain and analyze a sample. Sampling is done to continue to provide a trend.

The DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 must be restored to within limits within 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />. The Completion Time of 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br /> is required, if the limit violation resulted from normal iodine spiking.

A Note permits the use of the provisions of LCO 3.0.4.c. This allowance permits entry into the applicable MODE(S) while relying on the ACTIONS.

This allowance is acceptable due to the significant conservatism incorporated into the specific activity limit, the low probability of an event which is limiting due to exceeding this limit, and the ability to restore transient specific activity excursions while the plant remains at, or proceeds to power operation.

RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-94 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued)

B.1 and B.2 With the gross specific activity in excess of the allowed limit, an analysis must be performed within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> to determine DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131. The Completion Time of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> is required to obtain and analyze a sample.

The change within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> to MODE 3 and RCS average temperature

< 500°F lowers the saturation pressure of the reactor coolant below the setpoints of the main steam safety valves and prevents venting the SG to the environment in an SGTR event. The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3 below 500°F from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

C.1 If a Required Action and the associated Completion Time of Condition A is not met or if the DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 is greater than 21 Ci/gm, the reactor must be brought to MODE 3 with RCS average temperature

< 500°F within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />. The Completion Time of 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> is reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach MODE 3 below 500°F from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.16.1 SR 3.4.16.1 requires performing a gamma isotopic analysis as a measure of the gross specific activity of the reactor coolant at least once every 7 days. While basically a quantitative measure of radionuclides with half lives longer than 15 minutes, excluding iodines, this measurement is the sum of the degassed gamma activities and the gaseous gamma activities in the sample taken. This Surveillance provides an indication of any increase in gross specific activity.

Trending the results of this Surveillance allows proper remedial action to be taken before reaching the LCO limit under normal operating conditions. The Surveillance is applicable in MODES 1 and 2, and in MODE 3 with Tavg at least 500°F. The 7-day Frequency considers the unlikelihood of a gross fuel failure during the time.

RCS Specific Activity B 3.4.16 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-95 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.4.16.2 This Surveillance is performed in MODE 1 only to ensure iodine remains within limit during normal operation and following rapid power changes when fuel failure is more apt to occur. The 14-day Frequency is adequate to trend changes in the iodine activity level, considering gross activity is monitored every 7 days. The Frequency, between 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> and 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> after a power change 15% RTP within a 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> period, is established because the iodine levels peak during this time following fuel failure; samples at other times would provide inaccurate results.

SR 3.4.16.3 A radiochemical analysis forE determination is required every 184 days (6 months) with the plant operating in MODE 1 equilibrium conditions.

TheE determination directly relates to the LCO and is required to verify plant operation within the specified gross activity LCO limit. The analysis forE is a measurement of the average energies per disintegration for isotopes with half lives longer than 15 minutes, excluding iodines. The Frequency of 184 days recognizesE does not change rapidly.

This SR has been modified by a Note that indicates sampling is required to be performed within 31 days after a minimum of 2 effective full power days and 20 days of MODE 1 operation have elapsed since the reactor was last subcritical for at least 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />. This ensures that the radioactive materials are at equilibrium so the analysis forE is representative and not skewed by a crud burst or other similar abnormal event.

REFERENCES

1.

Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 100.11, Determination of Exclusion Area, Low Population Zone, and Population Center Distance, 1973.

2.

Watts Bar FSAR, Section 15.4, Condition IV - Limiting Faults.

SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-96 (developmental)

A B 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)

B 3.4.17 STEAM GENERATOR (SG) TUBE INTEGRITY BASES BACKGROUND Steam generator (SG) tubes are small diameter, thin walled tubes that carry primary coolant through the primary to secondary heat exchangers.

The SG tubes have a number of important safety functions. Steam generator tubes are an integral part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary (RCPB) and, as such, are relied on to maintain the primary systems pressure and inventory. The SG tubes isolate the radioactive fission products in the primary coolant from the secondary system. In addition, as part of the RCPB, the SG tubes are unique in that they act as the heat transfer surface between the primary and secondary systems to remove heat from the primary system. This Specification addresses only the RCPB integrity function of the SG. The SG heat removal function is addressed by LCO 3.4.4, RCS Loops - MODES 1 and 2, LCO 3.4.5, RCS Loops - MODE 3, LCO 3.4.6, RCS Loops - MODE 4, and LCO 3.4.7, RCS Loops - MODE 5, Loops Filled.

SG tube integrity means that the tubes are capable of performing their intended RCPB safety function consistent with the licensing basis, including applicable regulatory requirements.

Steam generator tubing is subject to a variety of degradation mechanisms. Steam generator tubes may experience tube degradation related to corrosion phenomena, such as wastage, pitting, intergranular attack, and stress corrosion cracking, along with other mechanically induced phenomena such as denting and wear. These degradation mechanisms can impair tube integrity if they are not managed effectively.

The SG performance criteria are used to manage SG tube degradation.

Specification 5.7.2.12, Steam Generator (SG) Program, requires that a program be established and implemented to ensure that SG tube integrity is maintained. Pursuant to Specification 5.7.2.12, tube integrity is maintained when the SG performance criteria are met. There are three SG performance criteria: structural integrity, accident induced leakage, and operational LEAKAGE. The SG performance criteria are described in Specification 5.7.2.12. Meeting the SG performance criteria provides reasonable assurance of maintaining tube integrity at normal and accident conditions.

SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-97 (developmental)

A BACKGROUND (continued)

The processes used to meet the SG performance criteria are defined by the Steam Generator Program Guidelines (Ref. 1).

APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES The steam generator tube rupture (SGTR) accident is the limiting design basis event for SG tubes and avoiding an SGTR is the basis for this Specification. The analysis of an SGTR event assumes a bounding primary to secondary LEAKAGE rate equal to the operational LEAKAGE rate limits in LCO 3.4.13, RCS Operational LEAKAGE, plus the leakage rate associated with a double-ended rupture of a single tube. The accident analysis for a SGTR assumes the contaminated secondary fluid is only briefly released to the atmosphere via safety valves and the majority is discharged to the main condenser.

The analysis for design basis accidents and transients other than an SGTR assume the SG tubes retain their structural integrity (i.e., they are assumed not to rupture). In these analyses, the steam discharge to the atmosphere is based on the total primary to secondary LEAKAGE from 150 gallons per day (gpd) per steam generator and 1 gallon per minute (gpm) in the faulted steam generator. For accidents that do not involve fuel damage, the primary coolant activity level of DOSE EQUIVALENT I-131 is assumed to be equal to the LCO 3.4.16, RCS Specific Activity, limits. For accidents that assume fuel damage, the primary coolant activity is a function of the amount of activity released from the damaged fuel. The dose consequences of these events are within the limits of GDC 19 (Ref. 2), and 10 CFR 100 (Ref. 3) or the NRC approved licensing basis.

Steam generator tube integrity satisfies Criterion 2 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).

LCO The LCO requires that SG tube integrity be maintained. The LCO also requires that all SG tubes that satisfy the repair criteria be plugged in accordance with the Steam Generator Program.

During an SG inspection, any inspected tube that satisfies the Steam Generator Program repair criteria is removed from service by plugging. If a tube was determined to satisfy the repair criteria but was not plugged, the tube may still have tube integrity.

SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-98 (developmental)

A LCO (continued)

In the context of this Specification, an SG tube is defined as the entire length of the tube, including the tube wall, between the tube-to-tubesheet weld at the tube inlet and the tube-to-tubesheet weld at the tube outlet.

The tube-to-tubesheet weld is not considered part of the tube.

An SG tube has tube integrity when it satisfies the SG performance criteria. The SG performance criteria are defined in Specification 5.7.2.12, Steam Generator Program, and describe acceptable SG tube performance. The Steam Generator Program also provides the evaluation process for determining conformance with the SG performance criteria.

There are three SG performance criteria: structural integrity, accident induced leakage, and operational LEAKAGE. Failure to meet any one of these criteria is considered failure to meet the LCO.

The structural integrity performance criterion provides a margin of safety against tube burst or collapse under normal and accident conditions, and ensures structural integrity of the SG tubes under all anticipated transients included in the design specification. Tube burst is defined as, The gross structural failure of the tube wall. The condition typically corresponds to an unstable opening displacement (e.g., opening area increased in response to constant pressure) accompanied by ductile (plastic) tearing of the tube material at the ends of the degradation. Tube collapse is defined as, For the load displacement curve for a given structure, collapse occurs at the top of the load versus displacement curve where the slope of the curve becomes zero. The structural integrity performance criterion provides guidance on assessing loads that have a significant effect on burst or collapse. In that context, the term significant is defined as An accident loading condition other than differential pressure is considered significant when the addition of such loads in the assessment of the structural integrity performance criterion could cause a lower structural limit or limiting burst/collapse condition to be established. For tube integrity evaluations, except for circumferential degradation, axial thermal loads are classified as secondary loads. For circumferential degradation, the classification of axial thermal loads as primary or secondary loads will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

The division between primary and secondary classifications will be based on detailed analysis and/or testing.

SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-99 (developmental)

A LCO (continued)

Structural integrity requires that the primary membrane stress intensity in a tube not exceed the yield strength for all ASME Code,Section III, Service Level A (normal operating conditions), and Service Level B (upset or abnormal conditions) transients included in the design specification.

This includes safety factors and applicable design basis loads based on ASME Code,Section III, Subsection NB (Ref. 4) and Draft Regulatory Guide 1.121 (Ref. 5).

The accident induced leakage performance criterion ensures that the primary to secondary LEAKAGE caused by a design basis accident, other than an SGTR, is within the accident analysis assumptions. The accident analysis assumes that accident induced leakage does not exceed 1 gpm in the faulted SG. The accident induced leakage rate includes any primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE existing prior to the accident in addition to primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE induced during the accident.

The operational LEAKAGE performance criterion provides an observable indication of SG tube conditions during plant operation. The limit on operational LEAKAGE is contained in LCO 3.4.13, RCS Operational LEAKAGE, and limits primary-to-secondary LEAKAGE through any one SG to 150 gallons per day. This limit is based on the assumption that a single crack leaking this amount would not propagate to an SGTR under the stress conditions of a LOCA or a main steam line break. If this amount of LEAKAGE is due to more than one crack, the cracks are very small, and the above assumption is conservative.

APPLICABILITY Steam generator tube integrity is challenged when the pressure differential across the tubes is large. Large differential pressures across SG tubes can only be experienced in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4.

RCS conditions are far less challenging in MODES 5 and 6 than during MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. In MODES 5 and 6, primary-to-secondary differential pressure is low, resulting in lower stresses and reduced potential for LEAKAGE.

ACTIONS The ACTIONS are modified by a Note that the Conditions may be entered independently for each SG tube. This is acceptable because the Required Actions provide appropriate compensatory actions for each affected SG tube. Complying with the Required Actions may allow for continued operation, and subsequent affected SG tubes are governed by subsequent Condition entry, and application of associated Required Actions.

SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES (continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-100 (developmental)

A ACTIONS (continued)

A.1 and A.2 Condition A applies if it is discovered that one or more SG tubes examined in an inservice inspection satisfy the tube repair criteria but were not plugged in accordance with the Steam Generator Program as required by SR 3.4.17.2. An evaluation of SG tube integrity of the affected tube(s) must be made. Steam generator tube integrity is based on meeting the SG performance criteria described in the Steam Generator Program. The SG repair criteria define limits on SG tube degradation that allow for flaw growth between inspections while still providing assurance that the SG performance criteria will continue to be met. In order to determine if an SG tube that should have been plugged, has tube integrity, an evaluation must be completed that demonstrates that the SG performance criteria will continue to be met until the next refueling outage or SG tube inspection. The tube integrity determination is based on the estimated condition of the tube at the time the situation is discovered and the estimated growth of the degradation prior to the next SG tube inspection. If it is determined that tube integrity is not being maintained, Condition B applies.

A Completion Time of 7 days is sufficient to complete the evaluation while minimizing the risk of plant operation with a SG tube that may not have tube integrity.

If the evaluation determines that the affected tube(s) have tube integrity, Required Action A.2 allows plant operation to continue until the next refueling outage or SG inspection provided the inspection interval continues to be supported by an operational assessment that reflects the affected tubes. However, the affected tube(s) must be plugged prior to entering MODE 4 following the next refueling outage or SG inspection.

This Completion Time is acceptable since operation until the next inspection is supported by the operational assessment.

B.1 and B.2 If the Required Actions and associated Completion Times of Condition A are not met or if SG tube integrity is not being maintained, the reactor must be brought to MODE 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and MODE 5 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />.

The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the desired plant conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES (continued)

(continued)

Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-101 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.4.17.1 During shutdown periods the SGs are inspected as required by this SR and the Steam Generator Program. NEI 97-06, Steam Generator Program Guidelines (Ref. 1), and its referenced EPRI Guidelines, establish the content of the Steam Generator Program. Use of the Steam Generator Program ensures that the inspection is appropriate and consistent with accepted industry practices.

During SG inspections a condition monitoring assessment of the SG tubes is performed. The condition monitoring assessment determines the as found condition of the SG tubes. The purpose of the condition monitoring assessment is to ensure that the SG performance criteria have been met for the previous operating period.

The Steam Generator Program determines the scope of the inspection and the methods used to determine whether the tubes contain flaws satisfying the tube repair criteria. Inspection scope (i.e., which tubes or areas of tubing within the SG are to be inspected) is a function of existing and potential degradation locations. The Steam Generator Program also specifies the inspection methods to be used to find potential degradation.

Inspection methods are a function of degradation morphology, nondestructive examination (NDE) technique capabilities, and inspection locations.

The Steam Generator Program defines the Frequency of SR 3.4.17.1.

The Frequency is determined by the operational assessment and other limits in the SG examination guidelines (Ref. 6). The Steam Generator Program uses information on existing degradations and growth rates to determine an inspection Frequency that provides reasonable assurance that the tubing will meet the SG performance criteria at the next scheduled inspection. In addition, Specification 5.7.2.12 contains prescriptive requirements concerning inspection intervals to provide added assurance that the SG performance criteria will be met between scheduled inspections.

SG TUBE INTEGRITY B 3.4.17 BASES Watts Bar - Unit 2 B 3.4-102 (developmental)

A SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.4.17.2 During an SG inspection, any inspected tube that satisfies the Steam Generator Program repair criteria is removed from service by plugging.

The tube repair criteria delineated in Specification 5.7.2.12 are intended to ensure that tubes accepted for continued service satisfy the SG performance criteria with allowance for error in the flaw size measurement and for future flaw growth. In addition, the tube repair criteria, in conjunction with other elements of the Steam Generator Program, ensure that the SG performance criteria will continue to be met until the next inspection of the subject tube(s). Reference 1 provides guidance for performing operational assessments to verify that the tubes remaining in service will continue to meet the SG performance criteria.

The Frequency of prior to entering MODE 4 following an SG inspection ensures that the Surveillance has been completed and all tubes meeting the repair criteria are plugged prior to subjecting the SG tubes to significant primary-to-secondary pressure differential.

REFERENCES

1.

NEI 97-06, Steam Generator Program Guidelines.

2.

10 CFR 50 Appendix A, GDC 19, Control Room.

3.

10 CFR 100, Reactor Site Criteria.

4.

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section III, Subsection NB.

5.

Draft Regulatory Guide 1.121, Basis for Plugging Degraded Steam Generator Tubes, August 1976.

6.

EPRI, Pressurized Water Reactor Steam Generator Examination Guidelines.